CHECKFREE CORPORATION
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For The Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2007
Commission File Number: 0-26802
CheckFree Corporation
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   58-2360335
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
4411 East Jones Bridge Road
Norcross, Georgia 30092
(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)
(678) 375-3000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Exchange on Which Registered
 
     
Common Stock, $.01 par value
  Nasdaq Global Select Market
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
  Nasdaq Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to the filing requirements for at least the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ          Accelerated filer o          Non-accelerated filer o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
The aggregate market value of our common stock held by our non-affiliates was approximately $3,273,837,417 on December 31, 2006.
 
There were 88,270,515 shares of our common stock outstanding on August 20, 2007.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of our Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III.
 


 

 
Table of Contents
 
                 
        Page
 
  Business   3
  Risk Factors   16
  Unresolved Staff Comments   27
  Properties   27
  Legal Proceedings   28
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   29
 
  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   30
  Selected Financial Data   33
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   35
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   73
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   73
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   121
  Controls and Procedures   121
  Other Information   121
 
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   122
  Executive Compensation   122
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   122
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   122
  Principal Accountant Fees and Services   122
 
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   123
    Signatures   128
 EX-10.(A) 401K PLAN ADOPTION AGREEMENT
 EX-10.(K) AMENDED AND RESTATED NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
 EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
 EX-23 CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 EX-24 POWER OF ATTORNEY
 EX-31.(A) SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
 EX-31.(B) SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO
 EX-32.(A) SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
 EX-32.(B) SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO


2


Table of Contents

 
Part I
 
Item 1.   Business
 
All references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “CheckFree” or the “Company” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K mean CheckFree Corporation and all entities owned or controlled by CheckFree Corporation, except where it is made clear that the term means only the parent company.
 
We own many trademarks and service marks.  This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains trade dress, trade names and trademarks of other companies. Use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade dress or trade names is not intended to, and does not, imply a relationship with the trademark or trade dress owner.
 
Overview
 
CheckFree was founded in 1981 as an electronic payment processing company and has become a leading provider of financial electronic commerce products and services. Our current business was developed through the expansion of our core electronic payments business and the acquisition of companies operating in similar or complementary businesses.
 
Through our Electronic Commerce Division, we enable consumers to review bank accounts and receive and pay bills. For the year ended June 30, 2007, we processed more than1.3 billion payment transactions and delivered approximately 226 million electronic bills (“e-bills”). For the quarter ended June 30, 2007, we processed approximately 344 million payment transactions and delivered nearly 61 million e-bills. The number of transactions we process each year continues to grow. For the year ended June 30, 2007, growth in the number of consumer service provider (“CSP”) based transactions processed approached 24% and growth in total transactions processed exceeded 16%. The Electronic Commerce Division accounted for approximately 74% of our fiscal 2007 consolidated revenues. On May 15, 2007, we acquired Corillian Corporation (“Corillian”), a provider of online banking software and services. The addition of Corillian expands our ability to provide a fully integrated, secure and scalable online banking, electronic billing and payment platform.
 
Through our Software Division, we provide software, maintenance, support and consulting services under four product lines — Global Treasury, Reconciliations and Exception Management, Transaction Process Management and Electronic Billing — primarily to large global financial service providers and other companies across a range of industries. The Software Division accounted for approximately 13% of our fiscal 2007 consolidated revenues. On April 2, 2007, we acquired Carreker Corporation (“Carreker”), a provider of technology and consulting services for the financial services industry. The acquisition expands our ability to provide tools that assist global financial institutions with payments processing, fraud and risk management, cash logistics and expert consultancy in the areas of float management and the convergence of check and electronic payments.
 
Through our Investment Services Division, we provide a range of portfolio management services to financial institutions, including broker dealers, money managers and investment advisors. As of June 30, 2007, our clients used the CheckFree APLsm portfolio accounting system (“CheckFree APL”) to manage nearly 2.7 million portfolios. The Investment Services Division accounted for approximately 13% of our fiscal 2007 consolidated revenues. On May 31, 2007, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Upstream Technologies, LLC (“Upstream”), a provider of advanced investment decision support and trade order management tools. The acquisition allows us to deliver web-based model management, decision support, trading and real-time order management tools as complementary capabilities to our core platform for the managed accounts industry.
 
Pending Acquisition of CheckFree
 
On August 2, 2007, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Fiserv, Inc. (“Fiserv”) will acquire all of our outstanding shares of common stock for $48.00 per share in cash. Fiserv is a publicly traded Nasdaq company headquartered in Brookfield, Wisconsin and is a provider of technology solutions. We expect the transaction to close by December 31, 2007, subject to approval by our


3


Table of Contents

stockholders and certain regulatory matters, although there can be no assurance that the merger will be consummated in a timely manner, if at all. We have filed a preliminary proxy statement and other relevant materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including a detailed description of the terms of the Merger Agreement, as well as other important information about the proposed transaction.
 
SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO READ THE PROXY STATEMENT AND OTHER RELEVANT MATERIALS FILED WITH THE SEC AND POSTED TO OUR WEBSITE REGARDING IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION.
 
Our company, our directors and certain of our executive officers may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation of proxies from our stockholders with respect of the proposed transaction. Our stockholders may obtain information regarding the names, affiliations and interests of such individuals in the proxy statement.
 
All forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Risk Factors, are based on management’s plans for future operations without consideration given to the pending transaction.
 
Electronic Commerce Division
 
Introduction.  The Electronic Commerce Division enables consumers to:
 
  •  review bank accounts;
 
  •  receive and pay bills over the Internet; and
 
  •  pay billers directly through biller-direct sites, by telephone or through our walk-in retail agent network.
 
Consumers using our services access CheckFree’s system primarily through CSPs, billers and retail agents. CSPs are organizations, such as banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and Internet portals. Consumers can also access our system through CheckFree hosted biller direct sites, www.mycheckfree.com, a network of retail agents for walk-in bill payments, or by phone on hosted interactive voice response applications.
 
Effective July 1, 2007, after our 2007 fiscal year-end, we re-aligned our resources in the Electronic Commerce Division into two new operating units to better service the Division’s customers: the Electronic Banking Services unit and the Electronic Biller Services unit. The Electronic Banking Services unit will combine our CSP business and the Corillian business to focus on providing integrated online banking, billing and payment solutions for our banking customers. The Electronic Biller Services unit will combine our biller business, including our phone pay business, walk-in payment business and health and fitness business, to focus on providing consumer billing and payment solutions to our corporate clients. The Electronic Banking Services unit and Electronic Biller Services unit continue to be part of our overall Electronic Commerce Division for reporting purposes.
 
Industry Background.  In 2006, 1.7 billion e-bills were delivered online, a 21% increase over the number of e-bills delivered in 2005, according to Tower Group. On average, the cost to a biller of submitting a paper bill, including printing, postage and billing inserts, is $1.25 per bill, according to a Tower Group study. In contrast, e-bills reduce that cost by over half.
 
According to Tower Group and the Federal Reserve, an estimated 26 billion paper checks were written in the United States in 2006, down from 30.6 billion in 2005 and 41.9 billion in 2000. The use of checks for bill payment imposes significant costs on financial services organizations, businesses and their customers. These costs include the writing, mailing, recording and processing of checks. The majority of today’s consumer bill payments are completed using traditional paper-based methods. According to Tower Group, of an estimated 21.8 billion consumer bill payments that occurred in 2006, 61.7% were paid by paper check, 27.6% were paid by electronic means and the remainder were paid by other means (cash, payroll deduction, money order, etc.). By comparison, in 2005, consumers used checks to pay 65.1% of bills, and paid their bills electronically 26% of the time. Many financial services organizations and businesses have invested in the infrastructure for recording, reporting and executing electronic transactions. We believe the broad impact of the Internet, the relatively high cost of producing, printing and mailing a paper bill, and the cost to financial services


4


Table of Contents

organizations, businesses and customers of processing paper checks will continue the trend toward increased usage of electronic methods to execute financial transactions.
 
Products and Services.  We provide a variety of products that allow consumers to review bank accounts, receive and pay bills over the Internet and pay billers directly through biller-direct sites, by telephone or through our walk-in retail agent network. CSPs can offer our bill payment services to customers either through a hosted application, known as CheckFree Websm, or through various protocols that link online banking applications to our Genesis billing and payment engine. Through our CSPs, we support both Microsoft’s Money and Quicken® for electronic bill payment. We also enable financial institutions to offer their customers a variety of financial services over the Internet, including Internet banking, web content management and intelligent authentication and security solutions. We also offer a variety of services to support our customers throughout the process of implementing and maintaining our solutions. For the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008, our Electronic Banking Services unit will be primarily responsible for the following products and services: CheckFree Web, CheckFree Web for Small Businesssm, CheckFree FraudNettm, CheckFree Buildersm, CheckFree Online Open and Fund, CheckFree Online Transfer, Corillian Voyagertm, Line of Business Applications and Enterprise Applications. For the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008, our Electronic Biller Services unit will be primarily responsible for the following products and services: electronic billing or e-bill services, walk-in payment services, phone payment services and other products and services for our corporate clients. The principal products and services in our Electronic Commerce Division are described below.
 
  •  CheckFree Web.  Consumers can pay anyone by accessing our service through various CSPs. Some of our largest CSPs, as determined by type of CSP and number of consumers using our products, are Bank of America, PNC Bank, SunTrust Banks, Wachovia Bank, USAA, Washington Mutual and U.S. Bank. Once a consumer has accessed the system, he or she can either elect to pay an electronic bill delivered by us or can instruct the system to pay any individual or company within the United States. We complete this payment request either electronically, using the Federal Reserve’s Automated Clearing House (“ACH”), or in some instances other electronic methods such as MasterCard’s RPPS service or Visa ePay, or by issuing a paper check or draft.
 
  •  Automated Clearing House.  The Federal Reserve’s ACH is the primary batch-oriented electronic funds transfer system financial services organizations use to move funds electronically through the banking system. We access the ACH through an agreement with SunTrust Banks. Additional information on the ACH can be found at the Federal Reserve Commission’s website at www.federalreserve.gov.
 
  •  Paper Checks or Drafts.  When we are unable to move the funds electronically, we issue a paper check, drawn on our trust account, or a paper draft, drawn on the consumer’s bank account.
 
  •  Payment Method Selection.  Our Genesis system incorporates our patented technology that determines the preferred method of payment to balance processing costs, operational efficiencies and risk of loss. We have been able to manage our risk of loss by using this technology to adjust the mix of electronic and paper transactions in individual cases such that, overall, we have not incurred losses in excess of 0.88% of our revenues in any of the past five years. The rate increased this last fiscal year due to our largest CSP customer moving to our standard risk-based processing during the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
 
The most recent version of CheckFree Web, CheckFree Web RXPsm, was made available in March 2007. Recent enhancements to CheckFree Web include transactional intelligence added to the payment center in which a payment assistant layer is presented with contextual just-in-time information. In addition, CheckFree Web RXP offers seamless integration with mobile banking and payments and a new electronic bill experience, and consumers may opt into a trial period for both features to experience their value and decide whether to cease receiving paper bills. In addition, we offer a small business-based version of CheckFree Web optimized for business users, CheckFree Web for Small Business. All products feature the ability to “pay anyone, anytime, anywhere” and most products feature the ability to receive hundreds of different bills electronically.


5


Table of Contents

 
  •  Corillian Voyager.  Corillian Voyager is a software platform upon which we have built a menu of applications to support multiple lines of business within banking. Corillian Voyager has been designed to be highly scalable to meet the evolving needs of our customers. We currently support more than 20 million users on a single instance of Corillian Voyager for our largest customer and can support even larger volumes. In addition, Corillian Voyager has been designed using universal standards, including eXtensible Markup Language for communication and Open Financial Exchange for financial transactions. This architecture enables our customers to deploy new Internet-based financial services by adding applications to our platform at any time and by integrating future applications to any Internet connected point-of-presence.
 
  •  Line of Business Applications.  We offer consumer banking, small business banking, corporate banking, credit card management and wealth management applications.
 
  •  Enterprise Applications.  We offer a number of applications that can be utilized across lines of business, including Corillian Payments, Corillian Alerts, Corillian eStatements, Corillian OFX, Corillian Personal Money Manager, ACH and Wire Transfers, Enterprise Entitlements, Corillian Security Solutions and MultiPoint Integrator.
 
  •  Professional Services.  We offer a variety of professional services designed to fulfill our customers’ needs throughout the process of product design, implementation and operation. Our services include: implementation services, hosting services, consulting services, support services, directory management services and training services.
 
  •  Electronic Billing or e-bill Services.  As of June 30, 2007, consumers could view 326 different e-bills through CSP websites or directly at our website. The following billers are some of our largest electronic billing customers, as determined by the number of consumers viewing and paying their e-bills: JC Penney Card Services, AT&T, Sam’s Club Credit, Macy’s, Home Depot Consumer Accounts, Lowe’s Consumer Credit Card, Sprint PCS, Verizon Corporation and Chevron. Actual e-bills delivered in the fourth quarter ended June 30, 2007, reached nearly 61 million, which is an increase of 3% over the approximately 59 million e-bills distributed in the third quarter ended March 31, 2007, and an increase of 22% over the approximately 50 million e-bills delivered in the fourth quarter ended June 30, 2006. For the year ended June 30, 2007, we delivered approximately 226 million e-bills.
 
  •  Walk-in Payment Services.  We offer walk-in payment services, also known as CheckFreePaytm, at more than 11,500 retail agent locations throughout the United States. CheckFreePay combines the agent footprint with our current electronic billing and payment infrastructure to offer billing organizations a wider number of payment processing services from a single company.
 
  •  Phone Payment Services.  We offer payment services to billers over an interactive voice response (“IVR”) system. This service, called CheckFree Pay-by-Phonetm, allows billers to provide an additional, convenient method for their customers to pay bills, while reducing costs associated with those customers contacting their call center or using other more expensive payment methods.
 
  •  Revenue Enhancement.  Revenue Enhancement (“RevE”), which we acquired from Carreker in April 2007, is a highly specialized consulting service focused on tactical methods of increasing banks’ fee income. Our solutions involve developing strategies that enable our clients to take advantage of electronification trends. Our Customer Value Enhancement solutions, which include software, proprietary sales management and methodologies and sales training programs, assist financial institutions in leveraging central intelligence with local insight, translating strategy into specific actions to achieve sustained organizational performance.
 
  •  Other Products and Services.  In addition to the above, the Electronic Commerce Division offers a credit card account balance transfer product, a credit card balance refund product, an automated recurring payments and software service, which is primarily installed at health clubs throughout the United States, and other forms of wholesale and retail payment solutions.


6


Table of Contents

 
Usage Metrics.  For the year ended June 30, 2007, we processed more than 1.3 billion payment transactions, an increase of 16% over the previous year, and delivered approximately 226 million e-bills, which represents growth of 22% over e-bills delivered in the prior year. Our transaction-based metrics are divided between CSP and non-CSP results. CSPs are organizations such as banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and Internet portals. Non-CSP results include agent-based payments, phone-based payments and ancillary payment products including our biller direct and account balance transfer businesses. We believe the distinction between CSP and non-CSP results provide investors greater insight into the key underlying trends of our business.
 
The CheckFree Advantage.  We have developed numerous systems and programs to enhance our online banking, billing and payment products.
 
  •  Scalable Genesis Platform.  The Genesis platform is an open infrastructure created to process e-bills and payments. The vast majority of the payment transactions are processed using our Genesis platform, enabling us to improve our economies of scale. We also operate processing platforms for other aspects of our business including Health & Fitness (recurring debits for health club fees), CheckFreePay (for walk-in payments) and CheckFree Pay-by-Phone (for IVR payments).
 
  •  Sigma Quality.  We follow an internal Sigma quality program, which links key drivers of customer satisfaction to an internal set of metrics of system availability and payment accuracy and timeliness. The program is designed to take our quality performance to 99.9%, or 4.6 Sigma. The performance and compensation of many employees within the Electronic Commerce Division are tied to the achievement of process and system improvements that enhance customer satisfaction.
 
  •  Electronic Payment Rate.  Electronic payments are more efficient than paper payments, less expensive to process, and result in fewer errors and customer inquiries. As of June 30, 2007, we completed approximately 84% of our payments electronically. In addition to sending a large majority of our payments electronically, we also have established links to major billers that enable a more efficient flow of information and funds to them.
 
  •  Experienced Customer Care.  We have approximately 1,100 customer care staff primarily located in facilities in Phoenix, Arizona; Dublin, Ohio; and Aurora, Illinois. The level and types of customer care services we provide vary depending upon the consumer’s or CSP’s requirements. We provide both first- and second-tier support. When we provide second-tier customer support, we provide payment research and support, and the CSP handles its own inbound customer calls. To maintain our customer care standards, we employ extensive internal monitoring systems, conduct ongoing customer surveys and provide comprehensive training programs.
 
  •  Real-Time Payment Processing.  We offer billers the option of a “real-time” payment solution, meaning that billers can receive customer payment information as soon as payments are made at one of our retail agent locations, through an IVR application, or over the Internet, assuring that unnecessary service shut-offs of customers who pay their bills at the last minute are avoided. Real-time payments also have the advantage of minimizing calls to a biller’s call center by providing the biller’s customer with the confidence that the biller has received the payment as soon as it is completed.
 
  •  Highly Scalable and Extensible Software Platform.  The Corillian software platform has been designed to be highly scalable to meet the evolving needs of our customers. Independent laboratory test results indicate that Corillian Voyager can support Internet banking programs for more than 20 million users. In addition, Corillian Voyager has been designed using universal standards, including eXtensible Markup Language for communication and Open Financial Exchange for financial transactions. This architecture enables our customers to deploy new Internet-based financial services by adding applications to our platform at any time and by integrating future applications with any Internet connected point-of-presence.
 
Our Business Strategy.  Our business strategy is to provide an expanding range of convenient, secure and cost-effective electronic commerce services and related products to financial services organizations, Internet-based information sites, businesses that generate recurring bills and statements, and their customers.


7


Table of Contents

We have designed our services and products to take advantage of opportunities we perceive in light of current trends and our fundamental strategy. The key elements of our business strategy are to:
 
  •  Drive increased adoption of electronic commerce services by consumers.  We believe that consumers will continue to move their financial transactions from traditional paper-based to electronic methods if they have an easy-to-access, easy-to-use, secure, and cost-effective method for receiving and paying their bills electronically. To drive this transition, we make our electronic bill presentment and payment services available directly through CSPs and through biller sites so that e-bills are available wherever consumers feel most comfortable viewing and paying them. We also price our services to our customers in such a way as to facilitate their offering electronic billing and payment to a broad array of consumers. CSPs and billers pay us mainly for the number of transactions we process, plus typically a fee based on the number of their consumers enabled to use our system. The price charged to the CSP or biller for each consumer or each transaction may vary depending on:
 
  •  the services provided to the consumers;
 
  •  the nature of the transactions processed; and
 
  •  the volume of consumers or transactions, or both.
 
We believe this flexibility equips our customers to provide consumers with services that will meet their needs, and that this flexibility makes it more attractive for CSPs and billers to promote our electronic billing and payment service. We believe our recent acquisition of Corillian will help us to penetrate the large base of online banking consumers who do not currently use electronic bill payment by creating an integrated, secure Internet banking and electronic billing and payment platform with world-class usability.
 
  •  Continue to improve operational efficiency and effectiveness.  We believe that as our business grows and the number of transactions we process increases, we will continue to be able to take advantage of operating efficiencies associated with increased volumes, thereby reducing our unit costs. Our Sigma quality program, high electronic payment rate, consolidation of platforms, the scalability of our systems and high-quality customer care centers all help us achieve greater efficiencies.
 
  •  Drive new forms of electronic commerce services.  We intend to leverage our infrastructure and distribution channels to address the requirements of consumers and businesses in new electronic commerce applications. For example, through CheckFreePay (our walk-in bill payment business) and CheckFree Pay-by-Phone, we now offer a more complete suite of payment services to meet the needs of consumers and billers. In addition, our core payment and processing network manages person-to-person and small business payments. The Corillian online banking platform creates an opportunity to offer a wider variety of new products and services through CSPs.
 
Technology, Research and Development.  Our core technology capabilities were developed to handle settlement services, merchant database services and online inquiry services on a traditional mainframe system with direct communications to businesses. We have implemented a logical, nationwide internetworking infrastructure, which networks together any number of other networks, passing transaction data among them. For example, we internetwork groups of billers, consumers, CSPs, retail agents and financial institutions to complete electronic billing and payment transactions. Consumers, businesses and financial services organizations access our electronic billing and payment transaction internetworking infrastructure through the Internet, dial-up telephone lines, privately leased lines or various types of communications networks. Our primary computing complex in Norcross, Georgia, houses a wide variety of application servers that capture transactions and route them to our back-end banking, billing and payment applications for processing. The back-end applications are run on IBM mainframes, Intel platforms and UNIX servers. We have developed databases and information files that allow accurate editing and initiation of payments to billers. These databases have been constructed over the past 25 years as a result of our transaction processing experience. In addition, the acquisition of Corillian has expanded the breadth of knowledge and expertise within our company, specifically within the .NET technology space.


8


Table of Contents

As part of our disaster recovery systems, we utilize IBM Business Recovery Services and EMC Corporation’s remote disk mirroring technology. Using this system, we are able to recover technical infrastructure, client communications, in-flight payments and first-tier customer care within 24 hours. As part of our efforts to enhance our high availability and disaster recovery capabilities, we have begun execution of our long-term data center strategy. We plan to build up to two dedicated data centers under a series of financing and leasing arrangements. Construction of the initial data center is underway and planned to become operational in the quarter ending December 31, 2007. We continue to evaluate whether we require the second data center to attain our operational, high availability and disaster recovery objectives. The initial data center will support the Electronic Commerce Division as well as our other divisions.
 
We maintain a research and development group with a long-term perspective of planning and developing new services and related products for the electronic commerce and financial application software markets. Additionally, we use independent third party software development contractors as needed.
 
Sales, Marketing and Distribution.  Our marketing and distribution strategy has been to create and maintain distribution alliances that maximize access to potential customers for our services. We do not, for the most part, market to, or have a direct relationship with, consumers or end-users of our products and services. We believe that these alliances enable us to offer services and related products to a larger customer base than can be reached through stand-alone marketing efforts. We seek distribution alliances with companies who have maximum penetration and leading reputations for quality with our target customers. These alliances include our relationship with CSPs, billers and value-added resellers such as Fiserv, FundsXpress, Digital Insight, PSCU Financial Services and S1 Corporation. The Corillian acquisition also brought us distribution relationships with other entities including NCR Corporation. These lists of resellers are not complete and do not fully represent our customer base.
 
In order to foster a better understanding of the needs of our CSPs, billers and resellers, we employ a number of relationship managers assigned to each of these specific customers. We also employ marketing personnel to facilitate joint consumer acquisition programs with each of these customer groups, and to share industry knowledge and previously developed campaigns with their marketing departments. Our alliance partners market our services in numerous ways, including television, radio, online and print advertising, in many cases offering bill payment services for free. Additionally, we participate in industry conferences and tradeshows, providing access to and interaction with our CSP, biller and reseller customers, as well as prospects.
 
We have one customer, Bank of America, that accounted for approximately 19% of our total consolidated revenues ($189.5 million) for fiscal year 2007, which reflects its use of products in all three of our operating divisions. The majority of this revenue comes from within our Electronic Commerce Division.
 
Competition.  We face significant competition for all of our products. Our primary competition is the continuance of traditional paper-based methods for receiving and paying bills and managing finances, on the part of both consumers and billers. In addition, the possibility of billers and CSPs, including large bank clients, continuing to use or deciding to create in-house systems to handle their own electronic billing and payment transactions remains a competitive threat. Our large bank customers may explore the possibility of internally performing portions of the outsourced billing and payment services that we provide to them. In-house solutions have always been and will continue to be an option for our customers and a competitive factor facing our business.
 
Metavante, a division of Marshall and Ilsley Corporation, competes with us most directly from the perspective of providing pay anyone solutions to financial services organizations. In 2006, Online Resources Corp. completed the acquisition of Princeton eCom to become a larger full service banking, billing and bill payment competitor. A number of other companies compete with us by providing some, but not all, of the services that make up our complete e-bill and electronic pay anyone service. For example, Yodlee has publicly stated its strategy is to shift from being an account aggregation provider to become more of a bill payment processor, online banking provider and end-to-end financial services provider. Also, MasterCard International provides a service that allows electronic bill payments, and Visa has recently promoted heavily its credit and debit card products as a convenient means for consumers to pay their bills. Numerous small firms provide


9


Table of Contents

technologies that can enable these and other companies to compete with us and we regularly monitor combinations and alliances of any of the above.
 
In the area of Internet consumer banking, we primarily compete with other companies that provide outsourced Internet finance solutions to large financial institutions, including S1 Corporation and Financial Fusion, Inc. Within this market segment, we also compete with companies that offer software platforms designed for internal development of Internet-based financial services software, such as IBM’s WebSphere, and the internal information technology personnel of financial institutions that want to develop their own solutions. In addition, we occasionally compete with vendors who primarily target community financial institutions with Internet banking solutions. For the business banking services that financial institutions offer their commercial customers, we also compete with vendors of cash management systems for large corporations.
 
Our products and services that allow consumers to pay billers directly also face competition. We compete with biller-direct billing and payment Internet sites. Western Union and MoneyGram compete with our walk-in payment services. Each has a national network of retail and agent locations. We also compete with smaller walk-in payment providers in different regions of the United States and with billers who have created in-house systems to handle walk-in payments. BillMatrix, a division of Fiserv, and SpeedPay, a division of Western Union, compete with our phone payments business.
 
We expect competition to continue to increase as new companies enter our markets and existing competitors expand their product lines and services. In addition, many companies that provide outsourced Internet finance solutions are consolidating, creating larger competitors with greater resources and broader product lines.
 
Seasonality.  The sequence of long months or short months in a given quarter, the sequence of long or short months before and after a quarter-end date and the mix of processing and non-processing days within the quarter affects sequential quarter transaction growth in the Electronic Commerce Division. Barring unusual events, CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year tends to be lower than CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year.
 
Acquisitions.  Our current business was developed through expansion of our core Electronic Commerce business and the acquisition of companies operating in similar or complementary businesses. Our major acquisitions related to the Electronic Commerce Division include Servantis Systems Holdings, Inc. in February 1996, Intuit Services Corporation in January 1997, and MSFDC, L.L.C. (“TransPoint”) in September 2000. In October 2000, we completed a strategic agreement with Bank of America, under which we acquired certain of Bank of America’s electronic billing and payment assets. We acquired American Payment Systems, Inc. in June 2004, Aphelion, Inc. in October 2005, PhoneCharge, Inc. in January 2006 and Corillian in May 2007.
 
Software Division
 
During the year ended June 30, 2007, our Software Division provided software and services, including software, maintenance, support and consulting services, through four product lines. These product lines were Global Treasury, Reconciliation and Exception Management, Transaction Process Management (encompassing financial messaging and corporate actions), and Electronic Billing. Through our acquisition of Carreker in April 2007, we expanded our offerings into four additional product lines: Payments, Risk, Cash and Logistics and Global Payments Consulting (“GPC”).
 
  •  Global Treasury.  We provide ACH, account reconciliation and compliance software and services primarily to banks and bank holding companies. ACH is the primary batch-oriented electronic funds transfer system financial services organizations use to move funds electronically through the banking system. More than 75% of the nation’s 16 billion ACH payments are processed each year through institutions using our software systems.


10


Table of Contents

 
Our ACH software is marketed under the product name PEP+® (Paperless Entry Processing System). PEP+ enables the originating and receiving of payments through the ACH system. These electronic transactions are typically used for recurring payments such as direct deposit payroll payments; corporate payments to contractors and vendors; debit transfers that consumers make to pay insurance premiums, mortgages, loans and other bills; and business-to-business payments. Our PEP+ reACHtm product, which can be used with our PEP+ software, allows returned checks, checks at the point-of-sale, and checks sent to a lockbox to be converted to electronic payments.
 
Our account reconciliation software is marketed under the product name CheckFree ARP/SMStm (Account Reconciliation Package/Service Management System). CheckFree ARP/SMS is an online, real-time positive pay and reconcilement system. We also provide add-on positive pay modules that enable banks/financial institutions to reduce exposure to check fraud and manage electronic check conversion.
 
Our compliance solutions enable banks, bank holding companies, securities and insurance firms, corporations and government agencies to maintain compliance with certain federal and state regulations. These products support unclaimed property management and government tax-related compliance reporting. Our compliance software solutions are marketed under the names CheckFree APECStm, CheckFree IRStm, CheckFree LCRtm and CheckFree RRStm.
 
  •  Reconciliation and Exception Management.  We provide software and related consulting services that enable organizations to reduce operational risk, improve operational efficiency and contribute to increasing profitability. Banks, bank holding companies, securities and insurance firms, corporations, and government agencies use our Reconciliation and Exception Management products and services. These solutions are marketed under four distinct brands. CheckFree RECON-Plustm for Windows® and CheckFree RECON Securitiestm reconcile high volumes of complex transactions that are spread across multiple internal and external systems and include securities transaction processing, automated deposit verification, consolidated bank account reconciliation and cash mobilization, and improved cash control. CheckFree Frontier® is a multi-tier reconciliation system that operates via a Web-based architecture. In April 2005, we acquired Accurate Software, Ltd., whose Accurate NXGtm software provides a comprehensive, enterprise-wide operational control framework and system for reconciliation, exception management, workflow and business intelligence.
 
  •  Transaction Process Management.  During the year ended June 30, 2007, through our Software Division, we provided software that enables the management, monitoring and measurement of the flow of securities and cash transactions across a local or global enterprise. Securities firms, insurance companies, custodian banks, brokerage firms and asset managers use our financial messaging and corporate actions products and services. These products are marketed under the names CheckFree TradeFlowtm, CheckFree Message Brokertm, CheckFree Message Workstationtm and CheckFree eVenttm. CheckFree TradeFlow provides complete straight-through processing (STP) of post-trade processes. Trade order management systems, portfolio management packages and links to brokers and custodians are integrated with CheckFree TradeFlow, a SWIFTReady Gold accredited platform which serves as a comprehensive STP solution. CheckFree Message Broker is a middleware system, and CheckFree Message Workstation enables the preparation, validation, repair and review of messages in a system to monitor and manage transaction flows, including all messages related to any one particular transaction. CheckFree eVent automates the end-to-end corporate actions processes. The system automates the electronic receipt of notifications and provides online management facilities to manage the process from end-to-end. TradeFlow TPM 2.0tm, enables securities firms to manage transaction processing across an enterprise via a single, integrated platform. On July 1, 2007, after our 2007 fiscal year-end, all of CheckFree’s securities-focused software solutions, including our Transaction Process Management solutions, officially became part of our Investment Services Division as a newly-formed group within that division called CIS Software.
 
  •  Electronic Billing.  CheckFree i-Series software enables billers to create online bills and statements and distribute them to their customers for viewing and payment. Our software and outsourced application hosting services provide e-bill and e-statement creation and delivery, e-bill payment


11


Table of Contents

  transaction management, security, tracking and history, online marketing from the biller to its customers, and customer care.
 
  •  Global Payments Technology (“GPT”) Solutions.  Lines of business acquired from Carreker in April 2007 help financial institutions address critical payment services and delivery functions that impact overall operating revenues, costs and risk management for our client base. These lines of business include Payments, Risk, Cash and Logistics and Global Payments Consulting (“GPC”).
 
  •  GPT Payments.  We provide a variety of solutions that enable financial institutions to process and manage a variety of payment types. Some of the payments functions include presentment of checks in paper and electronic form, identification and mitigation of fraudulent payments, handling irregular items such as checks returned unpaid (exceptions), maintaining a record of past transactions (archiving), responding to related customer inquiries (research), and correcting any errors that are discovered (adjustments). Additionally, this line of business also enables our clients to improve operational efficiency through a gradual transition from paper to electronic-based payment systems.
 
  •  GPT Risk.  We offer solutions that mitigate depository account risk through profiling and advanced analytics technology. These solutions leverage transaction monitoring and filtering capabilities for Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) and Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) compliance.
 
  •  GPT Cash and Logistics.  We offer technology solutions that optimize the inventory management of a bank’s cash stock levels and logistical service requirements, including managing how much cash is needed, when it is needed and where it is needed. Our solutions reduce the amount of cash banks need to hold in reserve accounts and as cash-on-hand while ensuring a high level of customer service through timely replenishment of Automated Teller Machine (“ATM”) cash supplies at minimal logistical services cost.
 
  •  Global Payments Consulting (GPC).  We offer consulting services which help financial institutions proactively plan, prepare and optimize for the regulatory, competitive and technological impacts affecting the financial payments environment. GPC provides strategic planning, program management, specialized tools, business applications and implementation advisory services for financial institutions and specialized payments clients.
 
Licenses.  We generally grant non-exclusive, non-transferable perpetual licenses to use our application software. Our standard license agreements contain provisions designed to prevent disclosure and unauthorized use of our software. License fees vary according to a number of factors, including the types of software and levels of service we provide.
 
Maintenance, Support and Consulting Services.  Maintenance includes enhancements to our software. Customers who obtain maintenance service generally retain it from year to year. To complement customer support, we also offer consulting services at a separate charge.
 
Sales, Marketing and Distribution.  We market software products through our direct and indirect sales force. Salespersons have specific product responsibility and receive support from technical personnel as needed. We generate new customers through direct solicitations, user groups, advertisements, direct mail campaigns and strategic alliances. We also participate in trade shows and sponsor industry technology seminars for prospective customers. Existing customers are often candidates for sales of additional products or for enhancements to products they have already purchased. We also market through resellers for certain geographies and vertical markets.
 
Competition.  The financial services computer application software industry is highly competitive. We believe that there is at least one direct competitor for most of our software products, but no competitor competes with us in all of our software product areas.
 
Our Reconciliation and Exception Management solutions compete mainly with SmartStream and SunGard. Our Global Treasury solutions compete on a limited basis with Troy ACH Processing and in-house solutions. Our Transaction Process Management solutions compete mainly with SmartStream and CityNetworks for financial messaging and SmartStream, Information Mosaic, Mondas, Xcitek and Vermeg for


12


Table of Contents

corporate actions. Our GPT Payments solutions compete with a wide array of competitors, including Wasau, NCR, Metavante and Pega Systems. Our GPT Risk solutions compete with SoftPro, AFS, SAS and Fair Isaac. Our GPT Cash and Logistics solutions compete with Transfot, Pitney Bowes and a variety of smaller competitors. Our GPC line of business competes with a wide variety of both large and small payments consultancies, including BearingPoint, Deloitte and Accenture.
 
Seasonality.  We have historically experienced seasonal fluctuations in our software sales, and we expect to experience similar fluctuations in the future. Our software sales and associated license revenue have historically been affected by our sales compensation structure, which measures sales performance at our June 30 fiscal year end, which typically leads to a fourth fiscal quarter of higher software sales, and then a lower first fiscal quarter. Further, buying patterns of financial services organizations, which tend to increase their purchases of software licenses at the end of the calendar year, have also resulted in higher sales in our second fiscal quarter.
 
Acquisitions.  Our current business was developed through the acquisition of Servantis Systems Holdings, Inc. in February 1996, BlueGill Technologies, Inc. (which we renamed CheckFree i-Solutions) in April 2000, HelioGraph, Ltd. (“HelioGraph”) in November 2003, Accurate Software, Ltd. in April 2005 and Carreker in April 2007.
 
Investment Services Division
 
Introduction.  The Investment Services Division provides a range of portfolio management services to help over 350 financial institutions, including broker dealers, money managers, investment advisors, banks and insurance companies, deliver portfolio management, enhanced trading solutions, performance measurement and reporting services to their clients.
 
Our fee-based investment management clients are typically sponsors or managers of “wrap,” or separately managed accounts (“SMA or SMAs”) or unified managed accounts (“UMA or UMAs”), money management products, or institutional money managers, managing investments of institutions and high net worth individuals. We also support a growing number of third party vendors providing turnkey or outsourced solutions.
 
Investment Services’ primary product is CheckFree APLsm, a real-time portfolio management system used by 9 of the top 10 largest brokerage firms offering SMAs in the United States and 8 of the top 10 asset managers offering SMAs. As of June 30, 2007, our clients used CheckFree APL to manage nearly 2.7 million portfolios. In addition, as a result of our acquisition of Integrated Decision Systems, Inc. (“IDS”) in September 2005, Investment Services offers CALIPER®, a software-based, high-volume performance reporting solution designed for firms with reporting needs from hundreds of thousands to millions of accounts, and GIM® (Global Investment Manager), a multi-currency software-based portfolio accounting application.
 
Industry Background.  Industry analysts (including Cerulli Associates and Financial Research Corporation) predict a compound annual growth in the SMA business of around 15% each year over the next several years. This projected growth is due primarily to the marketing of fee-based services, such as SMAs by brokerage companies, and consumers’ desire to more efficiently manage the tax implications of their investments by leveraging SMAs and UMAs.
 
Products and Services.  Our portfolio management products and services provide the following functions: multiple strategy portfolios, account opening, workflow and decision support, trading and order management capabilities, performance measurement and reporting, tax lot accounting, tax efficient trading, unified managed accounts/unified managed households, straight through processing, and a wide network of interfaces, including Depository Trust Corporation interfacing.
 
In 2003, we enhanced CheckFree APL by creating a Multiple Strategy Portfolio (“MSP”) solution. This solution allows our clients to track, on a combined basis, the portfolios of their customers, even when multiple portfolios are managed by different asset managers. Further evolution of the MSP product has resulted in the UMA, and unified managed household, where investors get a holistic view of their total portfolio. Additionally, CheckFree APL has a Mutual Fund Advisory (“MFA”) product, which is a portfolio of mutual funds or


13


Table of Contents

exchange traded funds (“ETFs”) that are selected to match a pre-set asset allocation model based on the investor’s objectives.
 
Revenues in our portfolio management services are generated per portfolio under management through multiple year agreements that provide for monthly revenue on a volume basis. Revenue from our software is typically generated through multi-year or annual agreements, software license fees, maintenance fees and professional services.
 
On July 1, 2007, after our 2007 fiscal year-end, all of CheckFree’s securities-focused software solutions officially became part of the Investment Services Division as a newly-formed group within the division called “CIS Software.” CIS Software will manage our GIM and CALIPER software solutions as well as solutions that were part of our Software Division during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, and which enable the management, monitoring and measurement of the flow of securities and cash transactions across a local or global enterprise. A description of the securities-focused software solutions that were part of our Software Division during the 2007 fiscal year are described more fully above under “Software Division — Transaction Process Management.”
 
Technology.  CheckFree APL is a UNIX-based application running on IBM technology. Portfolio management services are provided primarily as a service bureau offering with the data center residing in Chicago, Illinois. Divisional headquarters is located in Jersey City, New Jersey. In addition to a dedicated private network, clients use frame relay services from several telecommunications providers to access services, including via a virtual private network.
 
To continue to provide the leading system for all fee-based products, CheckFree has undertaken an initiative to enhance the reliability, efficiency, business process workflow and usability of our portfolio management services. This new technology platform, currently referred to as CheckFree EPLsm (Enhanced Portfolio Lifecycle), is based on Microsoft.NET technology. Deployment of CheckFree EPL is currently expected to begin in the first half of fiscal 2008. We have contracted with Satyam Computer Services Ltd. as our application development service provider for CheckFree EPL.
 
CALIPER is a UNIX-based software application with Oracle database storage. GIM is a UNIX-based application with a web-based front-end and Oracle database storage. Users typically access the CALIPER and GIM applications via Microsoft Internet Explorer using a secure HTTPS connection.
 
Sales, Marketing and Distribution.  We market through our direct sales force; however, we do not generally market to or have a direct relationship with consumers or end-users of our products. We generate new financial institution clients through direct solicitation, user groups and advertisements, and we rely on these clients to offer our Investment Services products and services to a larger end-user base than can be reached through stand-alone marketing efforts. We also participate in trade shows and sponsor industry seminars for distribution alliances. CheckFree APL is also resold through Turnkey Asset Management Platforms (TAMPS) and outsourcers. These third party firms contract with us and resell the service to money managers and broker dealers. We receive revenue on these accounts, but based on our tiered pricing structure, the account fees may be discounted by volume.
 
Competition.  Investment Services competes with customers building their own internal portfolio accounting systems and with providers of portfolio accounting software and services, including Advent Software, DST, Vestmark and Market Street Advisors. Service bureau providers such as SunGard Portfolio Solutions and Financial Models Company, as well as smaller competitors partnering with large outsourcers, also compete in our market space. Also, TAMPS and outsourcers are marketing to our client base, so there are times when we are competing for the same client.
 
Acquisitions.  Our current business was developed through the acquisition of Security APL, Inc. in May 1996, and Möbius Group, Inc. in March 1999, which we referred to as our M-Solutions business. We divested the assets related to M-Solutions (M-Search, M-Watch and M-Pact) in February 2006. In September 2005, we acquired the assets of IDS, and in May 2007, we acquired the assets of Upstream. In addition, in July 2007 after our June 30, 2007 fiscal year-end, we acquired the membership interests in Upstream


14


Table of Contents

Securities, LLC, which is a broker-dealer business registered with the National Association of Securities Dealers.
 
For further financial information about our segments, revenue derived from foreign sales and geographic locations of our long-lived assets, please see Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements.
 
Government Regulation
 
We perform certain services for federally-insured financial institutions and thus we are subject to examination by such financial institutions’ principal federal regulator pursuant to the Bank Service Company Act. As we perform these services for federal thrifts (regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision), state non-member banks (regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation), state member banks (regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and national banks (regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency), among others, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) coordinates which federal regulator performs these examinations, and the timing and frequency of the examinations. In addition, because we use the Federal Reserve’s ACH Network to process many of our transactions, we are subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s rules with respect to its ACH Network.
 
In conducting our business, we are also subject to various laws and regulations relating to the electronic movement of money. In 2001, the USA Patriot Act amended the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) to expand the definition of money services businesses so that it may include businesses such as ours. We submitted a request for an administrative ruling from the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) on September 9, 2002, with respect to whether FinCEN believes us to be a money services business. To date, we have not received a ruling from FinCEN. If our business is determined to be a money services business, then we will have to register with FinCEN as a money services business with the attendant regulatory obligations. Also, 47 states and the District of Columbia have enacted statutes which require entities engaged in money transmission, the sale of traveler’s checks (including money orders), and the sale of stored value cards to register as a money transmitter with that jurisdiction’s banking department, and we have, where required, registered as a money transmitter where appropriate. In addition, as are all U.S. citizens, we are subject to the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) which prohibit transactions between U.S. citizens and either Specially Designated Nationals (“SDNs”) or targeted countries in furtherance of U.S. foreign policy objectives. The processing of a “prohibited transaction,” as defined by OFAC, may lead to significant civil and criminal penalties. Further, we are a “financial institution” within the meaning of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB”) as implemented by the Federal Trade Commission’s Financial Privacy Rule and, as such, we must give our customers notice and the right to “opt out” of any sharing of non-public personal information (“NPPI”) between us and unaffiliated third parties. Moreover, as a service provider to banks, which are also “financial institutions” under GLB, we are likewise bound to certain restrictions under GLB with respect to third party service providers who receive NPPI from financial institutions. Finally, we are also subject to the electronic funds transfer rules embodied in Regulation E, promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve’s Regulation E implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, which was enacted in 1978. Regulation E protects consumers engaging in electronic transfers, and sets forth the basic rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of consumers who use electronic money transfer services and of financial services organizations that offer these services.
 
Our walk-in bill payment service conducted through CheckFreePay is considered a money services business and as such is registered with FinCEN. In consideration of certain risks posed, the nature of the products and services, the customer base served and the size of CheckFreePay’s operations, we have established and we maintain a program to provide a system of controls and procedures reasonably designed to detect, prevent and report actual or suspected violations of the BSA, money laundering statutes, anti-terrorism statutes and other illicit activity while assuring daily adherence to the BSA. In addition, CheckFreePay currently maintains 40 licenses to comply with the various money transmitter statutes mentioned above, and is subject to annual audits by such jurisdictions.


15


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property Rights
 
We regard our financial transaction services and related products as proprietary and rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, employee and third party nondisclosure agreements, and other intellectual property protection methods to protect our services and related products. As of June 30, 2007, we had been issued 52 patents in the United States and abroad, including 10 patents issued to Carreker and 11 patents issued to Corillian prior to our acquisitions of those companies. Subsequent to our 2007 fiscal year-end, an additional patent was issued to us. The majority of these patents cover various electronic billing and/or payment innovations, other financial software products or services, or aspects of our separately managed accounts services. We also have 162 pending patent applications in the United States and abroad, including patent applications from our acquisitions of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream. We own numerous domestic and foreign trade and service mark registrations related to products or services and have additional registrations pending.
 
Employees
 
As of June 30, 2007, we employed approximately 4,300 full-time employees, including approximately 740 in research and development, approximately 1,160 in customer care, approximately 500 in sales and marketing and approximately 1,900 in administration, financial control, corporate services, human resources and other processing and service personnel. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement in the United States and are not aware of any efforts to unionize our U.S. employees. We believe that our relations with our employees are good. We believe our future success and growth will depend in large measure upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, technical, marketing, business development and sales personnel.
 
Available Information
 
We make available free of charge on our corporate website, www.checkfreecorp.com, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and, if applicable, amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to theSEC. Our Code of Business Conduct, which is applicable to all of our directors, officers and associates, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, is also available at the “Corporate Governance” section of the Investor Center page of our corporate website, www.checkfreecorp.com.
 
Item 1A.  Risk Factors
 
We desire to take advantage of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Many of the following important factors discussed below have been contained in our prior filings with the SEC. In addition to the other information in this report, readers should carefully consider that the following important factors, among others, in some cases have affected, and in the future could affect, our actual results and could cause our actual consolidated results of operations for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008 (and the individual fiscal quarters therein), and beyond, to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf.
 
Risks Related to the Proposed Merger with Fiserv
 
The announced merger with Fiserv may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our results of operations.
 
If the merger is not completed, the price of our common stock may decline to the extent that the current market price reflects a market assumption that the merger will be completed. In addition, in response to the announcement of the merger, our customers and strategic partners may delay or defer decisions which could have a material adverse effect on our business regardless of whether the merger is ultimately completed. Similarly, current and prospective employees of our company may experience uncertainty about their future


16


Table of Contents

roles with the combined company. These conditions may adversely affect employee morale and our ability to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel. In addition, focus on the merger and related matters have resulted in, and may continue to result in, the diversion of management’s attention and resources. To the extent that there is uncertainty about the closing of the merger, or if the merger does not close, our business may be harmed if customers, strategic partners or others believe that they cannot effectively compete in the marketplace without the merger or if there is customer and employee uncertainty surrounding the future direction of the company on a stand-alone basis.
 
If the merger does not occur, we will not benefit from the expenses we have incurred in preparation for the merger.
 
If the merger is not consummated, we will have incurred substantial expenses for which no ultimate benefit will have been received by us. We currently expect to incur significant out-of-pocket expenses for services in connection with the merger, consisting of financial advisor, legal and accounting fees and financial printing and other related charges, many of which may be incurred even if the merger is not completed. Moreover, under specified circumstances, we may be required to pay a termination fee of $176 million, depending upon the reason for termination, to Fiserv in connection with a termination of the merger agreement.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
The market for our electronic commerce services is evolving and may not continue to develop or grow rapidly enough for us to sustain profitability.
 
If the number of electronic commerce transactions does not continue to grow or if consumers or businesses do not continue to adopt our services, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We believe future growth in the electronic commerce market will be driven by the cost, ease-of-use, and quality of products and services offered to consumers and businesses. In order to consistently increase and maintain our profitability, consumers and businesses must continue to adopt our services.
 
Our future profitability depends upon our ability to implement our strategy successfully to increase adoption of electronic billing and payment methods.
 
Our future profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to implement our strategy successfully to increase adoption of electronic billing and payment methods. Our strategy includes investment of time and money during fiscal 2008 in programs designed to:
 
  •  drive consumer awareness of electronic billing and payment;
 
  •  encourage consumers to sign up for and use the electronic billing and payment services offered by our distribution partners;
 
  •  address consumer concerns regarding privacy and security of their data in using electronic billing and payment services;
 
  •  continue to refine our infrastructure to handle seamless processing of transactions;
 
  •  continue to develop state-of-the-art, easy-to-use technology;
 
  •  increase the number of bills we can present and pay electronically; and
 
  •  successfully integrate Corillian online banking applications with CheckFree’s electronic billing and payment services.
 
If we do not successfully implement our strategy, revenue growth may be minimized, and expenditures for these programs will not be justified.


17


Table of Contents

Our investment in these programs may have a negative impact on our short-term profitability. Additionally, our failure to implement these programs successfully or to substantially increase adoption of electronic commerce billing and payment methods by consumers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
It is also possible that the significant amount of press connecting identity theft and online activities might inhibit the growth of consumers using the Internet, which could decrease the demand for our products or services, increase our cost of doing business or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on us.
 
We face significant competition in our each of our Divisions — Electronic Commerce, Software and Investment Services. Increased competition or other competitive pressures may result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss of business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, competition will persist and may increase and intensify in the future.
 
In the Electronic Commerce Division, we face significant competition for all of our products. Our primary competition is the continuance of traditional paper-based methods for receiving and paying bills, on the part of both consumers and billers. In addition, the possibility of billers and CSPs, including large bank clients, continuing to use or deciding to create in-house systems to handle their own electronic billing and payment transactions remains a significant competitive threat. Our large bank customers may explore the possibility of internally performing portions of the outsourced billing and payment services that we provide to them. In-house solutions have always been and will continue to be an option for our customers and a competitive factor facing our business.
 
Metavante, a division of Marshall and Ilsley Corporation, competes with us most directly from the perspective of providing pay anyone solutions to financial services organizations. In 2006, Online Resources Corp. completed the acquisition of Princeton eCom to become a larger full service banking, billing and bill payment competitor. A number of other companies compete with us by providing some, but not all, of the services that make up our complete e-bill and electronic pay anyone service. For example, Yodlee has publicly stated its strategy is to shift from being an account aggregation provider to become more of a bill payment processor, online banking provider and end-to-end financial services provider. Also, MasterCard International provides a service which allows electronic bill payments, and Visa has recently promoted heavily its credit and debit card products as a convenient means for consumers to pay their bills. Numerous small firms provide technologies that can enable these and other companies to compete with us, and we regularly monitor combinations and alliances of any of the above.
 
In the area of Internet consumer banking, we primarily compete with other companies that provide outsourced Internet finance solutions to large financial institutions, including S1 Corporation and Financial Fusion, Inc. Within this market segment, we also compete with companies that offer software platforms designed for internal development of Internet-based financial services software, such as IBM’s WebSphere, and the internal information technology personnel of financial institutions that want to develop their own solutions. In addition, we occasionally compete with vendors who primarily target community financial institutions with Internet banking solutions. For the business banking services that financial institutions offer their commercial customers, we also compete with vendors of cash management systems for large corporations.
 
Our products and services that allow consumers to pay billers directly also face competition. We compete with biller-direct billing and payment Internet sites. Western Union and MoneyGram compete with our walk-in payment services. Each has a national network of retail and agent locations. We also compete with smaller walk-in payment providers in different regions of the United States and with billers who have created in-house systems to handle walk-in payments. BillMatrix, a division of Fiserv, and SpeedPay, a division of Western Union, compete with our phone payments business.


18


Table of Contents

We expect competition to continue to increase as new companies enter our markets and existing competitors expand their product lines and services. In addition, many companies that provide outsourced Internet finance solutions are consolidating, creating larger competitors with greater resources and broader product lines.
 
The markets for our Software and Investment Services products are also highly competitive. In Software, our competition comes from several different market segments and geographies, including large diversified computer software and service companies and independent suppliers of software products. In Investment Services, our competition comes primarily from providers of portfolio accounting software and outsourced services and from in-house solutions developed by large financial institutions.
 
Security and privacy breaches in our electronic transactions may damage customer relations and inhibit our growth.
 
Any failures in our security and privacy measures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We electronically transfer large sums of money and store personal information about consumers, including bank account and credit card information, social security numbers and merchant account numbers. If we are unable to protect, or consumers perceive that we are unable to protect, the security and privacy of our electronic transactions, our growth and the growth of the electronic commerce market in general could be materially adversely affected. A security or privacy breach may:
 
  •  cause our customers to lose confidence in our services;
 
  •  deter consumers from using our services;
 
  •  harm our reputation;
 
  •  expose us to liability;
 
  •  increase our expenses from potential remediation costs; and
 
  •  decrease market acceptance of electronic commerce transactions.
 
New trends in criminal acquisition and illegal use of personally identifiable data make maintaining the security and privacy of such data more costly and time intensive. The increased cost, along with the increased ability of organized criminal elements focusing on identity theft and identity fraud, may materially impact our reputation as a provider of secure electronic billing and payment services.
 
While we believe that we utilize proven applications designed for data security and integrity to process electronic transactions, there can be no assurance that our use of these applications will be sufficient to address changing market conditions or the security and privacy concerns of existing and potential subscribers.
 
We rely on third parties to distribute our electronic commerce and investment services products, which may not result in widespread adoption.
 
In Electronic Commerce, we rely on our contracts with financial services organizations, businesses, billers, Internet portals and other third parties to provide branding for our electronic commerce services and to market our services to their customers. Similarly, in Investment Services, we rely upon financial institutions, including broker dealers, money managers and investment advisors, to market investment accounts to consumers and thereby increase portfolios on our CheckFree APL system and use of our portfolio management software products. These contracts are an important source of the growth in demand for our electronic commerce and investment service products. If any of these third parties abandons, curtails or insufficiently increases its marketing efforts, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.


19


Table of Contents

Consolidation in the financial services industry may adversely affect our ability to sell our electronic commerce services, investment services and software.
 
Mergers, acquisitions and personnel changes at key financial services organizations have the potential to adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. This consolidation could cause us to lose:
 
  •  current and potential customers;
 
  •  business opportunities, if combined financial services organizations were to determine that it is more efficient to develop in-house services similar to ours or offer our competitors’ products or services; and
 
  •  revenue, if combined financial services organizations were able to negotiate a greater volume discount for, or discontinue the use of, our products and services.
 
We may be unsuccessful in integrating acquisitions, which could result in increased expenditures or cause us to fail to achieve anticipated cost savings or revenue growth.
 
We are currently seeking to integrate recently acquired businesses as described in this report, including our acquisitions of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream. There are risks inherent in these types of transactions, such as: difficulty in assimilating or integrating the operations, technology, platforms and personnel of the combined companies; difficulties and costs associated with integrating and evaluating the internal control systems of acquired businesses; disruption of our ongoing business, including loss of management focus on existing businesses and marketplace developments; problems retaining key technical and managerial personnel; expenses associated with the amortization of identifiable intangible assets; additional or unanticipated operating losses, expenses or liabilities of acquired businesses; impairment of relationships with existing employees, customers and business partners; and fluctuations in value and losses that may arise from equity investments.
 
One customer accounts for a significant percentage of our consolidated revenues.
 
We have one customer, Bank of America, that accounted for approximately 19% of our total consolidated revenues ($189.5 million) for fiscal year 2007, which reflects its use of products and services in all three of our business segments. The majority of this revenue comes from within our Electronic Commerce Division. The loss or renegotiation of our Electronic Commerce Division contract with Bank of America or a significant decline in the number of transactions we process for it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. No other customer accounts for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues.
 
If we do not successfully renew or renegotiate our agreements with our customers, our business may suffer.
 
Our agreements for electronic commerce services with financial services organizations generally provide for terms of two to five years. Our agreements with our portfolio management customers are generally for similar terms. If we are not able to renew or renegotiate these agreements on favorable terms as they expire, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
The profitability of our Software Division and certain software products in our Electronic Commerce Division depend, to a substantial degree, upon our software customers electing to annually renew their maintenance agreements. If a substantial number of our software customers declined to renew these agreements, our revenues and profits in this business segment would be materially adversely affected.
 
Our future profitability depends on a decrease in the cost of processing payment transactions.
 
If we are unable to continue to decrease the cost of processing transactions, our margins could decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Many factors contribute to our ability to decrease the cost of processing transactions, including our Sigma quality


20


Table of Contents

program, our customer care efficiency program, our processing technology optimization program, and our focus on continually increasing the number of transactions we process electronically. Our electronic rate, or percentage of transactions processed electronically, was approximately 84% at the end of fiscal years 2005, 2006 and 2007.
 
We experience seasonal and other fluctuations in our revenues causing our operating results to fluctuate.
 
We have historically experienced seasonal fluctuations in our software sales, and we expect to experience similar fluctuations in the future. Our software sales and associated license revenue have historically been affected by calendar year end, our fiscal year end, buying patterns of financial services organizations and our sales compensation structure, which measures sales performance at our June 30 fiscal year end.
 
Further, in our Electronic Commerce Division, we often experience fluctuations in transaction volume and revenue on a quarterly basis. Our analysis has revealed a previously undetected cyclical pattern within the quarters of a given fiscal year that does not impact overall annual transaction growth. We have learned that the sequence of long months or short months in a given quarter, the sequence of long or short months before and after a quarter end date and the mix of processing and non-processing days within the quarter affects sequential quarterly transaction growth. We now believe that, barring unusual events, CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year tends to be lower than CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year. As a result, we believe we are better able to forecast transaction growth; however, there can be no assurance that we will always be able to accurately forecast such growth. While we do not believe we have identified all factors that could negatively or positively affect transaction growth, including various consumer behavior patterns, we believe that recent consumers to the service engage in fewer transactions than new consumers added to the service in previous years. A slow down in our transaction growth could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Seasonality and other quarterly fluctuations can impact our quarterly revenue.
 
The transactions we process expose us to fraud and credit risks.
 
Losses resulting from returned transactions, merchant fraud or erroneous transmissions could result in liability to financial services organizations, merchants or subscribers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although ameliorated by reversibility arrangements with many billers, the electronic and conventional paper-based transactions we process expose us to credit risks. These include risks arising from returned transactions caused by:
 
  •  insufficient funds;
 
  •  unauthorized use;
 
  •  stop payment orders;
 
  •  payment disputes;
 
  •  closed accounts;
 
  •  theft;
 
  •  frozen accounts; and
 
  •  fraud.
 
We are also exposed to credit risk from merchant fraud and erroneous transmissions.
 
The attempts by both federal and state governments to combat identity fraud may impose restrictions on the financial community which make the appropriate sharing of data for fraud prevention impractical and overly burdensome. In the event of legislation, our ability to mitigate fraud costs and write-offs may be negatively impacted.


21


Table of Contents

If we, or our implementation partners, do not effectively implement our solutions acquired from Corillian, we may not achieve anticipated revenues or gross margins.
 
Our solutions acquired from Corillian are complex and must integrate with other complex data processing systems. Implementing those solutions is a lengthy process, generally taking between three and nine months to complete. In addition, we generally recognize revenues on a percentage-of-completion basis, so our revenues are often dependent on our ability to complete implementations within the time periods that we establish for our projects. We rely on a combination of internal and outsourced teams for our implementations. If these teams encounter significant delays in implementing our solutions for a customer or fail to implement our solutions effectively or at all, we may be unable to recognize any revenues from the contract or may incur losses from the contract if our revised project estimates indicate that we recognized excess revenues in prior periods. In addition, we may incur monetary damages or penalties if we are not successful in completing projects on schedule.
 
From time to time, we agree to penalty provisions in our contracts that require us to make payments to our customers if we fail to meet specified milestones or that permit our customers to terminate their contracts with us if we fail to meet specified milestones. If we fail to perform in accordance with established project schedules, we may be forced to make substantial payments as penalties or refunds and may lose our contractual relationship with the applicable customers.
 
We may experience significant losses due to our reliance on agents for walk-in payment services.
 
Through our contractual relationships with billers, we guarantee consumer payments made at our retail agent locations regardless of whether an agent makes timely deposits of funds collected. We could suffer significant losses if we are unable to manage and control agents making correct and timely deposits, or if we are unable to maintain a sufficient retail agent network.
 
We may experience breakdowns in our processing systems that could damage customer relations and expose us to liability.
 
We depend heavily on the reliability of our processing systems in both our Electronic Commerce and Investment Services Divisions. A system outage or data loss could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Not only would we suffer damage to our reputation in the event of a system outage or data loss, but we may also be liable to third parties or owe service credits to our customers. Many of our contractual agreements with financial institutions require the payment of credits if our systems do not meet certain operating standards. In addition, in our Electronic Commerce Division, we guarantee the delivery of payments, and any failure on our part to perform may result in late payments or penalties to third parties on behalf of subscribers to our services. In our Investment Services Division, a failure of our system could result in incorrect or mistimed stock trades that may result in third party liability. To successfully operate our business, we must be able to protect our processing and other systems from interruption, including from events that may be beyond our control. Events that could cause system interruptions include but are not limited to:
 
  •  fire;
 
  •  natural disaster;
 
  •  pandemic outbreak;
 
  •  unauthorized entry;
 
  •  power loss;
 
  •  telecommunications failure;
 
  •  computer viruses;
 
  •  terrorist acts; and
 
  •  war.


22


Table of Contents

 
Although we have taken steps to protect against data loss and system failures, there is still risk that we may lose critical data or experience system failures. Currently, with the exception of CheckFree APL, we outsource some of our disaster recovery operations to a third party vendor, which puts us at risk of the vendor’s unresponsiveness in the event of breakdowns in our systems. Furthermore, our property and business interruption insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses or failures that may occur.
 
We may experience software defects, computer viruses and development delays, which could damage customer relations, decrease our potential profitability and expose us to liability.
 
Our products are based on sophisticated software and computing systems that often encounter development delays, and the underlying software may contain undetected errors, viruses or defects. Defects in our software products and errors or delays in our processing of electronic transactions could result in:
 
  •  additional development costs;
 
  •  diversion of technical and other resources from our other development efforts;
 
  •  loss of credibility with current or potential customers;
 
  •  harm to our reputation; or
 
  •  exposure to liability claims.
 
In addition, we rely on technologies supplied to us by third parties that may also contain undetected errors, viruses or defects that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we attempt to limit our potential liability for warranty claims through disclaimers in our software documentation and limitation-of-liability provisions in our license and customer agreements, we cannot assure you that these measures will be successful in limiting our liability.
 
Our products and services must interact with other vendors’ products, which may result in system errors.
 
Our products are often used in transaction processing systems that include other vendors’ products, and, as a result, our products must integrate successfully with these existing systems. System errors, whether caused by our products or those of another vendor, could adversely affect the market acceptance of our products, and any necessary modifications could cause us to incur significant expenses.
 
If we do not respond to rapid technological change or changes in industry standards, our services could become obsolete and we could lose our customers.
 
If competitors introduce new products and services embodying new technologies, or if new industry standards and practices emerge, our existing product and service offerings, proprietary technology and systems may become obsolete. Further, if we fail to adopt or develop new technologies or to adapt our products and services to emerging industry standards, we may lose current and future customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The financial services industry is changing rapidly. To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of our products, services and technologies.
 
We may be unable to protect our intellectual property and technology, permitting competitors to duplicate our products and services.
 
Our success and ability to compete depends, in part, upon our proprietary technology, which includes several patents for our electronic billing and payment processing system and our operating technology. We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws to protect our technology. We also enter into confidentiality and assignment agreements with our employees, consultants and vendors, and generally control access to and distribution of our software documentation and other intellectual property. We also limit customer use of our intellectual property by entering into license agreements which limit the scope of a


23


Table of Contents

customer’s use of the intellectual property. We cannot assure you that these measures will provide all of the protection that we need.
 
Because our means of protecting our intellectual property rights may not be adequate, it may be possible for a third party to copy, reverse engineer or otherwise obtain and use our technology without authorization. In addition, the laws of some countries in which we sell our products do not protect software and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. A competitor may also be able to sidestep our intellectual property rights by performing key process steps in foreign countries where our United States patent protection does not apply or where we do not have separate intellectual property protection. Unauthorized copying, use or reverse engineering of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
A third party also could claim that our technology infringes its proprietary rights. As the number of software products in our target markets increases and the functionality of these products overlap, we believe that software developers may increasingly face infringement claims. In addition, there has been an increase in patent activity by financial firms during recent years which may increase the number of infringement claims in our market space. These claims, even if without merit, can be time-consuming and expensive to defend. A third party asserting infringement claims against us in the future may require us to enter into costly royalty arrangements or litigation.
 
Our business could become subject to increased government regulation, which could make our business more expensive to operate.
 
Our business is currently subject to numerous rules and regulations promulgated by various local, state and federal governmental entities and it is likely that this regulation may increase or change in the future. Such increase or change could make our business more expensive to operate and our products less desirable to use. In particular, due to increased focus by the government on terrorist activities, we may see additional regulation and enforcement targeted at money laundering or making payments to certain prohibited individuals or groups. We have noticed an increased focus by the federal banking regulators, as well as OFAC, on the processing of electronic payments and this focus may shift to us, and other businesses like ours, in the future. FinCEN, the principal federal regulator charged with regulating money services businesses, continues to provide further interpretation on the meaning of “money transmission.” If those interpretations become applicable to our business, then we may be obligated to comply with significant additional regulatory obligations. Various governmental entities have become interested in further regulating the use and sharing of data and protection of the privacy of this data. This interest will likely result in increased regulation around security and privacy of personally identifiable information. It is also possible that new laws and regulations may be enacted with respect to the Internet, including taxation of electronic commerce activities. Because electronic commerce in general, and most of our products and services in particular, are so new, the effect of an increase in regulation or amendment to existing regulation is uncertain and difficult to predict. Any such changes, however, could lead to increased operating costs and reduce the convenience and functionality of our products or services, possibly resulting in reduced market acceptance.
 
The Federal Reserve rules with respect to its ACH Network incorporate the National Automated Clearinghouse Association (“NACHA”) Rules which provide that we can only access the ACH Network through a bank. If the NACHA Rules, which are incorporated into the Federal Reserves rules governing its ACH Network, were to change to further restrict our access to the ACH Network or limit our ability to provide ACH transaction processing services, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our walk-in payment business is subject to government regulation and any violation of such regulations could result in civil or criminal penalties or a prohibition against providing money transmitter services in particular jurisdictions.
 
We conduct our walk-in payment business through CheckFreePay. CheckFreePay is licensed as a money transmitter in those states where such licensure is required. These licenses require CheckFreePay to


24


Table of Contents

demonstrate and maintain certain levels of net worth and liquidity and also require CheckFreePay to file periodic reports. In addition to state licensing requirements, CheckFreePay is subject to regulation in the United States by FinCEN, including anti-money laundering regulations and certain restrictions on transactions to or from certain individuals or entities. CheckFreePay has developed a program to monitor its business for compliance with regulatory requirements and has developed and implemented policies and procedures to monitor all of its transactions in order to comply with federal reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Notwithstanding these efforts, the complexity of these regulations will continue to increase our cost of doing business. In addition, any violations of law may result in civil or criminal penalties against us and our officers or the prohibition against us providing money transmitter services in particular jurisdictions.
 
A weak economy could have a materially adverse impact on our business.
 
A weak United States economy could have a material adverse impact on our business. In a weak economy, companies may postpone or cancel new software purchases or limit the amount of money they spend on technology and marketing. In our Investment Services Division, growth depends upon individuals and companies continuing to invest in the United States equity markets.
 
Our quarterly operating results fluctuate and may not accurately predict our future performance.
 
Our quarterly results of operations have varied significantly and probably will continue to do so in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control. These factors include:
 
  •  changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
 
  •  loss of customers due to competitors or in-house solutions;
 
  •  relative rates of acquisition of new customers;
 
  •  seasonal patterns;
 
  •  delays in the introduction of new or enhanced services, software and related products by us or our competitors or market acceptance of these products and services; and
 
  •  other changes in operating expenses, personnel and general economic conditions.
 
As a result, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily predictive of our future results, and you should not rely on them as an indication of our future performance. In addition, our operating results in a future quarter or quarters may fall below expectations of securities analysts or investors and, as a result, the price of our common stock may fluctuate.
 
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
 
Our common stock has been volatile since December 31, 2000.
 
Since December 31, 2000, our stock price has been volatile, trading at a high of $58.25 per share and a low of $7.45 per share. The volatility in our stock price has been caused by but not limited to:
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our transaction and consumer growth;
 
  •  announcements by us, our competitors or our customers;
 
  •  announcements of the introduction of new or enhanced products and services by us or our competitors;
 
  •  announcements of joint development efforts or corporate partnerships in the electronic commerce market;
 
  •  market conditions in the banking, telecommunications, technology and other emerging growth sectors;
 
  •  rumors relating to our competitors or us; and
 
  •  general market or economic conditions.


25


Table of Contents

 
Availability of significant amounts of our common stock for sale in the future could adversely affect our stock price.
 
The availability for future sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or otherwise, or issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options or warrants could adversely affect the market price for our common stock. As of June 30, 2007, we had outstanding 87,974,284 shares of our common stock, of which 81,924,475 shares were held by non-affiliates. The holders of the remaining 6,049,809 shares were entitled to resell them only by a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 or an applicable exemption from registration. As of June 30, 2007, we also had:
 
  •  up to 6,143,599 shares available for issuance under our stock option and stock incentive plans, under which there are (1) outstanding options to purchase 2,937,117 shares of our common stock, of which options for 2,582,236 shares were fully vested and exercisable at an average weighted exercise price of approximately $31.52 per share, and (2) 797,383 outstanding shares of restricted stock;
 
  •  issued warrants to purchase 7,500,000 shares of our common stock, of which warrants for 3,500,000 shares were fully vested and exercisable at a weighted exercise price of approximately $29.90 per share; and
 
  •  up to 1,929,424 shares available for issuance under our Associate Stock Purchase Plan.
 
As of June 30, 2007, the following entities held shares or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock in the following amounts:
 
  •  Microsoft, which held 8,567,250 shares;
 
  •  The former members of Integrion Financial Network, L.L.C. (“Integrion”) and their assignees collectively held warrants to purchase up to 1,500,000 shares, which warrants were fully vested and exercisable;
 
  •  Bank One, which held warrants to purchase 1,000,000 shares, which warrants were fully vested and exercisable; and
 
  •  Bank of America, which held 450,000 of the vested Integrion warrants and additional warrants to purchase up to 5,000,000 shares, 4,000,000 of which warrants were not currently vested, and expire on September 30, 2010.
 
Each of Bank One, Bank of America and the former members of Integrion may be entitled to registration rights under certain circumstances. If the former members of Integrion, Bank One or Bank of America, by exercising their registration rights, cause a large number of shares to be registered and sold in the public market, these sales may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.
 
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock by any of the parties described above, or the perception that these sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock.
 
Anti-takeover provisions in the merger agreement with Fiserv, our organizational documents and Delaware corporation law make any change in control more difficult.
 
We have agreed to be acquired by Fiserv, subject to a number of conditions, including the approval of our stockholders. The merger agreement includes provisions that would make it more difficult for a competing party to acquire us. These provisions include our agreements not to solicit other offers and not to provide information to a potential bidder unless our board of directors determines that a superior proposal could be made by the person to whom we provide the information, as well as our agreement under specified circumstances to pay a termination fee to Fiserv if we terminate the merger agreement and complete another transaction.
 
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control, may discourage bids at a premium over the market price of our common stock


26


Table of Contents

and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. These provisions include:
 
  •  division of our board of directors into three classes serving staggered three-year terms;
 
  •  removal of our directors by the stockholders only for cause upon 80% stockholder approval;
 
  •  prohibiting our stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  ability to issue additional shares of our common stock or preferred stock without stockholder approval;
 
  •  prohibiting our stockholders from unilaterally amending our certificate of incorporation or by-laws except with 80% stockholder approval; and
 
  •  advance notice requirements for raising business or making nominations at stockholders’ meetings.
 
We also have a stockholder rights plan that allows us to issue preferred stock with rights senior to those of our common stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of our preferred stock under the stockholder rights plan could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of our common stock or could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of the holders of our common stock. In some circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock. In connection with our proposed merger with Fiserv, we entered into an amendment to our stockholder rights plan which provides that neither the merger agreement nor the consummation of the merger or the other transactions contemplated by the merger agreement will trigger the separation or exercise of the stockholder rights or any adverse event under the our stockholder rights plan.
 
We also are subject to provisions of the Delaware corporation law that, in general, prohibit any business combination with a beneficial owner of 15% or more of our common stock for five years unless the holder’s acquisition of our stock was approved in advance by our board of directors.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
No such unresolved comments exist.
 
Item 2.   Properties.
 
We lease the following office facilities (square footage is approximate):
 
Electronic Commerce Division:
 
  •  101,000 square feet in Phoenix, Arizona;
 
  •  100,000 square feet in Hillsboro, Oregon;
 
  •  78,000 square feet in Aurora, Illinois;
 
  •  43,000 square feet in Wallingford, Connecticut;
 
  •  43,000 square feet in Norcross, Georgia;
 
  •  16,000 square feet in Houston, Texas;
 
  •  10,000 square feet in Toledo, Ohio;
 
  •  7,000 square feet in Ansonia, Connecticut;
 
  •  5,000 square feet in Herndon, Virginia;
 
  •  5,000 square feet in New York, New York;
 
  •  4,000 square feet in Omaha, Nebraska;
 
  •  2,000 square feet in Shelton, Connecticut; and


27


Table of Contents

 
  •  1,000 square feet in Overland Park, Kansas.
 
CheckFree Investment Services Division:
 
  •  56,000 square feet in Jersey City, New Jersey;
 
  •  21,000 square feet in Newark, New Jersey;
 
  •  15,000 square feet in Chicago, Illinois;
 
  •  9,300 square feet in Boston, Massachusetts;
 
  •  7,000 square feet in Los Angeles, California;
 
  •  5,000 square feet in San Diego, California; and
 
  •  1,000 square feet in Cleveland, Ohio.
 
Software Division:
 
  •  72,000 square feet in Dallas, Texas;
 
  •  40,000 square feet in Charlotte, North Carolina;
 
  •  26,000 square feet in Owings Mills, Maryland;
 
  •  22,000 square feet in Norcross, Georgia;
 
  •  22,000 square feet in Memphis, Tennessee;
 
  •  13,000 square feet in Wokingham, Berkshire, United Kingdom;
 
  •  11,000 square feet in London, United Kingdom;
 
  •  2,000 square feet in North Sydney, New South Wales, Australia; and
 
  •  935 square feet in Windhof, Luxembourg.
 
Corporate:
 
  •  227,000 square feet in Norcross, Georgia; and
 
  •  230 square feet in Henderson, Nevada
 
We also own a 51,000-square-foot conference center in Norcross, Georgia that includes lodging, training, and fitness facilities for our customers and employees. Although we own the building, it is on land that is leased through June 30, 2015. As of June 30, 2007, we also owned an approximately 150,000-square-foot facility in Dublin, Ohio utilized by our Electronic Commerce Division and our corporate functions. During the quarter ended September 30, 2007, we closed on a sale-leaseback transaction for our Dublin facility. Under the terms of the sale-leaseback agreement, we received net proceeds of approximately $22 million from the sale and agreed to a 12-year lease of the facility.
 
We believe that our facilities are adequate for current and near-term growth and that additional space is available to provide for anticipated growth.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.
 
On or about April 10, 2007, the first of two related shareholder securities putative class actions was filed against CheckFree and Messrs. Peter J. Kight and David E. Mangum in federal court in Atlanta styled as follows: Skubella v. CheckFree Corporation, et al., Civil Action No. 1:07-CV-0796-TWT, United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division; Gattelaro v. CheckFree Corporation, et al., Civil Action No. 1:07-CV-0945-TWT, United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division. The actions were filed on behalf of a putative class of all purchasers of CheckFree common stock between April 4, 2006 and August 1, 2006 and allege violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder against CheckFree and the individual


28


Table of Contents

defendants, as well as of Section 20(a) against the individual defendants, related to CheckFree’s disclosures concerning its Electronic Commerce and Payment Services business. Plaintiffs seek undisclosed damages. On June 29, 2007, the Court entered an order that, among other things, consolidated these two actions and appointed Southwest Carpenters Pension Trust as the Lead Plaintiff. We anticipate that the Lead Plaintiff will file a consolidated complaint in the near future.
 
A related derivative action was filed on or about June 14, 2007 in federal court in Atlanta styled as follows: Borroni v. Peter Kight, et al., Civil Action No. 1:07-CV-1382-TWT, United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division. The complaint names the following as defendants: Peter Kight, Mark Johnson, William Boardman, James D. Dixon, C. Kim Goodwin, Eugene F. Quinn, Jeffrey M. Wilkins, and David Mangum. The complaint also names CheckFree Corporation as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting, and contribution and indemnification against the individual defendants as well as unjust enrichment against one of the individual defendants. Following CheckFree’s announcement of its proposed acquisition by Fiserv, Inc., the plaintiffs filed a Corrected Verified First Amended Shareholder Derivative and Class Action Complaint on August 6, 2007, which added C. Beth Cotner as a defendant and also added a claim on behalf of a putative class of all holders of CheckFree common stock for breach of fiduciary duty against all the individual defendants related to their approval of the proposed acquisition.
 
We believe these actions are without merit and intend to defend vigorously. We intend to move to dismiss these lawsuits at the appropriate time. At this time, it is not possible to predict the outcome of these matters.
 
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
 
None.


29


Table of Contents

 
Part II
 
Item 5.   Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CKFR.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of our common stock for the periods indicated as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market.
 
                 
    Common Stock Price  
Fiscal Period
  High     Low  
 
Fiscal 2006
               
First Quarter
  $ 41.60     $ 32.33  
Second Quarter
  $ 50.55     $ 34.89  
Third Quarter
  $ 55.42     $ 42.56  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 57.08     $ 44.28  
                 
Fiscal 2007
               
First Quarter
  $ 50.28     $ 33.28  
Second Quarter
  $ 44.74     $ 36.63  
Third Quarter
  $ 42.65     $ 35.24  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 41.41     $ 33.44  
                 
Fiscal 2008
               
First Quarter (through August 20, 2007)
  $ 46.10     $ 35.96  
 
On August 20, 2007, the last reported bid price for our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $45.41 per share. As of August 20, 2007, there were approximately 2,076 holders of record of our common stock. We currently anticipate that all of our future earnings will be retained for the development of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, our current credit facility does not allow for the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. Our board of directors will determine future dividend policy based on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other circumstances. During the last 10 years, we have not paid cash dividends.
 
On August 3, 2005, we announced that our board of directors had approved a stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $60.0 million of our common stock through July 31, 2006. During fiscal 2006, we purchased a total of 707,732 shares at an average purchase price of $47.48 per share, or approximately $33.6 million in the aggregate. The repurchased shares were retired and cancelled immediately. As of June 30, 2006, the dollar value of shares that remained available for repurchase under this program was approximately $26.4 million. This program expired on July 31, 2006, with such remaining approved repurchase amount still outstanding.
 
On August 1, 2006, we announced that our board of directors had approved a separate stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $100.0 million of our common stock through July 31, 2007. During the month of August 2006, we repurchased a total of 2,176,158 shares of common stock at an average purchase price of $37.22; and in September 2006, we repurchased a total of 461,589 shares at an average purchase price of $41.15 per share, or approximately $100.0 million in the aggregate. The repurchased shares were immediately retired and cancelled.
 
On November 6, 2006, we announced that our board of directors had approved a separate stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $100.0 million of our common stock through August 1, 2007. During the month of November 2006, we repurchased a total of 1,273,807 shares of common stock at an average purchase price of $39.25 per share, or approximately $50.0 million in the aggregate. The


30


Table of Contents

repurchased shares were immediately retired and cancelled. There were no repurchases during the three-months ended June 30, 2007. This program expired on August 1, 2007, with such remaining approved repurchase amount still outstanding.
 
                                 
                (c)
    (d)
 
    (a)
    (b)
    Total Number of Shares
    Approximate Dollar Value
 
    Total Number
    Average
    Purchased as Part of
    of Shares that May Yet
 
    of Shares
    Price Paid
    Publicly Announced
    Be Purchased Under the
 
Period
  Purchased     per Share     Plans or Programs     Plans or Programs  
 
April 1, 2007 to April 30, 2007
          N/A           $ 50,000,000  
May 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007
          N/A           $ 50,000,000  
June 1, 2007 to June 30, 2007
          N/A           $ 50,000,000  
                                 
Total
        $           $ 50,000,000  


31


Table of Contents

Performance Graph
 
The following Performance Graph compares our performance with that of The Nasdaq Stock Market — U.S. Index and The S & P Supercap Data Processing & Outsourced Services Index, which is a published industry index. The comparison of the cumulative total return to stockholders for each of the periods assumes that $100 was invested on June 30, 2002, in our common stock, and in The Nasdaq Stock Market — U.S. Index and The S & P Supercap Data Processing & Outsourced Services Index and that all dividends were reinvested.
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
 
Among CheckFree Corporation, The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The S&P SuperCap Data Processing &Outsourced Services
 
GRAPH
 
* $100 invested on 6/30/02 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends.
  Fiscal year ending June 30.
 
                                                 
    6/30/02   6/30/03   6/30/04   6/30/05   6/30/06   6/30/07
 
CheckFree Corporation
  $ 100.00     $ 179.03     $ 191.82     $ 217.77     $ 316.88     $ 257.03  
NASDAQ Composite
  $ 100.00     $ 109.91     $ 139.04     $ 141.74     $ 155.82     $ 191.32  
S&P SuperCap Data Processing & Outsourced Services
  $ 100.00     $ 81.82     $ 96.12     $ 96.29     $ 114.15     $ 133.62  


32


Table of Contents

 
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.
 
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Processing and servicing
                                       
Third parties
  $ 809,814     $ 735,840     $ 627,541     $ 481,589     $ 390,944  
Related parties(a)
          18,236       33,000       41,500       78,981  
                                         
Total processing and servicing
    809,814       754,076       660,541       523,089       469,925  
License fees
    46,209       35,196       28,458       23,912       24,163  
Maintenace fees
    55,217       42,218       31,231       28,271       25,733  
Professional fees
    61,404       47,912       29,617       23,955       24,949  
                                         
Total revenues
    972,644       879,402       749,847       599,227       544,770  
Expenses:
                                       
Cost of processing, servicing and support
    401,176       342,535       296,912       244,429       237,598  
Research and development
    112,077       101,854       80,039       64,035       50,658  
Sales and marketing
    98,459       87,418       69,106       50,783       56,146  
General and administration
    79,057       61,948       57,486       43,724       38,091  
Depreciation and amortization
    90,937       99,530       175,719       176,430       224,297  
In-process research and development
                      324        
Impairment of intangible assets(b)
                            10,228  
Reorganization charge(c)
                5,585             1,405  
                                         
Total expenses
    781,706       693,285       684,847       579,725       618,423  
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before other income and expenses
    190,938       186,117       65,000       19,502       (73,653 )
Other:
                                       
Equity in net loss of joint venture(d)
    (1,078 )     (3,100 )     (2,984 )     (593 )      
Interest income
    12,693       13,441       8,809       5,693       7,327  
Interest expense
    (3,099 )     (986 )     (1,094 )     (13,164 )     (12,975 )
Gain (loss) on investments(e)
                592             (3,228 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change
    199,454       195,472       70,323       11,438       (82,529 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    75,016       74,455       24,560       1,088       (33,156 )
                                         
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change
    124,438       121,017       45,763       10,350       (49,373 )
Cumulative effect of accounting change(f)
                            (2,894 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    124,438       121,017       45,763       10,350       (52,267 )
Earnings from discontinued operations before income taxes (including gain on disposal of $12,821 in FY 2006)(g)
          14,310       1,518       292       133  
Income tax expense on discontinued operations
          8,064       480       107       50  
                                         
Income from discontinued operations
          6,246       1,038       185       83  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 124,438     $ 127,263     $ 46,801     $ 10,535     $ (52,184 )
                                         
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
  $ 1.37     $ 1.36     $ 0.50     $ 0.11     $ (0.59 )
Weighted average shares outstanding(h)
    90,896       93,708       92,915       91,864       88,807  
                                         
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Working capital
  $ 51,529     $ 382,334     $ 339,271     $ 263,813     $ 304,286  
Total assets
    2,131,278       1,758,029       1,569,916       1,548,932       1,587,270  
Long-term obligations, less current portion
    68,021       28,432       25,389       25,504       176,692  
Total stockholder’s equity
    1,507,502       1,483,635       1,336,415       1,299,182       1,268,149  


33


Table of Contents

(a)  Through January 2003, all revenues generated from Bank of America are classified as related party. During fiscal years 2003 and 2004, all revenues generated from Microsoft and FDC are classified as related party. During fiscal year 2005 and 2006, only the revenues generated from Microsoft are classified as related party.
 
(b)  During fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, we recorded an impairment charge related to other intangible assets and goodwill of CheckFree i-Solutions.
 
(c)  For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, we adjusted our estimate of the total reorganization charge that was recorded in the previous fiscal year in order to streamline operations in our Electronic Commerce Division, refine our strategy for CheckFree i-Solutions within our Software Division, and discontinue certain product lines associated with our Investment Services Division. During fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, we recorded a reorganization charge relating to the re-scoping of many positions with the intent to re-hire as quickly as possible, the elimination of some other positions and the relocation of our Electronic Billing and Payment operations from our Waterloo, Ontario, Canada to our headquarters in Norcross, Georgia.
 
(d)  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, we entered into an agreement with Voca, Ltd. to form the joint venture OneVu located in the United Kingdom, which has incurred losses since inception.
 
(e)  During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, we recorded a gain on the sale of stock. We received shares of stock from an insurance vendor that demutualized. We sold the shares shortly after we received them, and recorded the proceeds as a gain on investments. During the fiscal year ended June 30 2003, we recorded losses on certain investments resulting from an other-than-temporary decline in their fair value.
 
(f)  On July 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Upon adoption, we performed a transitional impairment test and recorded an impairment charge related to the goodwill associated with CheckFree i-Solutions.
 
(g)  In the quarter ended March 31, 2006, we divested of M-Solutions, a business within our Investment Services segment. As a result of this disposition, the operating results of the M-Solutions business have been reclassified as discontinued operations.
 
(h)  In June 2005, we purchased a total of 891,200 shares of our own common stock at an average purchase price of $37.52 per share, or $33.5 million in the aggregate. In the year ended June 30, 2006, we purchased a total of 707,732 shares of our own common stock at an average purchase price of $47.47 per share, or $33.6 million in the aggregate. In the year ended June 30, 2007, we purchased a total of 3,911,554 shares of our common stock at an average purchase price of $38.34 per share, or $150.0 million in the aggregate. In all cases, the shares were immediately retired and cancelled.
 
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


34


Table of Contents

 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Overview
 
CheckFree was founded in 1981 as an electronic payment processing company and has become a leading provider of financial electronic commerce products and services. Our current business was developed through the expansion of our core electronic payments business and the acquisition of companies operating similar or complementary businesses.
 
We operate our business through three independent but inter-related divisions:
 
  •  Electronic Commerce;
 
  •  Software; and
 
  •  Investment Services.
 
Our Electronic Commerce Division products enable consumers to:
 
  •  review bank accounts,
 
  •  receive and pay bills over the Internet; and
 
  •  pay billers directly through biller-direct sites, by telephone or through our walk-in retail agent network.
 
For the year ended June 30, 2007, we processed more than 1.3 billion payment transactions and delivered approximately 226 million electronic bills (“e-bills”). For the quarter ended June 30, 2007, we processed approximately 344 million payment transactions and delivered nearly 61 million e-bills. The number of payment transactions we process and the number of e-bills we deliver each year continue to grow. For the year ended June 30, 2007, growth in the number of consumer service provider (“CSP”) based payment transactions we processed was nearly 24%, growth in total transactions processed exceeded 16% and growth in the number of e-bills we delivered exceeded 22%. Our Electronic Commerce Division accounted for approximately 74% of our fiscal 2007 consolidated revenues.
 
Through our Software Division, we provide software, maintenance, support and consulting services, through four product lines. These product lines are global treasury, reconciliation and exception management, transaction process management, and electronic billing. Our Software Division operates both domestically and internationally, and accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated revenues in the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
Through our Investment Services Division, we provide a range of portfolio management services to help financial institutions, including broker dealers, money managers and investment advisors. As of June 30, 2007, our clients used the CheckFree APLSM portfolio management system (“CheckFree APL”) to manage nearly 2.7 million portfolios. Our Investment Services Division accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated revenues in the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
Recent Developments
 
On August 2, 2007, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Fiserv, Inc. (“Fiserv”) will acquire all of our outstanding shares of common stock for $48.00 per share in cash. Fiserv is a publicly traded Nasdaq company headquartered in Brookfield, Wisconsin and is a provider of technology solutions. We expect the acquisition to close by December 31, 2007, subject to approval by our stockholders and certain regulatory matters, although there can be no assurance that the merger will be consummated in a timely manner, if at all. We have filed a preliminary proxy statement and other relevant materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including a detailed description of the terms of the Merger Agreement, as well as other important information about the proposed transaction. Shareholders are urged to read the proxy statement and other relevant materials filed with the SEC and posted to our website regarding important information about the proposed transaction. All forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of


35


Table of Contents

Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Risk Factors, are based on management’s plans for future operations without consideration given to the pending transaction.
 
Executive Summary
 
A number of events have had an impact on our operating results when comparing the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
  •  Our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Upstream Technologies LLC (“Upstream”) for $28 million in cash in May 2007, and for which we incurred $0.9 million of integration-related costs through June 30, 2007;
 
  •  Our acquisition of Corillian Corporation (“Corillian”) for $245 million in cash in May 2007, and for which we incurred $2.6 million of integration-related costs through June 30, 2007;
 
  •  Our acquisition of Carreker Corporation (“Carreker”) for $206 million in cash in April 2007, and for which we incurred $2.6 million of integration-related costs through June 30, 2007;
 
  •  The vesting of one million performance-based warrants held by a customer, resulting in a non-cash charge of $11.0 million against revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 2007;
 
  •  The divestiture of our M-Solutions business unit for $18.6 million in February 2006, which was accounted for as a discontinued operation;
 
  •  Our acquisition of PhoneCharge, Inc. (“PhoneCharge”) for $100 million in cash in January 2006;
 
  •  Slower than expected transaction growth in the quarters ended June 20, 2006 and September 30, 2006;
 
  •  The negative impact on interest-based revenue from our largest bank customer migrating from a processing model that guarantees funds to our standard risk-based processing model during the quarter ended March 31, 2006;
 
  •  The expiration of our agreements with First Data Corporation (“FDC”) in August 2005 and Microsoft Corporation (“Microsoft”) in December 2005, reducing year-over-year minimum-based revenue by $21.0 million, and the related completion of the amortization of intangible assets in September 2005 resulting from our September 2000 acquisition of MSFDC, L.L.C. (“TransPoint”), eliminating $16.5 million of year-over-year amortization expense;
 
  •  Our purchase of substantially all of the assets of Aphelion, Inc. (“Aphelion”) for $18.1 million in cash in October 2005; and
 
  •  Our purchase of substantially all of the assets of Integrated Decision Systems, Inc. (“IDS”) for $18.0 million in cash in September 2005.
 
Due to growth in all of our business segments, including the positive and negative impacts of the items identified above, our consolidated revenue grew by nearly 11% during the year ended June 30, 2007. We earned income from continuing operations of $190.9 million in the year ended June 30, 2007, an increase of about 3% over the $186.1 million earned last year. We generated more than $184 million of free cash flow for the year ended June 30, 2007, compared to $171 million in the prior year. We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities, exclusive of the net change in settlement accounts, less capital expenditures, less the impact of an operating account conversion plus data center reimbursements. See “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information” in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for further discussion of this measure.
 
Revenue in our Electronic Commerce Division of $723.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2007, represents growth of 9% over the prior year. Excluding the $11.0 million charge for warrants to a customer and the impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue of $2.7 million, year over year revenue growth would be 11%. Including the impact of telephone bill payments we acquired with PhoneCharge in January 2006, our volume of transactions processed grew by greater than 16%, to more than 1.3 billion for the year ended June 30, 2007, over the more than 1.1 billion we processed last year. We delivered approximately


36


Table of Contents

226 million e-bills in the year ended June 30, 2007, representing a 22% increase above the nearly 185 million e-bills we delivered during the year ended June 30, 2006. Our acquisitions of Corillian in May 2007, the revenue enhancement (“RevE”) service of Carreker in April 2007, and Aphelion in October 2005 provided additional revenue to our Electronic Commerce business. Offsetting growth in our Electronic Commerce business were the previously mentioned $11.0 million non-cash charge against revenue for warrants held by a customer that vested in the quarter ended March 31, 2007, the impact of purchase accounting adjustments to deferred revenue related to Corillian and the RevE service from Carreker, the decline in revenues from Microsoft and FDC, and reductions in interest-based revenue resulting from our largest bank customer migrating to our standard risk-based payment processing model in the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
 
Successful efforts to improve efficiency and quality have resulted in lower cost per transaction, allowing us to share scale efficiencies with our customers through volume-based pricing discounts. When combined with the aforementioned reductions of high margin revenue minimums and interest-based revenue, and absent the non-cash charge for warrants, our Electronic Commerce operating margin has declined from 37% for the year ended June 30, 2006, to 35% for the year ended June 30, 2007. See “Segment Information” below for a presentation of financial information by segment, including a discussion of segment operating margin.
 
During the quarters ended June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, we experienced sequential quarterly transaction growth which was lower than our expectations. Since then, we have performed analysis on the causes, including a regression analysis of key transaction volume drivers on a large portion of our CSP customers for our last four fiscal years. Our analysis has revealed a previously undetected cyclical pattern within the quarters of a given fiscal year that does not impact overall annual transaction growth. We have learned that the sequence of long months or short months in a given quarter, the sequence of long or short months before and after a quarter end date and the mix of processing and non-processing days within the quarter affects sequential quarterly transaction growth. We now believe that, barring unusual events, CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year tends to be lower than CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year. As a result, we believe we are better able to forecast transaction activity; however, we cannot assure that we will always be able to accurately forecast such growth. While we do not believe we have identified all factors that could affect transaction growth, including various consumer behavior patterns, we believe that recent consumers to the service engage in fewer transactions than new consumers added to the service in previous years. Finally, our analysis has revealed that it is important for investors to understand the differing growth patterns between CSP and non-CSP customers. Therefore, we have enhanced the reporting of our Electronic Commerce Division metrics to include separate revenue and volume trends for our CSP, non-CSP and e-bill delivery customers. See “Electronic Commerce Segment Information” for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 under “Segment Information” below in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for a 12-quarter trend of these metrics.
 
Revenue in our Software Division of $125.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2007, represents growth of 15% over last year due primarily to our acquisition of Carreker, but also due to stronger sales in our global treasury and securities products in fiscal 2007. Excluding the $9.7 million impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue, year over year revenue growth would have been 24%. Our operating margin decreased slightly from 19% for the year ended June 30, 2006 to 18% for the current year due primarily to the addition of a breakeven Carreker business in the quarter ended June 30, 2007.
 
Our Investment Services Division generated 17% year-over-year growth in portfolios managed to more nearly 2.7 million as of June 30, 2007, from nearly 2.3 million for the previous year. We continue to invest heavily in the rewrite of our CheckFree APL operating system, named CheckFree EPLsm (Enhanced Portfolio Lifecycle). Despite the resulting lower near-term operating margin, we expect this investment to provide us the opportunity to expand our services into the rapidly growing separately managed accounts (“SMA” and “SMAs”) market. In September 2005, we purchased substantially all of the assets of Integrated Decision Systems, Inc. (“IDS”) and, in February 2006, we divested our M-Solutions business. Along with steady underlying portfolio growth, we expect our operating margin in Investment Services to remain in the upper teens to low twenty percent level until we complete our system rewrite and the related migration of our


37


Table of Contents

customer base to the new operating platform. See “Segment Information” below for a presentation of financial information by segment, including a discussion of segment operating margin.
 
During the quarter ended September 30, 2006, we repurchased 2,637,747 shares of our common stock for $100 million, and during the quarter ended December 31, 2006, we repurchased another 1,273,807 shares for $50 million, at a combined weighted average per share price of $38.35. Additionally, due to the further use of cash combined with draws against our revolving credit facility to fund our acquisitions of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream, we ended fiscal 2007 with a $204 million outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility.
 
As you review our historical financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should be aware that, in the quarter ended March 31, 2006, we divested of M-Solutions, a business within our Investment Services segment. SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” requires that we report the results of operations from the divested business separately as earnings from discontinued operations for all periods presented. Therefore, we have restated historical statements of operations data for the year ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, to exclude M-Solutions from income from continuing operations.
 
The following table sets forth as percentages of total revenues, consolidated statements of operations data:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Total revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Expenses:
                       
Cost of processing, servicing and support
    41.2       39.0       39.6  
Research and development
    11.5       11.6       10.7  
Sales and marketing
    10.1       9.9       9.2  
General and administrative
    8.1       7.0       7.7  
Depreciation and amortization
    9.3       11.3       23.4  
Reorganization charge
                0.7  
                         
Total expenses
    80.4       78.8       91.3  
Income from continuing operation before other income and expenses
    19.6       21.2       8.7  
Equity in net loss of joint venture
    (0.1 )     (0.4 )     (0.4 )
Interest income
    1.3       1.5       1.2  
Interest expense
    (0.3 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )
                         
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    20.5       22.2       9.4  
Income tax expense
    7.7       8.5       3.3  
                         
Income from continuing operations
    12.8       13.7       6.1  
Earnings from discontinued operations before income taxes (including gain on disposal of $12,821,000 in FY 2006)
          1.6       0.2  
Income tax expense on discontinued operations
          0.9       0.1  
                         
Income from discontinued operations
          0.7       0.1  
                         
Net income
    12.8 %     14.4 %     6.2 %
                         


38


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
Years Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated revenues for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively:
 
Total Revenues (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 972,644     $ 879,402     $ 93,242            10.6 %
 
Our growth in total revenues of 10.6% was driven by 9% growth in our Electronic Commerce business, 15% growth in our Software business and 16% growth in our Investment Services business.
 
Overall growth in Electronic Commerce, including the acquisition of Corillian in May 2007 and the RevE service from the acquisition of Carreker in April 2007, continued to be driven primarily by more than 16% growth in transactions processed, from more than 1.1 billion in the year ended June 30, 2006, to more than 1.3 billion in the year ended June 30, 2007. Included in our transaction-based revenue was a full year of operations from our acquisition of PhoneCharge in January 2006, against only six months of operations in the prior year. We delivered approximately 226 million e-bills during fiscal 2007, a growth rate exceeding 22% over the nearly 185 million e-bills delivered during fiscal 2006. We have experienced growth in our Health & Fitness products, driven primarily by our acquisition of Aphelion in October 2005. Also, our previously mentioned acquisition of Corillian and the RevE service from Carreker provided more than $23 million of additional revenue on a combined basis in our year ended June 30, 2007. Revenue growth has been negatively impacted by several factors over the past year. We have established pricing models that provide volume-based discounts in order to share scale efficiencies with our customers. As a result of continued transaction growth and better utilization of efficiencies of scale, our CSP based average revenue per transaction continued to decline. During fiscal 2006, our TransPoint related contracts with Microsoft and FDC expired, which, on a combined basis, negatively impacted total company revenue growth by about 2%. Also, our largest bank customer migrated from a processing model that guarantees funds, to our standard risk-based processing model, which negatively impacted our interest-based revenue. Finally, within the quarter ended March 31, 2007, we recorded a non-cash charge of $11.0 million as a reduction in revenue for the fair value of one million performance-based warrants held by a bank customer that vested in the quarter.
 
Growth in our Software business has been driven primarily by increased sales of our global treasury and securities products, also known as transaction process management, combined with modest growth in maintenance revenue resulting from new license sales and positive annual customer retention, offset somewhat by lower consulting services revenue. Additionally, our acquisition of Carreker provided a full quarter of new license, maintenance and professional services revenue, albeit discounted by the impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue assumed in the acquisition.
 
Growth in Investment Services revenue was driven primarily by a 17% increase in portfolios managed, from nearly 2.3 million at June 30, 2006, to nearly 2.7 million as of June 30, 2007. We continue to add new portfolios to our CheckFree APL system at lower price points, driven by increased volume coming from lower priced broker dealers, and by conscious price reductions at contract renewal, where we trade off near-term revenue growth against long-term strategic advantage. Additionally, our acquisition of IDS in September 2005 provided a full year of revenue during fiscal 2007 versus just over three quarters in fiscal 2006. We received little revenue from our May 31, 2007 acquisition of Upstream.
 
Across all segments of our business, for the year ended June 30, 2007, Bank of America generated total revenue of $189.5 million, which exceeded 19% of our consolidated revenues. The majority of this revenue comes from within our Electronic Commerce Division. Bank of America revenue was positively impacted by their acquisition of Fleet Bank, not previously a customer of ours, and MBNA, which was previously a customer but is now included in Bank of America’s revenue. Our Electronic Commerce agreement with Bank of America has a 10-year term expiring in 2010. The contract includes annual minimum revenue guarantees of


39


Table of Contents

$50.0 million, provides tiered pricing which reflects the volume of activity provided by Bank of America and provides for up to five million incentive-based warrants that the bank can earn upon reaching various levels of subscriber adoption and the delivery of e-bills, one million of which the bank earned in the quarter ended March 31, 2007. Bank of America remains the only customer that exceeds 10% of our consolidated revenues.
 
The following tables set forth comparative revenues, by type, for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectfully.
 
Processing and Servicing Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 809,814     $ 754,076     $ 55,738            7.4 %
 
We earn processing and servicing revenue in both our Electronic Commerce and our Investment Services businesses. Annual revenue growth was driven primarily by growth in payment transactions processed and e-bills delivered within Electronic Commerce as well as portfolio growth within Investment Services. Total payment transactions increased by more than 16%, from more than 1.1 billion for the year ended June 30, 2006 to more than 1.3 billion for the year ended June 30, 2007, composed of approximately 24% growth in CSP based transactions and a decline of 4% in non-CSP based transactions. Revenue growth from CSP based payment transaction growth was offset by tier-based volume pricing discounts, the expiration of the monthly minimum revenue guarantees from Microsoft in December 2005 and FDC in August 2005, and the negative impact on interest-based revenue from the migration of our largest bank customer from a processing model that guarantees funds to our standard risk-based processing model; all of which, on a combined basis, resulted in a $0.10 decrease in average revenue per CSP transaction for the year. This revenue per transaction decrease does not reflect the $11.0 million non-cash warrant charge in the quarter ended March 31, 2007. Our acquisition of PhoneCharge in January 2006 provided transaction growth in relatively high-priced phone-based payments in our non-CSP based business. This growth was offset by a decline in walk-in payments as customers began shifting to a consumer fee-based pricing model, which provides us with fewer, but more profitable, transactions and a decline in payments made directly at biller websites. The change in the mix within the non-CSP area resulted in a $0.13 increase in average revenue per non-CSP transaction for the year. We delivered approximately 226 million e-bills during the year ended June 30, 2007, representing an increase of 22% over the nearly 185 million e-bills delivered in the previous year. We experienced year-over-year growth in our Health & Fitness products, driven primarily by our acquisition of Aphelion in October 2005. We experienced 17% growth in portfolios managed in our Investment Services division, from nearly 2.3 million as of June 30, 2006, to nearly 2.7 million as of June 30, 2007.
 
During the quarters ended June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, we experienced sequential quarterly transaction growth which was lower than our expectations. We experienced a greater-than-expected dip in transactions in April 2006 combined with transaction growth for the rest of the quarter that was not as significant as previous years, and a slowdown in consumer activity at our largest bank customer. Since then, we have performed analysis on the causes, including a regression analysis of key transaction volume drivers on a large portion of our CSP customers for our last four fiscal years. We have learned that the sequence of long months or short months in a given quarter, the sequence of long or short months before and after a quarter-end date and the mix of processing and non-processing days within the quarter affects sequential quarterly transaction growth. We have also learned that the slowdown in consumer activity at our largest bank customer was affected by the combination of that customer’s shift to our standard risk-based processing model in the quarter ended March 31, 2006, and a somewhat slower transaction growth rate given the industry-leading consumer penetration at that customer.
 
Our analysis has revealed a previously undetected cyclical pattern within the quarters of a given fiscal year that does not impact overall annual transaction growth. We now believe that, barring unusual events, CSP-based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year tends to be lower than CSP-based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year. As a result, based on what we have learned over the past year, we believe we are better able to forecast


40


Table of Contents

transaction growth; however, we cannot assure that we will always be able to accurately forecast such growth. While we do not believe we have identified all factors that could affect transaction growth, including various consumer behavior patterns, and while we will continue to analyze our transaction growth patterns for evidence of other such factors, we believe that recent consumers to the service engage in fewer transactions than new consumers added to the service in previous years. Our analysis has revealed that it is important for investors to understand the differing growth patterns between CSP and non-CSP customers. Therefore, as previously mentioned, we have enhanced the reporting of our Electronic Commerce Division metrics to include separate revenue and volume trends for our CSP, non-CSP and e-bill delivery customers.
 
License Fee Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 46,209     $ 35,196     $ 11,013         31.3 %
 
Historically, we derived license fee revenue almost entirely from product sales in our Software Division. However, with our May 2007 acquisition of Corillian, we will begin to reflect meaningful license fee revenue in our Electronic Commerce Division. Growth in license fee revenue is due primarily to increased sales of our global treasury products in fiscal 2007, due in large part to the successful integration of products resulting from our acquisition of Accurate Software, Ltd. (“Accurate”) in April 2005. Additionally, our acquisitions of Carreker and Corillian in the quarter ended June 30, 2007 contributed approximately 7% of our license revenue growth for the year.
 
Maintenance Fee Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 55,217     $ 42,218     $ 12,999         30.8 %
 
Maintenance fees, which represent annually renewable product support for our software customers, primarily relate to our Software Division, and tend to grow with incremental license sales from previous periods. Our maintenance base continues to grow as a result of recent license sales, high annual customer retention, and moderate price increases across all of our Software businesses. However, our September 2005 acquisition of IDS within our Investment Services Division, our April 2007 acquisition of Carreker within our Software Division and our May 2007 acquisition of Corillian within our Electronic Commerce Division resulted in new sources of maintenance revenue for us, and represent nearly 16% of our annual growth in maintenance revenue on a combined basis. We recognize maintenance fees ratably over the term of the related contractual support period. Based on the nature of maintenance fees, we would expect minimal future growth without continued incremental license sales.
 
Professional Fee Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,   Change
    2007   2006   $   %
 
Year ended
  $ 61,404     $ 47,912     $ 13,492         28.2 %
 
Professional fee revenue consists primarily of consulting and implementation fees across all three of our divisions. Our expanded product lines over the past several years, including our acquisitions of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream in the quarter ended June 30, 2007, have provided us additional opportunities to offer services to our customers. On a combined basis, the addition of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream provided nearly 26% of our growth in professional services revenue for the year. Because professional fees are typically project oriented, they will fluctuate from period to period. Unlike most of our existing software applications, software products associated with our recent acquisitions of Carreker and Corillian require significant consulting services for customer installation and customization. Therefore, we expect growth in professional service fee revenue in the coming fiscal year. Growth in professional fees from our recent acquisitions has


41


Table of Contents

been offset somewhat by a modest decline in legacy software services due to fewer large contracts during fiscal 2007.
 
Cost of Processing, Servicing and Support (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 401,176           41.2 %   $ 342,535         39.0 %
 
Cost of processing, servicing and support, as a percentage of revenue, has increased by 2.3% on a year-over-year basis. Excluding the non-cash warrant charge in the quarter ended March 31, 2007, cost of processing, as a percentage of revenue, has increased by 1.8% on a year-over-year basis. This is due in large part to the previously mentioned loss of high margin Microsoft and FDC revenues in the first half of fiscal 2006 and the negative impact on interest-based revenue from our largest customer changing payment processing models in the quarter ended March 31, 2006. In both Electronic Commerce and Investment Services, we continue to focus investment on additional efficiency and quality improvement within our customer care processes and our information technology infrastructure, and are leveraging a significantly fixed cost infrastructure to drive improvement in cost per transaction processed and cost per portfolio managed. Within Electronic Commerce, our electronic payment rate is currently 84%. Electronic payments carry a significantly lower variable cost per unit than paper-based payments and are far less likely to result in a costly customer care claim. It is difficult to raise the electronic rate above the 84% level as it takes an increasing number of relatively small merchants to sign up for electronic payment receipt to improve the number a single percentage point. Also, a portion of the pay by phone transactions are credit card payments, carrying interchange fees, which place downward pressure on gross margins for that part of the business. Relatively high growth in credit card payments in the future could place downward pressure on the gains we expect from continued Six Sigma-based process improvements within our Electronic Commerce business. Looking forward, we expect some near-term pressure on our gross margin as we invest in resources to support our data center and high-availability disaster recovery efforts. These efforts began in earnest in the quarter ended June 30, 2006, and we expect continued incremental investment in this area well into fiscal 2008.
 
Due to the relative significance of the incremental maintenance and service fee revenue resulting from the acquisitions of Carreker and Corillian in the quarter ended June 30, 2007, nearly 3% of the growth in cost of processing, servicing and support has resulted from these two acquisitions alone.
 
Research and Development (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 112,077           11.5 %   $ 101,854         11.6 %
 
Research and development cost as a percentage of revenue has remained fairly consistent over the past year as we continue to invest in product enhancement and productivity improvement initiatives in all of our core businesses, including the rewrite of our operating system within Investment Services, named CheckFree EPL. Testing of EPL has begun and we are currently scheduled to begin initial customer migration in the first half of fiscal 2008. We have incurred combined incremental research and development costs of about $6.7 million from our acquisitions of IDS in September 2005, Aphelion in October 2005, PhoneCharge in January 2006, Carreker in April 2007, Corillian in May 2007 and Upstream in May 2007.


42


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 98,459           10.1 %   $ 87,418           9.9 %
 
Approximately 9% of the absolute dollar increase in sales and marketing expense is the combined result of our acquisitions of IDS, Aphelion, PhoneCharge, Carreker, Corillian and Upstream. In addition to the impact of acquisitions, growth in sales and marketing cost is mainly due to a general increase in sales costs in our Software Division related to license sales growth and an increase in marketing program costs in Electronic Commerce geared toward improved consumer adoption and greater insight into consumer behavior.
 
General and Administrative (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 79,057           8.1 %   $ 61,948           7.0 %
 
Although acquisition related synergy actions were announced internally before June 30, 2007, certain of the associates within the general and administrative area will remain well into next fiscal year to ensure an effective migration of internal systems. Absent these carryover expenses, we have largely been able to leverage our general and administrative costs.
 
Depreciation and Amortization (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 90,937           9.3 %   $ 99,530           11.3 %
 
Depreciation and amortization expenses resulting from the purchase of operating fixed assets and capitalized software development costs increased to $47.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2007, from $43.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2006. It should be noted that approximately $30 million of the year-over-year property, plant and equipment additions on our balance sheet for the year ended June 30, 2007, relate to construction-in-progress for the addition of a data center facility. We do not expect to begin depreciating this asset until it becomes operational some time in the second quarter of fiscal 2008. The remainder of our depreciation and amortization expense represents purchase accounting amortization.
 
Despite additional amortization from intangible assets acquired from IDS in September 2005, Aphelion in October 2005, PhoneCharge in January 2006, Carreker in April 2007, Corillian in May 2007 and Upstream in May 2007, purchase accounting amortization expense decreased overall due to intangible assets that fully amortized during fiscal 2006. In particular, completion of the amortization of the TransPoint strategic agreements in the quarter ended September 30, 2005 resulted in a decrease in amortization expense of approximately $16.5 million on a year-over-year basis. We expect a full year of amortization of intangible assets resulting from the aforementioned acquisitions of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream will cause a relatively significant increase in purchase accounting amortization for the year ending June 30, 2008. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included within this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the value of intangible assets and their related useful lives, resulting from each acquisition.


43


Table of Contents

Equity in Loss of Joint Venture (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ (1,078 )       (0.1 )%   $ (3,100 )       (0.4 )%
 
In April 2004, we announced a joint venture, OneVu Limited (“OneVu”), with Voca Limited (“Voca”), to create an integrated electronic billing and payment network for billers and banks in the United Kingdom. We have an equity interest of approximately 46.6% in OneVu and, therefore, we account for our interest in OneVu under the equity method of accounting. We provided 100% of OneVu’s necessary working capital requirements during its formative stage and, therefore, the equity in net loss of OneVu represented 100% of losses incurred by OneVu through March 31, 2006. In March 2006, we entered into an additional funding arrangement with Voca related to OneVu whereby both joint venture partners contributed approximately $830,000 in exchange for a security interest in OneVu subordinate to our previous funding. OneVu obtained a line of credit facility from a bank in the amount of approximately $2.7 million and we have guaranteed the credit facility. Accordingly, beginning in April 2006, we continued to record the operations of OneVu on the equity basis of accounting now recognizing 46.6% of the results of operations of OneVu. Because of our debt guarantee, our portion of the operating losses has caused the carrying value of our investment in the joint venture to fall below zero, becoming a liability in the quarter ended September 30, 2006. The liability will continue to increase as long as the joint venture incurs losses and will be reduced by our share of any profits.
 
Net Interest (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended :
                               
Interest income
  $ 12,693             $ 13,441          
Interest expense
    (3,099 )             (986 )        
                                 
Net interest
  $ 9,594           1.0 %   $ 12,455           1.4 %
                                 
 
Cash flow provided by operating activities during the year ended June 30, 2007 was used to fund a $150 million share repurchase program and a significant portion of our acquisitions of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream. The related decline in average invested assets for the year resulted in lower interest income. The remainder of our acquisition costs were funded through draws against our revolving credit facility in the quarter ended June 30, 2007. As of June 30, 2007 the outstanding balance on the revolving credit facility was approximately $204 million. The increase in interest expense is due primarily to the debt service on the revolving credit facility. Our data center financing agreement accumulated a balance of $40 million as of June 30, 2007; however, construction period interest expense related to the data center credit facility has been capitalized to construction-in-progress and interest expense from this credit facility will not impact our income statement until the data center is placed in service, currently expected in the second quarter of fiscal 2008.
 
Income Tax Expense (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          Effective
          Effective
 
    $     Rate     $     Rate  
 
Year ended
  $ 75,016         37.6 %   $ 74,455         38.1 %
 
Our overall blended statutory rate (federal, state and foreign combined) approached 38.5%. Our effective rate of 37.6% and 38.1% for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively, was lower than our blended statutory rate due to tax free municipal interest income earned on our investment portfolio, earned


44


Table of Contents

research and development tax credits and differing income tax rates in the various tax jurisdictions in which we operate, net of certain valuation allowances against net operating losses in certain tax jurisdictions that we do not anticipate using in the future.
 
Earnings from Discontinued Operations (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
      —            —     $ 14,310           1.6 %
 
In the quarter ended March 31, 2006, we divested the assets of M-Solutions, a component of Investment Services. SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lives Assets,” requires that we report the results of operations from the divested business, including the $12.8 million gain on the sale, separately as earnings from discontinued operations for all periods presented. Other than the gain itself, M-Solutions historically provided modest earnings on an annual basis.
 
Income Tax Expense on Discontinued Operations (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
          Effective
          Effective
 
    $     Rate     $     Rate  
 
Year ended
  $   —            —     $ 8,064         56.4 %
 
Our earnings from discontinued operations include a $12.8 million gain on the sale of M-Solutions in the year ended June 30, 2006. Our book basis gain on the sale includes the impact of the related write-off of goodwill, which is non-deductible for income tax purposes. The higher tax basis gain on the sale resulted in an effective rate of 56.4% for fiscal 2006.
 
Years Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated revenues for the years ended June 20, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Total Revenues (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 879,402     $ 749,847     $ 129,555       17.3 %
 
Our growth in total revenues of 17% was driven by 14% growth in our Electronic Commerce business, 21.8% growth in our Investment Services business and 35% growth in our Software business.
 
Overall growth in Electronic Commerce, including our telephone bill pay business acquired in January 2006, was driven primarily by 25% growth in transactions processed, from almost 905 million in the year ended June 30, 2005, to over 1.1 billion in the year ended June 30, 2006. We also delivered nearly 185 million e-bills during fiscal 2006, a growth rate of 32% over about 140 million e-bills delivered during fiscal 2005. As interest rates rose throughout fiscal 2006, we experienced revenue growth in our interest-sensitive products such as Account Balance Transfer (“ABT”). Finally, we earned modest revenue growth from our October 2005 acquisition of Aphelion. Revenue growth was negatively impacted by several factors during the year ended June 30, 2006. Our pricing models provide volume-based discounts in order to share scale efficiencies with our customers. Therefore, as a result of significant transaction growth and better utilization of efficiencies of scale, our average revenue per transaction continued to decline with respect to our transaction-based revenue. During fiscal 2006, our TransPoint related contracts with Microsoft and FDC expired, which, on a combined basis, negatively impacted revenue growth by about 3% in the year. Also, our largest bank customer migrated from a processing model that guarantees funds to our standard risk-based processing model, which negatively


45


Table of Contents

impacted our interest-based revenue and resulted in the loss of another percentage point of revenue growth in fiscal 2006.
 
Growth in our Investment Services business was driven primarily by a 20% increase in portfolios managed, from 1.9 million at June 30, 2005, to nearly 2.3 million at June 30, 2006. During the year ended June 30, 2006, we added new portfolios to our CheckFree APL system at a lower price point, driven by the increased volume coming from lower priced broker dealers, and by conscious price reductions, where we trade off near-term revenue growth against long-term strategic advantage. Additionally, our September 2005 acquisition of IDS improved fiscal 2006 revenue growth within Investment Services by about 5%.
 
Growth in our Software business was due primarily to a full year of Accurate operations in fiscal 2006 as compared to less than three months of Accurate operations in fiscal 2005. As a result of the effective integration of Accurate, we achieved solid growth in our ORM line of business. We believe this to have been the combined result of improved execution within the Software Division and improvement in the U.S. economy during fiscal 2006.
 
Across all segments of our business, for the year ended June 30, 2006, Bank of America generated total revenue of $173.7 million, which exceeded 19% of our consolidated revenues. Bank of America was the only customer that exceeded 10% of our consolidated revenue.
 
The following tables set forth comparative revenues, by type, for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Processing and Servicing Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 754,076     $ 660,541     $ 93,535         14.2 %
 
While stable growth in portfolios managed in our Investment Services business contributed positively, the increase in processing and servicing revenue was attributed primarily to the aforementioned transaction growth in our Electronic Commerce business. Annual growth in transactions was favorably influenced by our phone-based bill payment offering, resulting from the acquisition of PhoneCharge in January 2006. Our traditional electronic bill payment products provided the remainder of growth within Electronic Commerce. During fiscal 2006, we delivered nearly 185 million e-bills, representing 32% growth over the 140 million e-bills delivered during fiscal 2005, with an average price of $0.16 per e-bill in each year. Additionally, with interest rates rising over the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, we experienced revenue growth from our interest-sensitive products. Annual volume-based growth in processing and servicing revenue was somewhat offset by tier-based volume pricing discounts within both our Electronic Commerce and Investment Services businesses. Additionally, growth was negatively impacted by the aforementioned expiration of our processing contracts with Microsoft in December 2005 and FDC in August 2005, and the impact on interest-based revenue resulting from our largest bank customer migrating to a risk-based processing model during the quarter ended March 31, 2006.
 
We experienced a greater than expected dip in transactions in April 2006 combined with transaction growth for the rest of the quarter that was no as significant as previous years, and a slowdown in consumer activity at our largest bank customer. This phenomenon was not solely bank-based, as transaction growth slowed in all payment channels — on-line, biller direct, walk-in and phone-based transactions. We were not fully certain as to all of the reasons for this lower than anticipated transaction growth and we entered fiscal 2007 focusing our analysis toward consumer and payment activity. See “Executive Summary” above in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for a discussion of our analysis of transaction growth following the end of fiscal 2006.


46


Table of Contents

License Fee Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 35,196     $ 28,458     $ 6,738       23.7 %
 
Our acquisition of Accurate in April 2005 contributed significantly to our license revenue growth in fiscal 2006 as integration efforts with our core products resulted in a significant increase in sales of our ORM product line. Sales of our integrated ORM product line were improving both domestically and internationally, and we were guardedly optimistic about our license sale growth opportunities as we entered fiscal 2007.
 
Maintenance Fee Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 42,218     $ 31,231     $ 10,987       35.2 %
 
Our fiscal 2006 acquisition of Accurate provided about half of our year-over-year growth in maintenance revenue. The remainder resulted from annual customer retention rates that continue to exceed 80% and modest price increases across our software product lines.
 
Professional Fee Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 47,912     $ 29,617     $ 18,295       61.8 %
 
On a year-over-year basis, growth in professional fee revenue resulted from increased revenue from large software services engagements across several products, increased biller implementation revenue, and a positive impact from our acquisitions of Accurate in April 2005, IDS in September 2005 and Aphelion in October 2005.
 
The following set of tables provides line-by-line expense comparisons with their relative percentages of our consolidated revenues for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Cost of Processing, Servicing and Support (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 342,535       39.0 %   $ 296,912           39.6 %
 
Cost of processing, servicing and support, as a percentage of revenue, improved by about 0.6% on a year-over-year basis. In both Electronic Commerce and Investment Services, we continued to focus investment on additional efficiency and quality improvements within our customer care processes and our information technology infrastructure, and leveraging a significantly fixed cost infrastructure to drive improvement in cost per transaction and cost per portfolio managed. Within Electronic Commerce, while our electronic payment rate hovered around 83% for over a year, our January 2006 acquisition of PhoneCharge added electronic phone-based payment transactions, helping to raise and maintain our electronic payment rate at 84%. Electronic payments carry a significantly lower variable cost per unit than paper-based payments and are far less likely to result in a costly customer care claim. Also, a portion of the PhoneCharge transactions are credit card payments, carrying interchange fees, which place downward pressure on gross margins for that part of the business. As we exited fiscal 2006, we expected near-term pressure on our gross margin as we invested in resources to support our high availability disaster recovery efforts beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2006.


47


Table of Contents

Research and Development (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 101,854       11.6 %   $ 80,039       10.7 %
 
Including capitalized development costs of $0.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2006, and $1.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2005, gross expenditures for research and development were $102.8 million, or 11.7% of consolidated revenues, for the year ended June 30, 2006, and $81.7 million, or 10.9% of consolidated revenues, for the year ended June 30, 2005. In addition to increased research and development costs resulting from our acquisitions of Accurate in April 2005, IDS in September 2005, Aphelion in October 2005 and PhoneCharge in January 2006, we continued to invest in product enhancement and productivity improvement initiatives in all of our core businesses. In particular, a rewrite of our operating system within Investment Services was the primary driver of the increase in research and development costs as a percentage of revenue on a year-over-year basis.
 
Sales and Marketing (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 87,418           9.9 %   $ 69,106           9.2 %
 
The increase in sales and marketing costs, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue, was due primarily to our acquisitions of Accurate in April 2005, IDS in September 2005, Aphelion in October 2005 and PhoneCharge in January 2006. These businesses provided non-redundant marketing personnel, sales commissions and program costs and accounted for over 60% of our incremental sales and marketing costs in fiscal 2006. However, we continued to invest in incremental marketing programs and resources designed to further revenue growth in all of our business segments.
 
General and Administrative (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 61,948           7.0 %   $ 57,486           7.7 %
 
Although general and administrative costs continued to increase, we experienced improvement in general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenue. While we incurred incremental costs associated with our various acquisitions over the past year, we were able to effectively leverage corporate general and administrative resources through elimination of redundancy. Additionally, during fiscal 2005, we incurred significant Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404 compliance costs in preparation for our first internal control certification as of June 30, 2005. Once initial documentation and testing standards were established, we experienced a reduction in these compliance costs throughout fiscal 2006.
 
Depreciation and Amortization (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 99,530         11.3 %   $ 175,719         23.4 %
 
Depreciation and amortization expenses from operating fixed assets and capitalized software development costs increased modestly from $42.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2005, to $42.6 million for the year


48


Table of Contents

ended June 30, 2006. The remainder of the change in depreciation and amortization expense represents a net reduction in acquisition-related amortization.
 
Despite additional amortization expense from intangible assets acquired from Accurate in April 2005, IDS in September 2005, Aphelion in October 2005 and PhoneCharge in January 2006, acquisition-related amortization expense decreased overall from intangible assets that fully amortized during fiscal 2006. In particular, completion of the amortization of the TransPoint strategic agreements resulted in a decrease in amortization expense of approximately $83.0 million on a year-over-year basis. These strategic agreements, which provided $99.0 million of amortization expense in fiscal 2005, fully amortized by the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2006.
 
Reorganization Charge (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
      —            —     $ 5,585           0.7 %
 
Late in the quarter ended June 30, 2005, we terminated the employment of approximately 200 associates, re-scoping many positions with the intent to re-hire quickly, and eliminating some others. As part of this action, we moved our electronic billing and payment operations from Waterloo, Ontario, Canada to Norcross, Georgia, and closed the Canadian facility in October 2005. These actions resulted in a charge of $5.6 million.
 
Equity in Loss of Joint Venture (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ (3,100 )       (0.4 )%   $ (2,984 )       (0.4 )%
 
In April 2004, we announced a joint venture, OneVu Limited (“OneVu”), with Voca Limited (“Voca”), in the United Kingdom to create an integrated electronic billing and payment network for billers and banks in the United Kingdom. We have a 50% equity interest in OneVu, therefore, we account for our interest in OneVu under the equity method of accounting. We provided 100% of OneVu’s necessary working capital requirements during its formative stage, and therefore, the equity in net loss of OneVu represents 100% of the loss incurred by OneVu through March 31, 2006. In March 2006, we entered into an additional funding arrangement with Voca related to OneVu whereby both joint venture partners contributed approximately $830,000 in exchange for a security interest subordinate to our previous funding. OneVu obtained a line of credit facility from a bank in the amount of approximately $2.7 million. Accordingly, beginning in April 2006, we continued to record the operations of OneVu on the equity basis of accounting recognizing only 50% of the results of operations of OneVu. During the three years ended June 30, 2006, we invested $7.2 million in the joint venture.
 
Net Interest (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended :
                               
Interest income
  $ 13,441             $ 8,809          
Interest expense
    (986 )             (1,094 )        
                                 
Net interest
  $ 12,455           1.4 %   $ 7,715           1.1 %
                                 


49


Table of Contents

As a result of an increase in average cash and invested assets, combined with rising interest rates during fiscal 2006, our interest income increased from $8.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2005, to $13.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2006.
 
Our interest expense decreased by $0.1 million as capital lease and other borrowings remained fairly consistent in total over the past fiscal year.
 
Gain on Investments (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
              $ 592        
 
In the quarter ended March 31, 2005, we recorded a $0.6 million gain on the sale of stock. While we do not typically invest in equity securities, we received shares of stock from the demutualization of an insurance vendor. We sold the shares shortly after we received them, and recorded the proceeds as a gain on investments.
 
Income Tax Expense (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          Effective
          Effective
 
    $     Rate     $     Rate  
 
Year ended
  $ 74,455         38.1 %   $ 24,560         34.9 %
 
Our overall blended statutory rate (federal, state and foreign combined) approached 39% without the benefit of tax planning strategies. Our effective rate of 38.1% and 34.9% for the years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, was lower than our blended statutory rate due to tax-free municipal interest income and research and experimentation tax credits during the fiscal year.
 
Earnings from Discontinued Operations (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          %
          %
 
    $     Revenue     $     Revenue  
 
Year ended
  $ 14,310         1.6 %   $ 1,518           0.2 %
 
In the quarter ended March 31, 2006, we divested the assets of M-Solutions, a component of Investment Services. SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lives Assets,” requires that we report the results of operations from the divested business, including the $12.8 million gain on the sale, separately as earnings from discontinued operations for all periods presented. Other than the gain itself, M-Solutions historically provided modest earnings on an annual basis.
 
Income Tax Expense on Discontinued Operations (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,  
    2006     2005  
          Effective
          Effective
 
    $     Rate     $     Rate  
 
Year ended
  $ 8,064         56.4 %   $ 480         31.6 %
 
Our earnings from discontinued operations include a $12.8 million gain on the sale of M-Solutions in the year ended June 30, 2006. Our book basis gain on the sale includes the impact of the related write-off of goodwill, which is non-deductible for income tax purposes. The higher tax basis gain on the sale resulted in an effective rate of 56.4% for fiscal 2006. With no impact of non-deductible expenses in fiscal 2005, our effective rate was 31.6%.


50


Table of Contents

Segment Information
 
We evaluate the performance of our segments based on total revenues and operating income (loss) of the respective segments. Segment operating income (loss) excludes acquisition-related intangible asset amortization related to various business and asset acquisitions, the impact of warrants issued to a customer, the impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue, integration costs associated with acquisitions, reorganization charges, the write-off of capitalized software and the SFAS 123(R) equity-based compensation expense related to stock options granted before the implementation of our current incentive compensation philosophy beginning July 1, 2004, which significantly reduces overall participation and focuses on restricted stock awards with limited stock option grants.
 
The following sets forth certain financial information attributable to our business segments for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands) in accordance with Note 19 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and SFAS 131 “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenues:
                       
Electronic Commerce, gross
  $ 736,745     $ 662,728     $ 580,696  
Impact of warrants to a customer
    (10,950 )            
Impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue
    (2,664 )            
                         
Electronic Commerce, net
    723,131       662,728       580,696  
Software, gross
    135,207       109,386       81,072  
Impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue
    (9,723 )            
                         
Software, net
    125,484       109,386       81,072  
Investment Services
    124,029       107,288       88,079  
                         
Total Revenue
  $ 972,644     $ 879,402     $ 749,847  
                         
Income from continuing operations before other income and expenses:
                       
Segment operating income (loss):
                       
Electronic Commerce
  $ 258,621     $ 247,918     $ 207,796  
Software
    24,871       20,858       17,748  
Investment Services
    24,646       16,356       17,121  
Corporate
    (41,437 )     (37,845 )     (37,595 )
Purchase accounting amortization
    (44,691 )     (57,037 )     (133,446 )
Impact of warrants to a customer
    (10,950 )            
Impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue
    (12,387 )            
SFAS 123(R) — Stock options issued before July 1, 2004(1)
    (1,619 )     (4,133 )      
Integration costs associated with acquisitions
    (6,116 )            
Reorganization charge
                (5,585 )
Write off of capitalized software
                (1,039 )
                         
Income from continuing operations before other income and expenses
  $ 190,938     $ 186,117     $ 65,000  
                         
 
 
(1) At the beginning of our fiscal year 2005, we implemented a new long-term incentive compensation philosophy, which significantly reduced overall participation and focused on restricted stock with limited stock options. As a result, we recorded the cost of restricted stock throughout our fiscal year 2005. In fiscal year 2006, we adopted SFAS 123(R), and are consequently recording all long-term incentive grants, both restricted stock and stock options, as an expense in our consolidated statement of operations. The


51


Table of Contents

adjustment for SFAS 123(R) represents the charge associated with the current vesting of options that were unvested as of July 1, 2004 under our previous compensation philosophy, which were originally accounted for utilizing APB 25.
 
Years Ended June 30, 2007 and 2006
 
Electronic Commerce Segment Information
 
Electronic Commerce Revenues — Gross (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 736,745     $ 662,728     $ 74,017         11.2 %
 
Overall growth in Electronic Commerce revenue, including our telephone bill payment business acquired with PhoneCharge in January 2006, the revenue enhancement consulting practice from our acquisition of Carreker in April 2007, and the Corillian electronic banking business acquired in May 2007, continues to be driven primarily by 16% growth in transactions processed to more than 1.3 billion for the year ended June 30, 2007, from the nearly 1.1 billion for the year ended June 30, 2006. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, our TransPoint related contracts with Microsoft and FDC expired, which, on a combined basis, negatively impacted total company revenue growth by nearly 5% on a year-over-year basis. Also, during the quarter ended March 31, 2006, our largest bank customer migrated from a processing model that guarantees funds to our standard risk-based processing model, which has since negatively impacted our interest-based revenue.
 
As of the quarter ended September 30, 2006, we began reporting a new set of Electronic Commerce Division metrics as we believe it is important for investors to understand the differing growth patterns between CSP and non-CSP customers. CSPs are organizations, such as banks, credit unions, brokerage firms, and Internet portals. Non-CSP results include agent-based payments, phone-based payments and ancillary payment products including our biller direct and account balance transfer businesses.


52


Table of Contents

The following tables provide an historical trend of revenue, payment transaction metrics, e-bill delivery metrics and subscriber metrics for out Electronic Commerce business over the periods presented.
 
Fiscal 2007:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    6/30/2007     3/31/2007     12/31/2006     9/30/2006  
    (In millions, except revenue per transaction
 
    and revenue per e-bill delivered)  
 
Transactions
                               
CSP:
                               
Revenue(1)
  $ 123.8     $ 122.5     $ 116.8     $ 114.2  
Revenue per transaction
  $ 0.45     $ 0.45     $ 0.46     $ 0.48  
Transactions processed
    275.3       269.6       251.5       235.7  
Non-CSP:
                               
Revenue
  $ 38.6     $ 39.6     $ 38.3     $ 36.2  
Revenue per transaction
  $ 0.57     $ 0.56     $ 0.54     $ 0.48  
Transactions processed
    68.3       71.2       70.5       76.0  
Total Transactions:
                               
Revenue
  $ 162.4     $ 162.1     $ 155.1     $ 150.4  
Transactions processed
    343.6       340.9       322.0       311.7  
e-bill Delivery
                               
Revenue
  $ 10.4     $ 9.8     $ 8.7     $ 8.5  
Revenue per e-bill delivered
  $ 0.17     $ 0.17     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
e-bills delivered
    60.5       58.7       54.9       51.8  
Other Electronic Commerce(2)
                               
Revenue
  $ 31.8     $ 12.8     $ 12.6     $ 12.1  
Other Performance Metrics
                               
Active subscribers(3)
    12.0       11.6       11.1       10.5  
 
 
(1) CSP Revenue excludes the impact of warrants issued to a customer
 
(2) “Other Electronic Commerce” includes our Health & Fitness products and ancillary revenue sources such as implementation and consulting services. Beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2007, it also includes all electronic banking revenue resulting from our acquisition of Corillian on May 15, 2007 and the revenue enhancement consulting services (RevE) from our acquisition of Carreker in April 2007.
 
(3) “Active” refers to subscribers who have viewed or paid a bill in the last 90 days at a CSP that outsources essentially all of its electronic billing and payment (EBP) functions to CheckFree.


53


Table of Contents

 
Fiscal 2006:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    6/30/2006     3/31/2006     12/31/2005     9/30/2005  
    (In millions, except revenue per transaction
 
    and revenue per e-bill delivered)  
 
Transactions
                               
CSP:
                               
Revenue
  $ 111.8     $ 113.8     $ 120.5     $ 122.7  
Revenue per transaction
  $ 0.49     $ 0.52     $ 0.60     $ 0.64  
Transactions processed
    227.5       217.3       199.9       190.3  
Non-CSP:
                               
Revenue
  $ 34.4     $ 36.0     $ 24.4     $ 24.3  
Revenue per transaction
  $ 0.46     $ 0.47     $ 0.34     $ 0.32  
Transactions processed
    74.7       76.0       70.8       75.7  
Total Transactions:
                               
Revenue
  $ 146.2     $ 149.8     $ 144.9     $ 147.0  
Transactions processed
    302.2       293.3       270.7       266.0  
e-bill Delivery
                               
Revenue
  $ 8.0     $ 7.4     $ 7.2     $ 6.8  
Revenue per e-bill delivered
  $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
e-bills delivered
    50.0       46.7       45.2       42.7  
Other Electronic Commerce
                               
Revenue
  $ 12.3     $ 12.2     $ 11.2     $ 9.7  
Other Performance Metrics
                               
Active subscribers
    10.0       9.7       9.0       8.8  
 
During the quarters ended June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, we experienced sequential quarterly transaction growth which was lower than our expectations. We experienced a greater-than-expected dip in transactions in April 2006 combined with transaction growth for the rest of the quarter that was not as significant as previous years, and a slowdown in consumer activity at our largest bank customer. Since then we have performed analysis on the causes, including a regression analysis of key transaction volume drivers on a large portion of our CSP customers for our last four fiscal years. We have learned that the sequence of long months or short months in a given quarter, the sequence of long or short months before and after a quarter-end date and the mix of processing and non-processing days within the quarter affects sequential quarterly transaction growth. We have also learned that the slowdown in consumer activity at our largest bank customer was affected by the combination of that customer’s shift to our standard risk-based processing model in the quarter ended March 31, 2006, and a somewhat slower transaction growth rate given the industry leading consumer penetration at that customer.
 
Our analysis has revealed a previously undetected cyclical pattern within the quarters of a given fiscal year that does not impact overall annual transaction growth. We now believe that, barring unusual events, CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year tends to be lower than CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year. As a result, based on what we have learned over the past year, we believe we are better able to forecast transaction growth; however, we cannot assure that we will always be able to accurately forecast such growth. While we do not believe we have identified all factors that could affect transaction growth, including various consumer behavior patterns, and while we will continue to analyze our transaction growth patterns for evidence of other such factors, we believe that recent consumers to the service engage in fewer transactions than new consumers added to the service in previous years. Finally, our analysis has revealed that it is important for investors to understand the differing growth patterns between CSP and non-CSP customers.


54


Table of Contents

Therefore, as previously mentioned, we have enhanced the reporting of our Electronic Commerce Division metrics to include separate revenue and volume trends for our CSP, non-CSP and e-bill delivery customers.
 
Total payment transaction volume increased by more than 16%, from 1.1 billion for the year ended June 30, 2006, to more than 1.3 billion for year ended June 30, 2007, composed of nearly 24% growth in CSP based transactions and a 4% decline in non-CSP based transactions. Increased revenue from CSP based payment transaction growth was offset by tier-based volume pricing discounts, the expiration of the monthly minimum revenue guarantees from Microsoft in December 2005 and FDC in August 2005, and the negative impact on interest-based revenue from the migration of our largest bank customer from a processing model that guarantees funds to our standard risk-based processing model; all of which, on a combined basis, resulted in a $0.10 decrease in average revenue per CSP transaction year-over-year. Our acquisition of PhoneCharge in January 2006 provided significant transaction growth in relatively high-priced phone-based payments in our non-CSP based business. This growth was offset by a decline in walk-in payments as customers began shifting to a consumer fee-based pricing model, which provides us with fewer, but more profitable, transactions and a decline in payments made directly at biller websites. The change in the mix within the non-CSP area resulted in a $0.13 year over year increase in average revenue per non-CSP transaction.
 
We delivered approximately 226 million e-bills during year ended June 30, 2007, representing an increase of 22% over the nearly 185 million e-bills delivered in the previous year. Although revenue per e-bill has remained relatively consistent at $0.16 over the past few years, during the second half of fiscal 2007, revenue per e-bill increased to $0.17 due to our recent decision to reduce the delivery of screen scraped bills that generate no revenue.
 
The year over year increase in Other Electronic Commerce revenue is primarily due to our acquisition of Aphelion in October 2005, designed to enhance growth in our Health & Fitness products, and in the quarter ended June 30, 2007, the addition of our Corillian electronic banking business and the Carreker RevE consulting practice.
 
Electronic Commerce Operating Income (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 258,621     $ 247,918     $ 10,703           4.3 %
 
Based on gross revenues, our year-over-year operating margin has declined from more than 37% for the year ended June 30, 2006, to more than 35% for the year ended June 30, 2007. Our ongoing efforts to improve quality and efficiency in our operations, combined with a substantial electronic versus paper payment rate of 84% and our ability to leverage our fixed cost base, have resulted in a lower cost per transaction, and have offset volume-based pricing discounts inherent in our business. Although offset somewhat by our acquisitions of PhoneCharge, Aphelion, and Corillian, the high-margin revenue loss resulting from the expiration of our contracts with FDC in August 2005 and Microsoft in December 2005, combined with the negative impact on our interest-based revenue from a large bank customer migrating to a processing model that guarantees funds to our standard risk-based processing model, created downward pressure on our operating margin as we entered fiscal 2007.
 
Software Segment Information:
 
Software Revenues — Gross (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 135,207     $ 109,386     $ 25,821         23.6 %
 
Growth in Software revenue was due primarily to growth in license sales of our global treasury and securities products, also known as transaction process management, and related maintenance services revenue, offset somewhat by a decline in the number of larger consulting engagements in the year ended June 30, 2007.


55


Table of Contents

Our acquisition of Carreker in the quarter ended June 30, 2007 provided nearly 16% of our revenue growth for the year.
 
Software Operating Income (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 24,871     $ 20,858     $ 4,013         19.2 %
 
Our operating margin decreased from 19% for the year ended June 30, 2006 to 18% for the year ended June 30, 2007. The decline in margin was due primarily to the addition of substantially breakeven revenue from Carreker in the quarter ended June 30, 2007. Increased sales and marketing expenses somewhat offset growth in high margin license sales during the year.
 
Investment Services Segment Information:
 
Investment Services Revenues (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 124,029     $ 107,288     $ 16,741         15.6 %
 
Revenue growth in Investment Services was primarily due to an increase in portfolios managed to nearly 2.7 million as of June 30, 2007 from nearly 2.3 million as of June 30, 2006. We continue to provide incentives for our customers to sign multi-year contracts and are experiencing a business mix shift to lower priced services, both of which we expect to result in a modest reduction to our revenue per average portfolio managed. Growth in portfolios managed is typically tied to the growth in the U.S. stock market. In addition, we realized a year of revenue in fiscal 2007 from our acquisition of IDS against only ten months of operations in fiscal 2006. We remain cautiously optimistic about the opportunity for continued portfolio growth through fiscal 2008. Our acquisition of Upstream on May 31, 2007 had minimal impact on revenue growth in fiscal 2007.
 
Investment Services Operating Income (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 24,646     $ 16,356     $ 8,290         50.7 %
 
Our operating margins have increased to 20% for the year ended June 30, 2007, from 15% for the year ended June 30, 2006. While we continue to incur significant spending on the enhanced operating system project, CheckFree EPL, and we continue to invest in resources designed to improve future operational quality standards through Six Sigma quality programs, the divestiture of our less profitable M-Solutions business in March 2006 and synergies achieved from our acquisition of IDS were the primary drivers of our increased margin in the current year. We expect our future margin to remain around the upper teens to low 20% level until completion of CheckFree EPL, for which we expect initial deployment and testing in calendar 2007 and which is currently scheduled to begin customer migration in the first half of fiscal 2008. Our acquisition of Upstream on May 31, 2007 had minimal impact on the operating results of our Investment Services business in fiscal 2007.
 
Corporate Segment Information:
 
Corporate Operating Loss (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ (41,437 )   $ (37,845 )   $ (3,592 )       9.5 %


56


Table of Contents

Our Corporate segment represents costs for legal, human resources, finance, accounting, executive and various other unallocated overhead expenses. We continue to leverage our infrastructure costs in the face of increasing revenues, and despite operations added through acquisition, we expect our Corporate operating expenses to remain around 4.5% of our consolidated revenues.
 
Purchase Accounting Amortization (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 44,691     $ 57,037     $ (12,346 )     (21.6 )%
 
Purchase accounting amortization represents amortization of intangible assets resulting from our various acquisitions and negatively impacts our operating income in our Electronic Commerce, Investment Services and Software segments. The year-over-year decrease of $12.3 million in purchase accounting amortization is due primarily to the September 2005 expiration of the TransPoint strategic agreements intangible asset that reduced year-over-year amortization expense by $16.5 million, offset by incremental amortization resulting from our acquisitions of Upstream in May 2007, Corillian in May 2007, Carreker in April 2007, PhoneCharge in January 2006, Aphelion in October 2005 and IDS in September 2005. The following chart breaks out the annual charge by segment. We expect a full year of amortization of intangible assets resulting from the aforementioned acquisitions of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream,will cause a relatively significant increase in purchase accounting amortization for the year ending June 30, 2008. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the value of intangible assets and their related useful lives, resulting from each acquisition.
 
Segment Level Purchase Accounting Amortization (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Electronic Commerce
  $ 37,826     $ 49,072     $ (11,246 )        
Software
    4,929       5,973       (1,044 )        
Investment Services
    1,936       1,992       (56 )        
                                 
Total
  $ 44,691     $ 57,037     $ (12,346 )     (21.6 )%
                                 
 
Incremental purchase accounting amortization from our acquisitions of Corillian, Phone Charge and Aphelion and the reduction from the TransPoint strategic agreements are included in our Electronic Commerce Division. Incremental purchase accounting amortization from our acquisition of Carreker is included in our Software Division. Incremental purchase accounting amortization from our acquisitions of Upstream and IDS are included in our Investment Services Division.
 
Impact of Warrants to a Customer (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 10,950     $  —     $ 10,950         —  
 
In the three-month period ended March 31, 2007, we incurred a non-cash charge of $11.0 million against revenue in our Electronic Commerce segment, resulting from the vesting of warrants we issued to a customer. The charge, which has no associated costs, directly impacted operating income by $11.0 million. During the quarter, one million performance-based warrants vested as the customer achieved an active subscriber base exceeding 5 million. EITF 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services,” requires us to measure the fair value of the warrants at the earlier of the date when a performance commitment is reached or the date at which performance is complete. The fair value was determined using a Black-Scholes valuation of the warrants and was accounted for as a charge against revenue in accordance with EITF 01-09, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer.”


57


Table of Contents

Impact of Purchase Accounting on Deferred Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 12,387     $  —     $ 12,387         —  
 
Accounting rules, in particular EITF 01-3 “Accounting in a Business Combination for Deverred Revenues of an Acquiree” and EITF 04-11 “Accounting in a Business Combination for Deferred Postcontract Customer Support Revenue of a Software Vendor,” require us to discount the deferred revenue we obtained with our acquisitions of Carreker and Corillian, for certain profits assumed with no expected future cash flows. As these acquisitions took place in the quarter ended June 30, 2007, we expect a more significant impact from this adjustment through the coming fiscal year. The impact will be greater early in the year and will decline as we perform the related services.
 
Segment Level Impact of Purchase Accounting on Deferred Revenue (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Electronic Commerce
  $ 2,664     $     $ 2,664          
Software
    9,723             9,723          
                                 
Total
  $ 12,387           $ 12,387         —  
                                 
 
Deferred revenue from our acquisition of Corillian and the RevE service from Carreker impact our Electronic Commerce Division. Deferred revenue from our acquisition of Carreker, excluding RevE, impacts our Software Division.
 
SFAS 123(R) — Options Issued Before July 1, 2004 (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 1,619     $ 4,133     $ (2,514 )     (60.8 )%
 
Upon our adoption of SFAS 123(R), we recorded compensation cost relating to the vesting of all stock options that remained unvested as of July 1, 2005, as well as for all new stock option grants after our adoption date. The compensation cost to be recorded is based on the fair value at the grant dates. The amount recorded during the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 represent equity-based compensation relating to the vesting of options that were still unvested as of July 1, 2005 but were granted before our implementation of our current incentive compensation philosophy on July 1, 2004, which significantly reduced overall participation and focused on restricted stock awards with limited stock options grants. The charge impacted the operating income of our Electronic Commerce, Investment Services and Software segments, and the operating expense of our Corporate segment. The following chart breaks out the charge, by segment, for each of the periods presented.
 
Segment Level Impact of SFAS 123(R) — Options Issued Before July 1, 2004 (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Electronic Commerce
  $ 1,177     $ 2,999     $ (1,822 )        
Software
    71       184       (113 )        
Investment Services
    167       425       (258 )        
Corporate
    204       525       (321 )        
                                 
Total
  $ 1,619     $ 4,133     $ (2,514 )     (60.8 )%
                                 


58


Table of Contents

Integration Costs Associated with Acquisitions (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2007     2006     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 6,116     $     $ 6,116         —  
 
We acquired Carreker Corporation in April 2007, Corillian Corporation in May 2007, and substantially all of the assets of Upstream Technologies LLC in May 2007. The $6.1 million of integration cost in the year ended June 30, 2007 represents severance and related employee benefits accrued for redundant positions resulting from our acquisitions of Carreker, Corillian and Upstream in the quarter ended June 30, 2007, incremental period costs associated with integration planning activities including third-party integration planning assistance, and related travel costs for the previously mentioned acquisitions. Of the $6.1 million in integration costs, $2.6 million were associated with Electronic Commerce, $2.6 million with Software and $0.9 million with Investment Services. Refer to Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the accrued severance and related employee benefit costs.
 
Years Ended June 30, 2006 and 2005
 
Electronic Commerce Segment Information
 
Electronic Commerce Revenues — Gross (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 662,728     $ 580,696     $ 82,032         14.1 %
 
Revenue growth in Electronic Commerce was primarily the result of an increase in transactions processed, including those added by our new telephone bill payment business, an increase in e-bills distributed, and an increase in revenue from interest-sensitive products, offset by volume-based price increases, the loss of minimum revenue guarantees resulting from the expiration of processing agreements with Microsoft and FDC, and the impact on interest-based revenue related to the migration of our largest bank customer to our risk-based processing model.


59


Table of Contents

The following tables provide an historical trend of revenues, underlying transaction metrics, and subscriber metrics, where appropriate, for our Electronic Commerce business over the periods presented:
 
Fiscal 2006:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    6/30/2006     3/31/2006     12/31/2005     9/30/2005  
    (In millions, except revenue per transaction
 
    and revenue per e-bill delivered)  
 
Transactions
                               
CSP:
                               
Revenue
  $ 111.8     $ 113.8     $ 120.5     $ 122.7  
Revenue per transaction
  $ 0.49     $ 0.52     $ 0.60     $ 0.64  
Transactions processed
    227.5       217.3       199.9       190.3  
Non-CSP:
                               
Revenue
  $ 34.4     $ 36.0     $ 24.4     $ 24.3  
Revenue per transaction
  $ 0.46     $ 0.47     $ 0.34     $ 0.32  
Transactions processed
    74.7       76.0       70.8       75.7  
Total Transactions:
                               
Revenue
  $ 146.2     $ 149.8     $ 144.9     $ 147.0  
Transactions processed
    302.2       293.3       270.7       266.0  
e-bill Delivery
                               
Revenue
  $ 8.0     $ 7.4     $ 7.2     $ 6.8  
Revenue per e-bill delivered
  $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
e-bills delivered
    50.0       46.7       45.2       42.7  
Other Electronic Commerce
                               
Revenue
  $ 12.3     $ 12.2     $ 11.2     $ 9.7  
Other Performance Metrics
                               
Active subscribers
    10.0       9.7       9.0       8.8  
 
Fiscal 2005:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended  
    6/30/2005     3/31/2005     12/31/2004     9/30/2004  
    (In millions, except revenue per transaction
 
    and revenue per e-bill delivered)  
 
Transactions
                               
CSP:
                               
Revenue
  $ 113.9     $ 109.9     $ 105.8     $ 102.3  
Revenue per transaction
  $ 0.67     $ 0.68     $ 0.70     $ 0.73  
Transactions processed
    171.0       162.3       151.2       140.3  
Non-CSP:
                               
Revenue
  $ 23.2     $ 23.0     $ 22.6     $ 21.9  
Revenue per transaction
  $ 0.31     $ 0.32     $ 0.33     $ 0.33  
Transactions processed
    73.9       72.1       68.2       65.5  
Total Transactions:
                               
Revenue
  $ 137.1     $ 132.9     $ 128.4     $ 124.2  
Transactions processed
    244.9       234.4       219.4       205.8  
e-bill Delivery
                               
Revenue
  $ 6.8     $ 5.9     $ 5.3     $ 4.8  
Revenue per e-bill delivered
  $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16     $ 0.16  
e-bills delivered
    41.0       36.8       32.8       29.6  
Other Electronic Commerce
                               
Revenue
  $ 9.0     $ 8.9     $ 8.4     $ 9.3  
Other Performance Metrics
                               
Active subscribers
    7.8       7.4       6.9       6.4  


60


Table of Contents

Total payment transaction volume increased by more than 25%, from more than 900 million for the year ended June 30, 2005, to more than 1.1 billion for year ended June 30, 2006, composed of nearly 34% growth in CSP based transactions and more than 6% growth in non-CSP based transactions. Increased revenue from CSP based payment transaction growth was offset by tier-based volume pricing discounts, the expiration of the monthly minimum revenue guarantees from Microsoft in December 2005 and FDC in August 2005, and the negative impact on interest-based revenue from the migration of our largest bank customer from a processing model that guarantees funds to our standard risk-based processing model; all of which, on a combined basis, resulted in a $0.13 decrease in revenue per CSP transaction year-over-year. Our acquisition of PhoneCharge in January 2006 provided relatively high-priced phone-based payments in our non-CSP based business and accounted for approximately half of the annual growth in non-CSP transactions. Growth in other non-CSP based transactions was offset by a decline in walk-in payments as customers began shifting to a consumer fee-based pricing model, which provides us with fewer, but more profitable, transactions The change in the mix within the non-CSP area resulted in an $0.08 increase in revenue per non-CSP transaction.
 
We delivered nearly 185 million e-bills for the year ended June 30, 2006, representing growth of 32% over the more than 140 million e-bills delivered in the same period in the prior year. Revenue per e-bill delivered remained consistent at $0.16 throughout the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
The year over year increase in Other Electronic Commerce revenue is primarily due to our acquisition of Aphelion in October 2005, designed to enhance growth in our Health & Fitness products.
 
During the quarter ended June 30, 2006, we experienced sequential quarterly transaction growth which was lower than our expectations, resulting in our Electronic Commerce Division falling short of expected revenue and operating income for the quarter. The reduced growth rate appeared to be the combined result of lower April payment transactions, a slower than normal recovery in the months of May and June, and a slowdown in consumer transaction behavior at our largest bank customer. This phenomenon was not solely bank-based, as transaction growth slowed in all payment channels — online, biller direct, walk-in and IVR phone-based transactions. We were not fully certain as to all of the reasons for this lower than anticipated transaction growth rate as we entered fiscal 2007. See “Executive Summary” above in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis for a discussion of our analysis of transaction growth following then end of fiscal 2006.
 
Electronic Commerce Operating Income (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 247,918     $ 207,796     $ 40,122         19.3 %
 
Our continued efforts to improve quality and efficiency in our operations, combined with a substantial electronic versus paper payment rate of 84% and our ability to leverage our fixed cost base, have resulted in a lower cost per transaction, and have offset volume-based pricing discounts inherent in our business. While our underlying operating margin has remained relatively flat at between 36% and 37% on a year-over-year basis, our operating margin for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 was approximately 33%. Although offset somewhat by our acquisition of PhoneCharge, the high-margin revenue loss resulting from the expected expiration of our contracts with FDC and Microsoft, combined with the negative impact on our interest-based revenue from a large bank customer migrating to a processing model that guarantees funds to our standard risk-based processing model, resulted in downward pressure on our operating margin as we exited fiscal 2006. Additionally, while lower than expected transaction growth rate in the quarter ended June 30, 2006 did not significantly impact our operating margin, it did result in lower than expected operating income for that quarter.


61


Table of Contents

Software Segment Information:
 
Software Revenues — Gross (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 109,386     $ 81,072     $ 28,314         34.9 %
 
Growth in revenue on a year-over-year basis was mainly due to growth in license sales of our ORM products, primarily contributed to our acquisition of Accurate in April 2005, and incremental professional services provided to implement several of our solutions to customers throughout the year. Our sales pipelines had steadily improved during fiscal 2006. While our first quarter sales are typically low, we were optimistic about the potential for continued sales growth in the coming fiscal year.
 
Software Operating Income (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 20,858     $ 17,748     $ 3,110         17.5 %
 
Our operating margin improved from 10.4% for the year ended June 30, 2005, to 18.9% for the year ended June 30, 2006. The fiscal 2005 operating margin was negatively impacted by a $1.6 million charge due to a loss on a services customer with a large client. Most of our revenue growth came from relatively low-margin implementation services and maintenance revenue resulting from our acquisition of Accurate in April 2005. Additionally, we experienced an increase in operating expenses in fiscal 2006 from the closing of our Waterloo, Ontario, Canada facility, and the related increase in product implementation resources at our headquarters in Norcross, Georgia.
 
Investment Services Segment Information:
 
Investment Services Revenues (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 107,288     $ 88,079     $ 19,209         21.8 %
 
Revenue growth in Investment Services was driven primarily by an increase in portfolios managed, from 1.9 million as of June 30, 2005, to almost 2.3 million as of June 30, 2006. We continue to provide certain incentives for customers to sign multi-year contracts and are experiencing a mix shift toward lower-priced services, both of which we expect to result in lower revenue per average portfolio managed. Growth in portfolios managed is typically tied to the growth in the U.S. stock market. We experienced fairly consistent portfolio growth throughout fiscal 2006.
 
Investment Services Operating Income (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 16,356     $ 17,121     $ (765 )       (4.5 )%
 
Our underlying operating margin has declined from 19% for the year ended June 30, 2005, to 17% for the year ended June 30, 2006, due primarily to additional spending on the enhanced operating system project, CheckFree EPL. We expect our future margin to remain around the mid to upper teens level until completion of CheckFree EPL.


62


Table of Contents

Corporate Segment Information:
 
Corporate Operating Loss (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ (37,845 )   $ (37,595 )   $ (250 )       0.7 %
 
Corporate results represent costs for legal, human resources, finance and various other unallocated overhead expenses. We continue to leverage our infrastructure costs in the face of increasing revenues and despite the increase in acquisition related operations. Increases in corporate costs in fiscal 2006 were offset by reduced Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404 compliance costs as we leverage the documentation work completed in fiscal 2005, the first year for the required certification of the effectiveness of our internal controls.
 
Purchase Accounting Amortization (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 57,037     $ 133,446     $ (76,409 )      (57.3 )%
 
Purchase accounting amortization represents amortization of intangible assets resulting from our various acquisitions from 1998 forward. The decrease in purchase accounting amortization is due to intangible assets that have fully amortized since June 30, 2005, offset by the addition of identifiable intangible assets of $17.4 million from our acquisition of Accurate in April 2005, $9.3 million from our acquisition of IDS in September 2005, $7.6 million from our acquisition of Aphelion in October 2005, and $31.1 million from our acquisition of PhoneCharge in January 2006. The September 2005 expiration of the TransPoint strategic agreements alone reduced intangible asset amortization by approximately $83 million in the year ended June 30, 2006.
 
Segment Level Purchase Accounting Amortization (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Electronic Commerce
  $ 49,072     $ 130,175     $ (81,103 )        
Software
    5,973       2,667       3,306          
Investment Services
    1,992       604       1,388          
                                 
Total
  $ 57,037     $ 133,446     $ (76,409 )      (57.3 )%
                                 
 
SFAS 123(R) — Options Issued Before July 1, 2004 (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $ 4,133     $  —     $ 4,133         —  
 
Upon our adoption of SFAS 123(R), we recorded compensation costs relating to the vesting of all stock options that remained unvested as of July 1, 2005, as well as for all new stock option grants after our adoption date. The compensation cost to be recorded is based on the fair value at the grant date. The amounts recorded during the year ended June 30, 2006, represent equity-based compensation expense relating to the vesting of options that were unvested as of July 1, 2005, but were granted before the implementation of our current compensation philosophy on July 1, 2004, which significantly reduces overall participation and focuses on restricted stock awards with limited stock option grants. As we adopted SFAS 123(R) effective the beginning of fiscal 2006, there was no such expense recorded during our 2005 fiscal year.


63


Table of Contents

Segment Level Impact of SFAS 123(R) — Options Issued Before July 1, 2004 (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Electronic Commerce
  $ 2,999     $     $ 2,999          
Software
    184             184          
Investment Services
    425               425          
Corporate
    525             525          
                                 
Total
  $ 4,133     $     $ 4,133         —  
                                 
 
Reorganization Charge (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $   —     $ 5,585     $ (5,585 )     (100.0 )%
 
Late in the quarter ended June 30, 2005, we terminated the employment of approximately 200 associates, re-scoping many positions with the intent to re-hire quickly, and eliminating some others. As part of this action, we moved our electronic billing and payment operations from Waterloo, Ontario, Canada to Norcross, Georgia, and we closed the Canadian facility in October 2005. These actions resulted in a charge of $5.6 million.
 
Segment Level Reorganization Charge (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Electronic Commerce
  $     $ 3,208     $ (3,208 )        
Software
          1,876       (1,876 )        
Investment Services
          313       (313 )        
Corporate
          188       (188 )        
                                 
Total
  $     $ 5,585     $ (5,585 )     (100.0 )%
                                 
 
Write Off of Capitalized Software (000’s)
 
                                 
    June 30,     Change  
    2006     2005     $     %  
 
Year ended
  $   —     $ (1,039 )   $ 1,039       (100.0 )%
 
As a result of our acquisition of Accurate in the quarter ended June 30, 2005, we recorded a charge of $1.0 million to write down the value of previously capitalized software due to redundancy between existing company products and those acquired.
 
Cyclicality and Seasonality
 
During the quarters ended June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, we experienced lower than expected sequential transaction growth within our Electronic Commerce business. By conducting a regression analysis of key transaction volume drivers on a large portion of our CSP customers for our last four fiscal years, to date, we have learned that the sequence of long months and short months in a given quarter, the sequence of long or short months before and after a quarter end date and the mix of processing and non-processing days within the quarter effects sequential quarterly transaction growth.
 
While we see no overall impact on transaction growth, our analysis has revealed a previously undetected cyclical patter within the four quarters of a given fiscal year. We now believe that, barring unusual events, CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the first and fourth quarters of our fiscal year has tended


64


Table of Contents

to be lower than CSP based sequential quarterly transaction growth in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year. We will continue to study consumer behavior patterns to further refine our understanding of transaction growth.
 
We typically experience a seasonal quarterly pattern to license sales within our Software Division. License sales are typically lowest in the first quarter of our fiscal year and typically highest in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. However, the timing of the execution of our contracts in any given quarter may skew this seasonal pattern.
 
Inflation
 
We believe the effects of inflation have not had a significant impact on our results of operations.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
The following chart provides a summary of our consolidated statements of cash flows for the appropriate periods:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 233,650     $ 213,602     $ 206,095  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (446,761 )     (138,076 )     (215,855 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    95,374       (3,971 )     (24,113 )
Effect of exchange rate changes
    628       256       313  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ (117,109 )   $ 71,811     $ (33,560 )
                         
 
As of June 30, 2007, we had $195.1 million of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments on hand, and an additional $47.4 million in long-term investments. Our consolidated balance sheet reflects a current ratio of 1.1 and working capital of $51.5 million. Due primarily to processing efficiency improvement, we experienced a steady increase in net cash provided by operating activities over the past several years. For the year ended June 30, 2007, we generated $233.7 million of net cash provided by operating activities.
 
In April 2006, we entered into a revolving credit facility that provides for up to $300 million in revolving credit loans, swingline loans, and the issuance of letters of credit. Unless terminated earlier, the credit facility expires on April 13, 2011. Borrowings will bear interest at certain rates based upon our then current ratio of total debt to consolidated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). The credit facility also requires the payment of a commitment fee, expressed as a percentage per annum on any unused commitment.
 
The credit facility contains certain financial covenants requiring us to meet financial ratios and contains operating covenants which, among other things, impose some limitations with respect to additional indebtedness, investments, dividends and prepayments of subordinated indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, mergers and consolidations, liens and other matters customarily addressed in such agreements. The credit facility also contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, material inaccuracies in representations and warranties, covenants defaults, cross-defaults to certain other agreements, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, ERISA events, judgment defaults in excess of specified amounts, failure of any guaranty supporting the credit facility to be in full force and effect, and a change in control.
 
Our $206 million acquisition of Carreker closed on April 2, 2007, our $245 million acquisition of Corillian closed on May 15, 2007 and our $28 million purchase of substantially all of the assets of Upstream Technologies closed on May 31, 2007. While cash balances covered a substantial portion of the combined costs, throughout the quarter ended June 30, 2007, we utilized the revolving credit facility to finance a total of $334 million, paying down a substantial portion between the close of Carreker and Corillian. As of June 30, 2007, the credit facility had an outstanding balance of approximately $204 million, which carried an interest


65


Table of Contents

rate of approximately 5.9%. The interest charged on the revolving credit facility fluctuates with changes in short-term interest rates.
 
Due to the payout of annual incentive bonuses and commissions, we expect net cash from operating activities to be relatively low in the quarter ending September 30, 2007. As a result of our $150 million share buy back and the previously mentioned acquisitions, our cash and investment balances have been significantly reduced and the outstanding balance under our revolving credit facility was $204 million as of June 30, 2007. We expect cash flows from operating activities in the coming year to be sufficient to meet our presently anticipated requirements for the near term, and pay off the outstanding balance of our revolving credit facility; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to pay down the balance at this expected rate. During the quarter ending September 30, 2007, we closed on a sale-leaseback transaction related to a property we owned in Dublin, Ohio. Under the terms of the agreement, we received net proceeds of approximately $22 million from the sale and agreed to a 12-year lease of the facility.
 
From an investing perspective, we used $446.8 million of cash during the year ended June 30, 2007. We used $222.9 million (net of cash received) for the acquisition of Corillian, $166.9 million (net of cash received) for the acquisition of Carreker, $28.0 million for the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Upstream, $70.9 million for capital expenditures ($29.7 of which was related to the construction of a new data center), $2.3 million for a change in other assets and $0.5 million for the capitalization of software development costs. We generated $44.7 million of cash from the net purchases and sales of investments.
 
From a financing perspective, we were provided with $95.4 million of cash during the year ended June 30, 2007. We received cash of $334.0 million from borrowings against our revolving credit facility, $30.0 million from borrowings against our data center credit facility, $10.3 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options, $4.5 million of proceeds from our associate stock purchase plan and $1.0 million of excess tax benefits from our stock-based compensation programs. We used $150.0 million of cash for the repurchase of shares of our common stock, $130.0 million for payments toward the balances drawn off of our revolving credit facility and $4.4 million for principal payments under capital leases and other long term obligations.
 
In July 2006, our board of directors approved up to $100.0 million for the purpose of repurchasing shares of our common stock through July 31, 2007, and in October 2007 authorized an additional $100.0 million for the same purpose through August 1, 2007. During the year ended June 30, 2007, we used $150.0 million to purchase 3,911,554 shares of our common stock under this program.
 
On April 13, 2006, we entered into a series of financing and leasing arrangements (the “Agreements”) with a consortium of banks for the purpose of leasing up to two data centers. We will record the construction of the data centers as construction in progress during the construction period and will begin to record depreciation once we have assumed occupancy. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreements, SunTrust is required to purchase a fee simple interest in certain parcels of real property (the “Properties”) specified by CheckFree Services Corporation (“CheckFree Services”), our wholly owned operating company, and CheckFree Services, as construction agent for SunTrust, is required to construct data center facilities (the “Facilities”) on the Properties. The funding for the acquisition of the Properties and the construction of the Facilities will be provided by SunTrust and certain financial institutions. The aggregate limit on the funding to be provided by SunTrust and the financial institutions is $100.0 million. We have drawn approximately $40 million against this facility as of June 30, 2007 at an average interest rate of 6.03%. The interest charged on the revolving credit facility fluctuates with changes in short-term interest rates. We expect to complete construction of one data center and have purchased the land for a second, with a projected funding level of about $53.0 million by November 2007.
 
During construction and after completion of the Facilities, SunTrust will lease the Properties and the Facilities to CheckFree Services pursuant to the terms of the Agreements. CheckFree Services will make minimum lease payments beginning upon completion of construction that will vary based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread. The lease agreements will expire on April 12, 2013, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the lease agreements.


66


Table of Contents

Upon expiration of the Agreements, CheckFree Services must elect to: (i) purchase the Facilities and Properties from SunTrust for a defined amount; (ii) request a five year renewal of the lease agreements (maximum of two such five year renewals provided for), subject to the approval and consent of SunTrust and the Lenders; or (iii) sell the Facilities and Properties as agent for SunTrust, provided that certain conditions are satisfied (the “Remarketing Option”).
 
If CheckFree Services chooses the Remarketing Option, various outcomes may occur under the Agreements, but if the net cash proceeds of any sale are less than an amount equal to the aggregate sum of the outstanding amounts funded by SunTrust and all other lenders, all accrued and unpaid interest on the loans, all unpaid fees owing to SunTrust and any other lender under the operative documents, and all other amounts owing to SunTrust and all other lenders under the lease agreements (the “Outstanding Amounts”), CheckFree Services will be required to pay SunTrust the difference between the sale proceeds and the Outstanding Amounts, but in no event more than approximately 83% for the property in Texas and approximately 85% for the property in Georgia of the Outstanding Amounts. If the net proceeds received from a third party for the Properties and Facilities, or a given Property and Facility, are in excess of the Outstanding Amounts or the Outstanding Amounts related to the specific Property and Facility, the excess shall be paid to CheckFree Services. SunTrust or the Agent may reject a third party purchase offer for the Properties and Facilities or a given Property and Facility under certain conditions.
 
The Agreements contain certain financial covenants requiring us to meet certain financial ratios and contains certain operating covenants which, among other things, impose certain limitations with respect to additional indebtedness, investments, dividends and prepayments of subordinated indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, mergers and consolidations, liens and other matters customarily addressed in such agreements.
 
Our agreement to use a bank routing number to process payments contains certain financial covenants related to tangible net worth, cash flow coverage, debt service coverage and maximum levels of debt to cash flow, as defined. We were in compliance with all covenants as of June 30, 2007, and do not anticipate any change in the foreseeable future.
 
The following table represents a summary of our current contractual obligations and commercial commitments, including interest, which may assist in understanding our expected cash commitments from various obligations we have entered into over time:
 
                                         
    Payments Due Year Ended June 30,  
                2009 to
    2011 to
       
Contractual Obligations
  Total     2008     2010     2012     Thereafter  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating lease obligations
  $ 120,238     $ 27,806     $ 45,928     $ 20,617     $ 25,887  
Capital lease oligations
    4,210       2,159       2,051              
Revolving line of credit
    212,981       212,981                    
Other long-term obligations
    74,792       2,419       2,419       2,419       67,535  
                                         
Total contractual obligations
  $ 412,221     $ 245,365     $ 50,398     $ 23,036     $ 93,422  
                                         
 
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Information
 
We supplement our reporting of cash flow information determined in accordance with GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America) by using “free cash flow” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as a measure to evaluate our liquidity. We define free cash flow as GAAP net cash provided by operating activities, exclusive of the net change in settlement accounts, less capital expenditures, less the impact of an operating account conversion, plus data center reimbursements. We believe free cash flow provides useful information to management and investors in understanding our financial results and assessing our prospects for future performance. We also use free cash flow as a factor in determining long-term incentive compensation for senior management.


67


Table of Contents

We exclude the net change in settlement accounts from free cash flow because we believe this facilitates management’s and investors’ ability to analyze operating cash flow trends. The settlement assets represent payment receipts in transit to us from agents, and the settlement obligations represent scheduled but unpaid payments due to billers. Balances in settlement accounts fluctuate daily based on deposit timing and payment transaction volume. These timing differences are not reflective of our liquidity, and thus, we exclude the net change in settlement accounts from free cash flow.
 
As a technology company, we make significant capital expenditures in order to update our technology and to remain competitive. Our free cash flow reflects the amount of cash we generated that remains, after we have met those operational needs, for the evaluation and execution of strategic initiatives such as acquisitions, stock and/or debt repurchases and other investing and financing activities, including servicing additional debt obligations.
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006, we entered into a credit facility to finance the construction of up to two data centers. Amounts we spend to construct these data centers are included in our capital expenditures, but will be fully reimbursed by the credit facility. The reimbursements from the credit facility are added to our free cash flow measure because these expenditures do not impact our overall liquidity. The data center reimbursements line represents a change to our definition of free cash flow as of the quarter ended June 30, 2006.
 
We deduct the impact on an ongoing conversion of an operating bank account because we do not believe it should be included in the determination of free cash flow for the periods presented. This adjustment represents outstanding checks against an operating account that we are in the process of closing. We are funding these checks as they clear from other sources of operating cash. We expect these outstanding checks to clear the account by December 31, 2007 at which time the account will be closed.
 
Free cash flow does not solely represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures, as certain of our non-discretionary obligations are also funded out of free cash flow. These consist primarily of payments on capital leases and other long-term commitments, if any, as reflected in the table entitled “Contractual Obligations” in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained herein.
 
Our free cash flow for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 is calculated as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Cash provided by operating activities
  $ 233,650     $ 213,602  
Excluding: Net change in settlement accounts
    963       3,430  
Less: Capital expenditures
    (70,918 )     (48,096 )
 Impact of operating account conversion
    (9,443 )      
Plus: Data center reimbursements
    30,002       2,046  
                 
Free cash flow
  $ 184,254     $ 170,982  
                 
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, was $446.8 million and $138.1 million, respectively. Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006, was $95.4 million and $(4.0) million, respectively.
 
Our free cash flow should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, net cash provided by operating activities or any other amount determined in accordance with GAAP. Further, our measure of free cash flow may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”), which permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other


68


Table of Contents

items at fair value. Most of the provisions of SFAS 159 are elective; however the amendment to SFAS 115 applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The FASB’s stated objective in issuing the standard is to improve financial reporting by entities by providing them with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedging accounting provisions. The provisions of SFAS 159 are effective as of the beginning of our fiscal year 2009, and we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 159 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which is intended to provide guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. In general, this pronouncement is intended to establish a framework for determining fair value and to expand the disclosures regarding the determination of fair value. With certain financial instruments, a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle may be required with the impact of the change recorded as an adjustment to opening retained earnings. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective as of the beginning of our fiscal year 2008, and we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 157 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of SFAS 109, which is intended to increase comparability in the financial reporting of income taxes. FIN 48 provides additional guidance regarding the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions in a company’s consolidated financial statements by establishing a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold before a tax benefit can be recognized. Once the threshold has been met, companies are required to recognize the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely (on an accumulated basis) of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of our fiscal year 2008, and we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of FIN 48 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108, codified as SAB Topic 1.N, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 states that registrants should use both a balance sheet approach and an income statement approach when quantifying and evaluating the materiality of a misstatement. SAB 108 also contains guidance on correcting misstatements under the dual approach and provides transition guidance for correcting misstatements in prior years. Adjustments required upon adoption of SAB 108 must be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. SAB 108 is effective for our fiscal year 2007 annual financial statements and we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SAB 108 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Critical accounting policies are those policies that are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.
 
Discussion with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.  In determining which of our accounting policies and estimates warranted disclosure as critical in nature, our senior financial management team prepares an analysis of our accounting policies and reviews the policies in detail with our Audit Committee. After discussing the level of management judgment required in complying with our accounting policies, the Audit Committee agrees with us that the following accounting policies are deemed to be critical in nature and should be disclosed as such.
 
Accounting for Goodwill.  Over the past several years, we have acquired a number of businesses and the electronic billing and payment assets of Bank of America, which resulted in significant goodwill balances. As


69


Table of Contents

of June 30, 2007, the balance of goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet totaled $1.0 billion and is spread across our three business segments as follows:
 
  •  Electronic Commerce of $847.7 million;
 
  •  Software of $140.9 million; and
 
  •  Investment Services of $39.0 million.
 
In accordance with FAS 142, we evaluate goodwill for impairment no less than annually by comparing the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value using a two-step impairment test. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value requires the use of assumptions and estimates regarding the reporting unit’s future cash flows, growth rates and weighted average cost of capital. Assumed growth rates ranged from 0% to 20% and varied by reporting unit based upon near and medium term growth opportunities. The assumed weighted average cost of capital approximated 13% to 15%. Any significant adverse changes in key assumptions about these businesses and their prospects or an adverse change in market conditions may cause a change in the estimation of fair value and could result in an impairment charge. We have approximately $1.0 billion of goodwill as of June 30, 2007, none of which is considered impaired, based on recent impairment testing. Given the significance of goodwill, an adverse change to the estimated fair value could result in an impairment charge that could be material to our financial statements.
 
We perform our annual goodwill impairment review as of April 30 of each year. No indicators of impairment were evident during our review for fiscal year 2007.
 
Intangible Assets Exclusive of Goodwill.  We have recorded intangible assets that were initially recognized as a result of business combinations. The intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate, for impairment, the carrying value of acquired intangible assets by comparing the carrying value to the anticipated future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the intangible asset. If an intangible asset is impaired, the asset is written down to fair value. Intangible assets are evaluated in light of actual results from operations and related cash flows to ensure that the carrying value of these intangible assets is recoverable. Significant changes in our results from operations could result in an impairment charge. We have approximately $226 million of intangible assets, exclusive of goodwill, as of June 30, 2007. Given the significance of intangibles, adverse changes to our operations could result in an impairment charge that could be material to the financial statements.
 
Equity Instruments Issued to Customers.  Within our Electronic Commerce segment, from time to time, we have determined it appropriate to issue warrants to certain of our customers to provide an incentive for them to achieve mutually beneficial long-term objectives. These objectives can take the form of performance against long-term growth targets, such as the number of the third-party’s customers that become active bill paying subscribers of our service or the number of bills distributed electronically to the third party’s customers. Accounting standards for these types of warrants require us to record a charge when it becomes probable that the warrants will vest. For milestone-based warrants the amount of the charge would be the fair value of the portion of the warrants earned by the customer based on their progress towards achieving the milestone(s) required to vest in the warrants. At each reporting date, we would determine the current fair value of the portion of the warrants previously earned and true- up the charges previously recorded. In addition, we would record a charge for the fair value of the additional portion of the warrants earned during that period, again based on the customer’s progress towards the vesting milestones. This would continue until the warrants vest, at which time a final fair value is determined and the charge is adjusted accordingly. At the time we issued these warrants, accounting standards in place indicated that the charge for these type warrants be recorded as an expense. Since then, the EITF issued EITF 01-09. This guidance became effective for financial statements issued after December 15, 2001, and is retroactively applied to existing equity instruments previously issued. It requires that the charge for the fair value of these types of warrants be recorded against revenue up to the cumulative amount of revenue recognized for a customer instead of to expense as was previously the case. Management must use judgment in determining when the vesting of a warrant becomes


70


Table of Contents

probable. During the quarter ended March 31, 2007, the vesting of one million performance-based warrants held by a customer resulted in a non-cash charge of $11.0 million against revenue. As of June 30, 2007, we had four million unvested warrants outstanding that expire in October 2010 that could potentially result in a charge against our revenue that could be material to our financial statements.
 
Income Taxes and Deferred Income Taxes.  We are subject to periodic audits of our income tax returns by U.S. federal, state and local agencies as well as foreign jurisdictions. The Internal Revenue Service is currently conducting an audit of our income tax returns for tax years June 30, 2005. These audits include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. In evaluating the exposures associated with our various tax filing positions, , we record reserves for what we identify as probable exposures. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which we have established a reserve is audited and fully resolved. We have also established a valuation allowance for state and foreign loss carryforwards, as well as tax credit carryforwards as we believe that it is more likely than not that the tax benefits of these items will not be realized. The estimate of our tax contingencies reserve contains uncertainty because management must use judgment to estimate the exposures associated with various tax filing positions. To make these judgments, we make determinations about the likelihood that the specific taxing authority may challenge the tax deductions that we have taken on our tax return. Based on information about other tax settlements, we estimate amounts that we may settle with taxing authorities in order to conclude audits. To the extent we prevail in matters for which reserves have been established, or are required to pay amounts in excess of our reserves, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would require use of our cash and result in an increase in our effective rate in the year of resolution. A favorable tax settlement would be recognized as a reduction in our effective tax rate in the year of resolution. When we establish or reduce the valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, our income tax expense will increase or decrease, respectively, in the period such determination is made. As of June 30, 2007, we had established tax reserves of $7.8 million and valuation allowances of $10.7 million. As of June 30, 2007, we have $74.15 million of deferred income tax assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, $10.2 million of which are recorded in the current asset section of our consolidated balance sheet, and $66.2 million of which are recorded in the long term asset section of our consolidated balance sheet, and $2.3 million of long-term deferred tax liabilities in accordance with GAAP. While our current projections indicate we will be able to fully utilize our remaining deferred income tax benefits, should competitive pressures or other business risks result in a significant variance to our projected taxable income, we could be required to establish a valuation allowance for our remaining deferred tax asset balances.
 
Investments.  A large portion of our investments is reflected at fair value in our consolidated balance sheets based on quoted market prices or estimates from independent pricing services. Changes in estimated future cash flows or an issuer’s credit quality will result in changes in fair value estimates. Fixed maturity securities classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value and the impact of changes in fair value are recorded as an unrealized gain or loss in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity of our consolidated balance sheet. In addition, fixed maturity securities are subject to our review to identify when a decline in value is other-than-temporary. Factors we consider in determining whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary include: whether the decline is substantial; the duration of the decline, generally greater than six months; the reasons for the decline in value; whether it is a credit event or whether it is interest rate related; our ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time that will allow for a recovery in value; and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. When it is determined that a decline in value is other-than-temporary, the carrying value of the security is reduced to its estimated fair value, with a corresponding charge to earnings. This corresponding charge is referred to as impairment and is reflected in our consolidated statement of operations. The level of impairment losses can be expected to increase when economic conditions worsen and decrease when economic conditions improve.
 
Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation and Reform Act of 1995
 
Except for the historical information contained herein, the matters discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K include certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. which are intended to be


71


Table of Contents

covered by the safe harbors created thereby. Those statements include, but may not be limited to, all statements regarding our and management’s intent, belief and expectations, such as statements concerning our future profitability, our cash flows and our operating and growth strategy. Words such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “will,” “may,” “should,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “likely” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Investors are cautioned that all forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report and in other statements we make involve risks and uncertainties including, without limitation, the factors set forth under the caption “Item 1A. Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and other factors detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC. One or more of these factors have affected, and in the future could affect our businesses and financial results in the future and could cause actual results to differ materially from plans and projections. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained herein are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will prove to be accurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that our objectives and plans will be achieved. All forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on information presently available to our management. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.


72


Table of Contents

 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
With our acquisitions of BlueGill in April 2000, HelioGraph in November 2003, Accurate in April 2005, and Carreker in 2007, we now maintain multiple offices in the United Kingdom, as well as offices in Luxembourg and Australia. As a result, we have assets and liabilities outside the United States that are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We utilize pounds sterling as the functional currency for the United Kingdom, the Euro as the functional currency for Luxembourg and the Australian dollar as the functional currency for Australia. Due to the relatively immaterial nature of the amounts involved, our economic exposure from fluctuations in foreign exchange rates is not significant enough at this time to engage in a formal hedging program that uses various financial instruments to mitigate this risk.
 
While our international sales represented approximately four percent of our consolidated revenues for the year ended June 30, 2007, we market, sell and license our products throughout the world. As a result, our future revenue could be somewhat affected by weak economic conditions in foreign markets that could reduce demand for our products.
 
Our exposure to interest rate risk includes the yield we earn on invested cash, cash equivalents and investments and interest-based revenue earned on products such as our ABT product. Our outstanding lease obligations primarily carry fixed interest rates.
 
On April 13, 2006, we entered into a revolving credit facility that provides for up to $300.0 million in revolving credit loans, swingline loans, and the issuance of letters of credit. Unless terminated earlier, the credit facility expires on April 13, 2011. Any borrowings will bear interest at certain rates based upon our then current ratio of total debt to consolidated EBITDA. As of June 30, 2007, the amount outstanding under the facility was $204.0 million at an average rate of 5.87%. The interest charged on the facility fluctuates with changes in short-term interest rates; however, we do not believe that a 10% change in the interest rate on our revolving credit facility balance would have a material impact on us.
 
On April 13, 2006, we entered into a series of financing and leasing arrangements with a consortium of banks for the purpose of funding the construction of up to two data centers. The aggregate limit on the funding to be provided by the consortium of banks is $100.0 million. As of June 30, 2007, the amount outstanding under the facility was $40.1 million at an average rate of 6.03%. The interest charged on the facility fluctuates with changes in short-term interest rates; however, we do not believe that a 10% change in the interest rate on our data center facility balance would have a material impact on us.
 
As part of processing certain types of transactions, we earn interest from the time money is collected from our customers until the time payment is made to merchants. These revenues, which are generated from trust account balances not included in our consolidated balance sheet, are included in processing and servicing revenue. We use derivative financial instruments to manage the variability of cash flows related to this interest rate sensitive portion of processing and servicing revenue. Accordingly, from time to time we enter into interest rate swaps to effectively fix the interest rate on a portion of our interest rate sensitive revenue. As of June 30, 2007, we had no swap transactions outstanding.
 
Our investment policy does not allow us to enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We maintain a system of internal controls that includes policies and procedures covering the authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative activity. Further, the policy allows us to enter into derivative contracts only with counter-parties that meet certain credit rating and/or financial stability criteria.
 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and our Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, and for each of the years in the three year period ended June 30, 2007, follow:


73


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL
CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
CheckFree Corporation and Subsidiaries
Norcross, Georgia
 
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that CheckFree Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Carreker Corporation, which was acquired on April 2, 2007, Corillian Corporation, which was acquired on May 15, 2007, and Upstream Technologies LLC, which substantially all the assets were acquired on May 31, 2007 and whose combined financial statements constitute 22.8 percent of total assets and 2.4 percent of revenues, of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended June 30, 2007. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Carreker Corporation, Corillian Corporation and Upstream Technologies LLC. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the


74


Table of Contents

Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of CheckFree Corporation and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended June 30, 2007, and the consolidated financial statement schedule listed in the index at Item 15, and our report dated August 24, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment.”
 
 
Atlanta, Georgia
August 24, 2007


75


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
CheckFree Corporation and Subsidiaries
Norcross, Georgia
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CheckFree Corporation and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule, listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of CheckFree Corporation and Subsidiaries at June 30, 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
As described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment”, effective July 1, 2005, based on the modified prospective application transition method.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated August 24, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
Atlanta, Georgia
August 24, 2007


76


Table of Contents

CHECKFREE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
    (In thousands, except
 
    share and per share data)  
 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 55,974     $ 173,083  
Settlement assets
    127,661       107,128  
Investments
    139,153       144,530  
Accounts receivable, net
    221,320       146,605  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    42,759       39,810  
Deferred income taxes
    10,189       7,311  
                 
Total current assets
    597,056       618,467  
                 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
    156,113       100,217  
                 
OTHER ASSETS:
               
Capitalized software, net
    3,668       3,755  
Goodwill
    1,027,512       734,591  
Strategic agreements, net
    81,063       106,005  
Other intangible assets, net
    140,804       62,416  
Investments and restricted cash
    47,390       78,559  
Other noncurrent assets
    11,426       8,779  
Deferred income taxes
    66,246       45,240  
                 
Total other assets
    1,378,109       1,039,345  
                 
Total assets
  $ 2,131,278     $ 1,758,029  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 35,868     $ 16,967  
Settlement obligations
    123,302       103,732  
Accrued liabilities
    100,944       74,366  
Current portion of long-term obligations
    206,022       767  
Deferred revenue
    79,391       40,301  
                 
Total current liabilities
    545,527       236,133  
                 
ACCRUED RENT AND OTHER
    4,663       3,844  
                 
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    2,284       2,964  
                 
DEFERRED REVENUE
    3,281       3,021  
                 
CAPITAL LEASE AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, Less current portion
    68,021       28,432  
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
               
Preferred stock — 50,000,000 authorized shares, $0.01 par value; no amounts issued or outstanding
           
Common stock — 500,000,000 authorized shares, $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding 87,974,284 and 90,867,834 shares, respectively
    880       909  
Additional paid-in-capital
    2,376,278       2,482,309  
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)
    3,896       (1,593 )
Accumulated deficit
    (873,552 )     (997,990 )
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    1,507,502       1,483,635  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,131,278     $ 1,758,029  
                 
 
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


77


Table of Contents

CHECKFREE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands, except
 
    share and per share data)  
 
REVENUES:
                       
Processing and servicing
  $ 809,814     $ 754,076     $ 660,541  
License fees
    46,209       35,196       28,458  
Maintenance fees
    55,217       42,218       31,231  
Professional fees
    61,404       47,912       29,617  
                         
Total revenues
    972,644       879,402       749,847  
                         
EXPENSES:
                       
Cost of processing, servicing and support
    401,176       342,535       296,912  
Research and development
    112,077       101,854       80,039  
Sales and marketing
    98,459       87,418       69,106  
General and administrative
    79,057       61,948       57,486  
Depreciation and amortization
    90,937       99,530       175,719  
Reorganization charges
                5,585  
                         
Total expenses
    781,706       693,285       684,847  
                         
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSES
    190,938       186,117       65,000  
OTHER:
                       
Equity in net loss of joint venture
    (1,078 )     (3,100 )     (2,984 )
Interest income
    12,693       13,441       8,809  
Interest expense
    (3,099 )     (986 )     (1,094 )
Gain on investments
                592  
                         
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    199,454       195,472       70,323  
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
    75,016       74,455       24,560  
                         
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    124,438       121,017       45,763  
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes (including a gain on disposal of $12,821 in 2006)
          14,310       1,518  
Income tax expense on discontinued operations
          8,064       480  
                         
Income from discontinued operations
          6,246       1,038  
                         
NET INCOME
  $ 124,438     $ 127,263     $ 46,801  
                         
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 1.41     $ 1.33     $ 0.51  
Discontinued operations
  $     $ 0.07     $ 0.01  
                         
Total basic
  $ 1.41     $ 1.40     $ 0.52  
                         
Weighted average number of shares
    88,313,049       90,984,495       90,767,054  
                         
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
                       
Continuing operations
  $ 1.37     $ 1.29     $ 0.49  
Discontinued operations
  $     $ 0.07     $ 0.01  
                         
Total diluted
  $ 1.37     $ 1.36     $ 0.50  
                         
Weighted average number of shares
    90,896,186       93,708,295       92,914,597  
                         
 
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


78


Table of Contents

CHECKFREE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                 
    Number of
    Number of
    Common
    Additional
 
    Shares of
    Shares of
    Stock
    Paid in
 
    Common Stock     Treasury Stock     at Par     Capital  
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2004
    90,164,926           $ 902     $ 2,471,062  
Net income
                       
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
                       
Unrealized loss on foreign currency translation
                       
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax
                       
Total comprehensive income
                       
Stock options exercised
    710,396             7       10,200  
Tax benefit associated with exercise of stock options
                      4,028  
Employee stock purchases
    165,098             2       3,995  
Treasury shares acquired
          (891,200 )            
Treasury shares retired
    (891,200 )     891,200       (9 )     (33,451 )
401(k) match
    108,484             1       3,069  
Unearned compensation
                      8,721  
Equity based compensation
                      1,560  
                                 
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2005
    90,257,704             903       2,469,184  
Net income
                       
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
                       
Unrealized gain on foreign currency translation
                       
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax
                       
Total comprehensive income
                       
Stock options exercised
    1,113,286             11       23,747  
Tax benefit associated with exercise of stock options
                      8,907  
Employee stock purchases
    122,334             1       4,066  
Treasury shares acquired
          (707,732 )            
Treasury shares retired
    (707,732 )     707,732       (7 )     (33,593 )
401(k) match
    82,242             1       4,053  
Amortization of unearned compensation
                      (6,168 )
Equity based compensation
                      12,113  
                                 
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2006
    90,867,834             909       2,482,309  
Net Income
                       
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
                       
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency translation
                       
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of tax
                       
Total comprehensive income
                       
Stock options exercised
    714,930             7       10,241  
Tax benefit associated with exercise of stock options
                      4,611  
Employee stock purchases
    126,187             1       4,664  
Treasury shares acquired
          (3,911,554 )            
Treasury shares retired
    (3,911,554 )     3,911,554       (39 )     (149,961 )
401(k) match
    176,887             2       2,734  
Equity based compensation
                      10,730  
Impact of vested warrants
                      10,950  
                                 
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2007
    87,974,284           $ 880     $ 2,376,278  
                                 
 
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


79


Table of Contents

CHECKFREE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                         
    Accumulated
                         
    Other
    Treasury
                Total
 
    Comprehensive
    Stock
    Unearned
    Accumulated
    Stockholders’
 
    Income/(Loss)     at Cost     Compensation     Deficit     Equity  
    (In thousands, except for share data)  
 
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2004
  $ (728 )               $ (1,172,054 )   $ 1,299,182  
Net income
                      46,801       46,801  
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
    (174 )                       (174 )
Unrealized loss on foreign currency translation
    (800 )                       (800 )
Unrealized loss on cash flow hedges, net of tax
    (549 )                       (549 )
                                         
Total comprehensive income
                            45,278  
Stock options exercised
                            10,207  
Tax benefit associated with exercise of stock options
                            4,028  
Employee stock purchases
                            3,997  
Treasury shares acquired
          (33,460 )                     (33,460 )
Treasury shares retired
          33,460                        
401(k) match
                            3,070  
Unearned compensation
                (8,721 )            
Amortization of unearned compensation
                2,553             2,553  
Equity based compensation
                            1,560  
                                         
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2005
    (2,251 )           (6,168 )     (1,125,253 )     1,336,415  
Net income
                      127,263       127,263  
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
    (1,015 )                       (1,015 )
Unrealized gain on foreign currency translation
    687                         687  
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax
    986                         986  
                                         
Total comprehensive income
                            127,921  
Stock options exercised
                            23,758  
Tax benefit associated with exercise of stock options
                            8,907  
Employee stock purchases
                            4,067  
Treasury shares acquired
          (33,600 )                     (33,600 )
Treasury shares retired
          33,600                        
401(k) match
                            4,054  
Amortization of unearned compensation
                6,168              
Equity based compensation
                            12,113  
                                         
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2006
    (1,593 )                 (997,990 )     1,483,635  
Net Income
                      124,438       124,438  
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax
    780                         780  
Unrealized gain (loss) on foreign currency translation
    4,602                         4,602  
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of tax
    107                         107  
                                         
Total comprehensive income
                            129,927  
Stock options exercised
                            10,248  
Tax benefit associated with exercise of stock options
                            4,611  
Employee stock purchases
                            4,665  
Treasury shares acquired
          (150,000 )                     (150,000 )
Treasury shares retired
          150,000                        
401(k) match
                            2,736  
Equity based compensation
                            10,730  
Impact of vested warrants
                            10,950  
                                         
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2007
  $ 3,896                 $ (873,552 )   $ 1,507,502  
                                         
 
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


80


Table of Contents

CHECKFREE CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
    (In thousands)  
 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income
  $ 124,438     $ 127,263     $ 46,801  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Equity in net loss of joint venture
    1,078       3,100       2,984  
Depreciation and amortization
    90,937       100,020       176,598  
Expenses related to data center
    1,021              
Deferred income tax benefit
    (9,229 )     (8,021 )     (13,701 )
Gain on investments
                (592 )
Equity-based compensation
    14,491       17,177       8,193  
Vested warrants held by a customer
    10,950              
Gain from discontinued operations
          (12,821 )      
Net (gain)/loss on disposition of property and equipment
    (540 )     418       277  
Changes in certain assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):
                       
Settlement assets and obligations
    (963 )     (3,430 )     153  
Accounts receivable
    (26,302 )     (17,367 )     (11,994 )
Prepaid expenses and other
    (1,412 )     (9,772 )     (6,211 )
Accounts payable
    12,210       3,547       (1,750 )
Accrued liabilities and other
    (3,189 )     7,640       4,238  
Deferred revenue
    20,160       5,848       1,099  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    233,650       213,602       206,095  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Purchase of property and software
    (41,179 )     (48,096 )     (33,893 )
Proceeds from sale of business
          18,593        
Capitalization of software development costs
    (481 )     (875 )     (1,706 )
Purchase of property and equipment for data center facility
    (29,739 )            
Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
    (417,775 )     (136,143 )     (54,934 )
Purchase of investments-Available for sale
    (298,078 )     (429,949 )     (380,672 )
Proceeds from sales and maturities of investments — Available for sale
    345,092       466,011       262,704  
Purchase of other investments, net
    (2,296 )     (411 )     (197 )
Investment in joint venture
          (3,190 )     (2,818 )
Change in other assets
    (2,305 )     (4,016 )     (4,339 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (446,761 )     (138,076 )     (215,855 )
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Proceeds from long-term financing
    334,000              
Principal payments of long-term financing
    (130,000 )            
Principal payments under capital lease and other long-term obligations
    (4,384 )     (2,469 )     (5,108 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    10,248       23,758       10,207  
Excess tax benefit from equity-based compensation
    960       3,012        
Purchase of treasury stock
    (150,000 )     (33,600 )     (33,460 )
Proceeds from associates stock purchase plan
    4,548       4,377       4,248  
Payment of deferred financing fees
          (1,095 )      
Proceeds from data center facility credit line
    30,002       2,046        
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    95,374       (3,971 )     (24,113 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    628       256       313  
                         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (117,109 )     71,811       (33,560 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
                       
Beginning of period
    173,083       101,272       134,832  
                         
End of period
  $ 55,974     $ 173,083     $ 101,272  
                         
 
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
All references to “we,” “us” and “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K mean CheckFree Corporation and all entities owned or controlled by CheckFree Corporation, except where it is made clear that the term only means the parent company.
 
Organization
 
CheckFree Corporation is the parent company of CheckFree Services Corporation (“CheckFree Services”), the principal operating company of our business. CheckFree Services was founded in 1981 and is a leading provider of financial electronic commerce products and services. See Note 19 for a description of our business segments.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of our operations and the results of our wholly owned subsidiaries. We have eliminated all significant intercompany accounts and transactions in consolidation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during our reporting period. On an ongoing basis we evaluate our estimates. Estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under applicable circumstances. Our actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
We consider all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Investments
 
We have certain investments in marketable debt securities that are classified as available-for-sale in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities” (“SFAS 115”). Our available-for-sale investments are recorded at fair value and changes in fair value are recorded as unrealized gains and losses, net of applicable taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet. We regularly evaluate whether declines in fair value of our available-for-sale investments result in other-than-temporary impairments. In performing this evaluation, we assess the severity and duration of an impairment, the recovery of fair value, and our ability and intent to hold the security. If it is determined that a security suffers an other than temporary impairment, the fair value is recorded as the new cost basis.
 
We have certain other investments in venture capital investment portfolio funds as well as equity and debt securities that are accounted for under the cost method. Under the cost method of accounting, investments are carried at cost and are adjusted only for other-than-temporary declines in fair value, distributions of earnings and additional investments. We periodically evaluate whether declines in fair value of our other investments are other-than-temporary. In performing this evaluation, we consider various factors including any decline in market price, and where available, the investee’s financial condition, results of operations, operating trends and other financial ratios.


82


Table of Contents

We have received equity instruments in connection with agreements with certain partners. In such cases, our initial cost was determined based on the estimated fair value of the equity instruments received. Subsequent changes in the fair value of these equity instruments are accounted for in accordance with the investment policies described above.
 
In April 2004, we entered into a joint venture, OneVu Limited (“OneVu”), with Voca Limited (“Voca”), in the United Kingdom to create an integrated electronic billing and payment network for billers and banks in the United Kingdom. We currently have a 46.6% equity interest in OneVu, therefore, we account for our interest in OneVu under the equity method of accounting. We provided 100% of OneVu’s necessary working capital requirements during its formative stage, and therefore, the equity in net loss of OneVu represents 100% of the loss incurred by OneVu through March 31, 2006. In March 2006, we entered into an additional funding arrangement with Voca related to OneVu whereby both joint venture partners contributed approximately $0.8 million in exchange for a security interest subordinate to our previous funding. OneVu obtained a line of credit facility from a bank in the amount of approximately $2.7 million. Accordingly, beginning in April 2006, we continued to record the operations of OneVu on the equity basis of accounting recognizing only 46.6% of the results of operations of OneVu. We have invested $7.2 million in the joint venture. We did not invest any amount into the joint venture during the year ended June 30, 2007.
 
Settlement Assets and Obligations
 
Amounts receivable from our agents and customers, as well as amounts payable to our agents and customers associated with our walk-in payment services, are classified as settlement assets and obligations. The majority of these assets and obligations result from timing differences between our agents collecting funds from the consumers making the payments and depositing the funds collected into our bank accounts. Settlement assets and obligations arise due to our reporting of transactions to our customers prior to fulfilling the payment obligation.
 
Concentrations of Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, investments and trade accounts receivable. Excess cash is invested through banks, mutual funds and brokerage houses primarily in highly liquid securities. We have investment policies and procedures that limit any concentration of credit risk with single issuers. With respect to accounts receivable, we do not generally require collateral and believe that any credit risk is substantially mitigated by the nature of our customers and reasonably short collection terms. We maintain reserves for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments
 
On July 1, 2000, we adopted SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended (“SFAS 133”), which requires that all derivative financial instruments be recognized as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not hedges are adjusted to fair value through our consolidated statement of operations. If the derivative qualifies as a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge, changes in the fair value of derivatives are either offset against the change in fair value of assets, liabilities, or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity of our consolidated balance sheet, until the hedged item is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of a derivative’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. We do not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives as follows: land improvements, building and building improvements, 15 to 30 years; computer equipment, software and furniture, 18 months to seven years. Equipment under capital leases is amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of their estimated useful lives or the terms of


83


Table of Contents

the leases. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives or remaining lease periods.
 
Capitalized Software
 
Capitalized software includes purchased technology associated with acquisitions and capitalized internal development costs. Purchased technology is initially recorded based on the fair value allocated at the time of acquisition. Internal development costs are capitalized in accordance with the provisions of either SFAS 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed” (“SFAS 86”) or Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use” (“SOP 98-1”). Unamortized capitalized software costs in excess of estimated future net realizable values from a particular product are written down to estimated net realizable value. We determine whether software costs fall under the provisions of SFAS 86 or SOP 98-1 and account for them as follows:
 
•  SFAS 86 — Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are expensed as incurred. Software development costs incurred after the technological feasibility of the subject software product has been established are capitalized in accordance with SFAS 86. Capitalization continues until the related products are available for distribution to customers. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a product-by-product basis using either the estimated economic life of the product on a straight-line basis over three to five years, or the current year gross product revenue to the current and anticipated future gross product revenue, whichever produces the greater annual amortization.
 
•  SOP 98-1 — Software costs incurred in the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred. Software costs incurred after the preliminary project stage is complete, we have committed to the project, and it is probable the software will be used to perform the function intended are capitalized in accordance with SOP 98-1. Capitalized software costs are amortized on a product-by-product basis using the estimated economic life of the product on a straight-line basis, generally three to five years. Capitalized software costs not expected to be completed and placed in service are written down to estimated fair value.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Other intangibles represent identifiable intangible assets purchased in connection with business combinations. The costs of identified intangible assets are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over periods from eight months to ten years.
 
We perform our annual goodwill impairment review at least annually on April 30 of each year. No indicators for impairment were evident during our review for fiscal years 2007 or 2006.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
In accordance with SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”), we review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. In such reviews, estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with these assets or operations are compared with their carrying value to determine if a write-down to fair value is required (normally measured by the expected present value technique). There were no indicators of impairment during our review for fiscal years 2007 or 2006.
 
Transaction Processing
 
In connection with the timing of our financial transaction processing, we are exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by other parties, such as returns. We utilize credit analysis and other controls to manage our credit risk exposure. We also maintain a reserve for future returns. This reserve is included in accounts receivable on our consolidated balance sheet.


84


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
We report comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with SFAS 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” (“SFAS 130”). This Statement requires disclosure of total non-shareowner changes in equity and its components. Total non-shareowner changes in equity include all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by and distributions to shareowners. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity on our consolidated balance sheet, applicable to us are unrealized gains or losses of available-for-sale securities and derivative instruments, as well as unrealized foreign currency translation differences. As of June 30, 2007, unrealized foreign currency translation gains of $4.3 million, gross unrealized gains of $1.4 million offset by gross unrealized loss of $2.4 million from our available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes of $0.4 million have been recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income loss, a component of stockholders’ equity of our consolidated balance sheet.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
On July 1, 2005, we adopted, SFAS 123(R), “Share Based Payment” (“SFAS 123(R)”) using the modified prospective method. SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values and did not change the accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees provided in SFAS 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), as originally issued and Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services” (“EITF 96-18”).
 
Upon our adoption of SFAS 123(R), we began recording compensation cost related to equity-based awards that were unvested as of July 1, 2005, as well as for all new equity-based awards after our adoption date. The compensation cost to be recorded is based on the fair value at the grant date. The adoption of SFAS 123(R) did not have an effect on our recognition of compensation expense relating to the vesting of restricted stock grants. SFAS 123(R)required the elimination of unearned compensation (contra-equity account) related to earlier awards against the appropriate equity accounts of our consolidated balance sheet.
 
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), cash flows resulting from the tax benefit related to equity-based compensation was presented in our operating cash flows, along with other tax cash flows, in accordance with the provisions of EITF 00-15, “Classification in the Statement of Cash Flows of the Income Tax Benefit Received by a Company upon Exercise of a Nonqualified Employee Stock Option” (“EITF 00-15”). SFAS 123(R) superseded EITF 00-15, amended SFAS 95, “Statement of Cash Flows” and requires tax benefits relating to excess equity-based compensation deductions to be prospectively presented in our statement of cash flows as financing cash inflows.
 
Had compensation cost for our stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under those plans in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R), our net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share for the year ended June 30, 2005 would have been as follows (in thousands, except per share data):
 
         
    Year Ended
 
    June 30, 2005  
 
Net income, as reported
  $ 46,801  
Stock-based compensation included in net income
    3,677  
Stock-based compensation under SFAS 123(R)
    (9,281 )
         
Pro forma net income
  $ 41,197  
         
Pro forma earnings per share
       
Basic and diluted
  $ 0.45  
         


85


Table of Contents

Stock-Related Transactions With Third Parties
 
We account for stock warrants issued to third parties, including customers, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R), EITF 96-18, “Accounting for Equity Instruments That Are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling, Goods or Services” (“EITF 96-18”) and EITF 01-9, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products)” (“EITF 01-9”). Under the provisions of EITF 96-18, because none of the agreements have a disincentive for non-performance, we record a charge for the fair value of the portion of the warrants earned from the point in time when vesting of the warrants becomes probable. Final determination of fair value of the warrants occurs upon actual vesting. EITF 01-9, requires that the fair value of certain types of warrants issued to customers be recorded as a reduction of revenue to the extent of cumulative revenue recorded from that customer.
 
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
 
We report basic and diluted earnings per share in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 128, “Earnings Per Share” (“SFAS 128”). Basic earnings per common share is determined by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted per common share amounts assume the issuance of common stock for all potentially dilutive equivalent shares outstanding.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Operations using a local currency other than the U.S. dollar are located in the United Kingdom, Canada, European Union, and Australia. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities for these operations are translated into U.S. dollars based on exchange rates prevailing at the end of the period, and revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period. The effects of foreign exchange gains and losses arising from the remeasurement of assets and liabilities of those entities from the functional currency to the U.S. dollar are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity of our consolidated balance sheet. Recognized gains and losses from currency exchange transactions are recorded in operating expenses in our consolidated statements of operations and were not material to our consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Our sources of revenue and methodology of recognition is as follows:
 
•  Processing and Servicing — Processing and servicing includes revenues from transaction processing, electronic funds transfer and monthly service fees on consumer funds transfer services. We recognize revenues when the services have been performed. Certain customer agreements include minimum monthly revenue commitments to us and, of those agreements, some have provisions that allow these minimum commitments to be credited against future services, as defined. We defer any portion of the minimum revenue commitments that we expect to be credited against future services until the future services are performed or the credits expire unused. Our estimate of minimums to be credited against future services is primarily based on customer specific historical experience and volume and growth experience with other customers. Transaction fees related to our walk-in payment operations are recorded gross of agent commissions if we are required to invoice our customers for such fees and remit the commission to our agents. As part of processing certain types of transactions, we earn interest from the time money is collected from our customers until the time payment is made to the applicable merchants. These revenues, which are generated from trust account balances not included on our consolidated balance sheets, are included in our processing and servicing revenues and totaled $40.0 million, $41.6 million and $26.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
•  License Fees — We recognize revenues on software transactions in accordance with SOP 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition” (“SOP 97-2”), as amended by SOP 98-9, “Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions” and SOP 81-1, “Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts,” based on the terms and conditions in the


86


Table of Contents

contract. In accordance with the provisions of SOP 97-2, revenues from software license agreements are recognized when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, collectibility is probable and the software has been delivered, provided that no significant obligation remains under the contract. We have multiple-element software arrangements which in addition to software licensing typically also include professional services and maintenance services. For these arrangements, we recognize revenue using the residual method. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements, based on vendor specific objective evidence of fair value, is deferred. The difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered elements is recognized as revenue related to the delivered elements. We determine the fair value of the undelivered elements based on the amounts charged when those elements are sold separately. Contracts accounted for under the percentage-of-completion method are generally measured based on the ratio of labor costs incurred to total estimated labor costs to be incurred. Changes in estimates to complete and revisions in overall profit estimates on these contracts are charged to earnings in the period in which they are determined. We accrue for contract losses if and when the current estimate of total contract costs exceeds total contract revenue. Where a customer enters into arrangements to purchase software and services on a subscription basis, we recognize revenue in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements. Under these arrangements, we defer recognition of the implementation and license revenue and recognize them ratably over the greater of the initial life of the customer contract or the estimated life of the customer service relationship. Costs associated with implementation are deferred and recognized ratably over the life of the arrangements.
 
•  Maintenance Fees — We recognize maintenance fee revenues ratably over the term of the related contractual support period, generally 12 months.
 
•  Professional Fees — Other revenues consist primarily of consulting and training services. We recognize consulting revenues as services are performed and training revenues are recognized upon delivery of the related services.
 
Our customers are billed in accordance with contract terms. We do not record deferred revenue until all contractual obligations are met. Maintenance is generally billed in advance on an annual basis. We record any unrecognizable portion of billed fees as deferred revenue until such time as revenue recognition is appropriate. Credit losses, if any, are contemplated in the establishment of the allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
Advertising Costs
 
We expense advertising costs as incurred in accordance with SOP 93-7, “Reporting on Advertising Costs” (“SOP 93-7”). Advertising expense for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $5.8 million, $6.0 million and $6.1 million, respectively. Advertising expenses are included in sales and marketing costs in our consolidated statements of operations.
 
Income Taxes
 
We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”), which requires an asset and liability approach to financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. In accordance with SFAS 109, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Income tax expense (benefit) is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
Business Segments
 
We report information about our business segments in accordance with SFAS 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” (“SFAS 131”). The Statement defines how operating segments are determined and requires disclosure of certain financial and descriptive information about a company’s operating segments. See Note 19 for our segment information.


87


Table of Contents

Related Parties
 
We consider certain entities to be related parties as defined by SFAS 57, “Related Party Disclosures” (“SFAS 57”), based on the ability to designate for election a director to our board of directors as well as the level of share ownership. First Data Corporation (“FDC”) was considered a related party until the beginning of our quarter ended September 30, 2004 On August 29, 2006, we entered into an agreement with Microsoft terminating its stockholder agreement, dated September 1, 2000, that gave Microsoft Corporation the right to designate for election a director to our board. As a result of the termination, Microsoft is no longer considered a related party for financial statement purposes.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Accounting Standards 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115” (“SFAS 159”), which permits an entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. Most of the provisions of SFAS 159 are elective; however, the amendment to FASB Standard No. 115 applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. The FASB’s stated objective in issuing this standard is to improve financial reporting by entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently, without having to apply complex hedging accounting provisions. The provisions of SFAS 159 are effective as of the beginning of our fiscal year 2009, and we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 159 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS 157”), which is intended to provide guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. In general, this pronouncement is intended to establish a framework for determining fair value and to expand the disclosures regarding the determination of fair value. With certain financial instruments, a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle may be required with the impact of the change recorded as an adjustment to beginning retained earnings. The provisions of SFAS 157 are effective as of the beginning of our fiscal year 2008, and we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 157 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of SFAS 109, which is intended to increase comparability in the financial reporting of income taxes. FIN 48 provides additional guidance regarding the recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions in a company’s consolidated financial statements by establishing a “more-likely-than-not” recognition threshold. Once the threshold has been met, companies are required to recognize the largest amount of the benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely (on an accumulated basis) of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the taxing authority. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of our fiscal year 2008, and we are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of FIN 48 on our consolidated financial statements.
 
In September 2006, the SEC released Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, codified as SAB Topic 1.N, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements When Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (“SAB 108”). SAB 108 states that registrants should use both a balance sheet approach and an income statement approach when quantifying and evaluating the materiality of a misstatement. SAB 108 also contains guidance on correcting misstatements under the dual approach and provides transition guidance for correcting misstatements in prior years. Adjustments required upon adoption of SAB 108 must be disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition.


88


Table of Contents

NOTE 2.  ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES
 
Fiscal 2007:
 
Upstream Technologies LLC Acquisition
 
In May 2007, we completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Upstream Technologies LLC (“Upstream”), a provider of advanced investment decision support and trade order management tools, for approximately $28.0 million in cash. We anticipate Upstream will enhance our Investment Services Division with their technology and experience in the industry. Based on our preliminary purchase price allocation, we recorded goodwill of approximately $26.8 million, which is deductible for tax purposes. We are in the process of determining whether there are any other intangibles to which the purchase price must be allocated to. We expect to complete this analysis by the end of our second quarter of fiscal year 2008.
 
Corillian Corporation Acquisition
 
In May 2007, we completed the acquisition of Corillian Corporation (“Corillian”), a provider of online banking software and services, for approximately $245.0 million in cash. The addition of Corillian expands our ability to provide a fully integrated, secure and scalable online banking, electronic billing, and payment platform. In determining the preliminary purchase price allocation, we are using a third-party valuation specialist to assist us in determining the fair value intangible assets. We preliminarily recorded goodwill of approximately $155.1 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes. Corillian is a part of our Electronic Commerce Division. The components of the purchase price were (in thousands):
 
         
Cash paid
  $ 245,349  
Direct costs
    485  
Liabilities assumed
    15,587  
         
    $ 261,421  
         
 
As noted above, our preliminary allocation of the Corillian purchase price is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Current assets
  $ 43,490  
Property and equipment
    4,188  
Intangibles and other non-current assets
    213,743  
         
Total assets
  $ 261,421  
         
Current liabilities
  $ 13,303  
Other non-current liabilities
    2,284  
         
Total liabilities
  $ 15,587  
         
 
The preliminary values allocated to other acquired intangible assets and their respective future lives are as follows (in thousands):
 
             
    Intangible
    Useful
    Asset     Life
 
Customer base
  $ 30,300     10 yrs
Current technology
    13,370     3-5 yrs
Tradenames
    1,000     2 yrs
 
Carreker Corporation Acquisition
 
In April 2007, we completed the acquisition of Carreker Corporation (“Carreker”), a provider of technology and consulting services for the financial services industry, for approximately $206.0 million in cash. The acquisition of Carreker expands our ability to provide tools that assist global financial institutions with payments processing, fraud and risk management, cash logistics and expert consultancy in the areas of float management and the convergence of check and electronic payments. In determining the preliminary purchase


89


Table of Contents

price allocation, we are using a third-party valuation specialist to assist us in determining the fair value of intangible assets. We preliminarily recorded goodwill of approximately $105.8 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes. Carreker operations are split among our Software and Electronic Commerce Divisions based on product offerings. The components of the purchase price were (in thousands):
 
         
Cash paid
  $ 206,312  
Direct costs
    800  
Liabilities assumed
    33,934  
         
    $ 241,046  
         
 
As noted above, our preliminary allocation of the Carreker purchase is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Current assets
  $ 76,832  
Property and equipment
    3,252  
Intangibles and other non-current assets
    160,962  
         
Total assets
  $ 241,046  
         
Current liabilities
  $ 33,934  
         
 
The preliminary values allocated to other acquired intangible assets and their respective future lives are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Intangible
    Useful
 
    Asset     Life  
 
Customer base
  $ 31,300       7 yrs  
Current technology
    19,900       5 yrs  
Tradenames
    1,600       1 yr  
 
The following represents our results on a pro forma basis as if these three acquisitions on a combined basis occurred on the first day of our fiscal year 2006 (In thousands, except per share data).
 
Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                 
    For the Year Ended
 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Total Revenues
  $ 1,107,000     $ 1,021,000  
                 
Income from continuing operations before other income and expense
    182,000       153,000  
                 
Net income
  $ 109,000     $ 95,000  
                 
Net income per share:
               
Basic
  $ 1.23     $ 1.04  
Diluted
  $ 1.19     $ 1.01  
 
Fiscal 2006:
 
PhoneCharge, Inc. Acquisition
 
In January 2006, we completed the acquisition of PhoneCharge, Inc. (“PhoneCharge”), a provider of telephone and Internet-based bill payment services, for approximately $100.0 million in cash. Along with additional biller relationships, PhoneCharge brought us telephone bill payment capabilities with credit card based payment funding capability. We recorded goodwill of approximately $67.8 million, which is deductible for tax


90


Table of Contents

purposes. PhoneCharge is a part of our Electronic Commerce Division. The values allocated to other acquired intangible assets and their respective future lives are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Intangible
    Useful
 
    Asset     Life  
 
Customer base
  $ 25,000       5 yrs  
Current technology
    4,400       5 yrs  
Tradenames
    1,700       3 yrs  
 
Aphelion, Inc. Acquisition
 
In October 2005, we completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Aphelion, Inc. (“Aphelion”), a provider of health club management software and services for approximately $18.1 million in cash. The addition of Aphelion expanded the number of clubs we served, strengthened our presence in the mid-sized and independent club markets, and brought us prospective electronic funds transfer customers. We recorded goodwill of approximately $10.7 million, which is deductible for tax purposes. Aphelion is a part of our Electronic Commerce Division. The values allocated to other acquired intangible assets and their respective future lives are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Intangible
    Useful
 
    Asset     Life  
 
Customer base
  $ 5,000       5 yrs  
Current technology
    1,300       5 yrs  
Tradenames
    600       3 yrs  
Covenants not to compete
    320       2 yrs  
 
Integrated Decision Systems, Inc. Acquisition
 
In September 2005, we completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets of Integrated Decision Systems, Inc. (“IDS”), a provider of enterprise portfolio management solutions to the financial services industry, for approximately $18.0 million in cash. The acquisition of IDS extends our client base to include more participants in the investment management industry. We recorded goodwill of approximately $8.0 million, which is deductible for tax purposes. The business was integrated with our Investment Services Division. The values allocated to other acquired intangible assets and their respective future lives are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Intangible
    Useful
 
    Asset     Life  
 
Customer base
  $ 7,000       6 yrs  
Current technology
    1,831       3 yrs  
Tradenames
    500       3 yrs  
 
Disposition of M-Solutions
 
On February 6, 2006, we completed the sale of the assets of the M-Solutions business unit, which was part of our Investment Services Division, for $18.6 million in cash, subject to post-closing adjustments. The sale was the result of an unsolicited offer and resulted in a gain on disposal of $12.8 million. As a result of this disposition, the operating results of the M-Solutions business for the current and prior periods through the disposition date have been reclassified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes. M-Solutions generated revenue of $5.0 million during the year ended June 30, 2006 prior to


91


Table of Contents

its disposition. The estimated carrying amount of the major classes of assets and liabilities included as part of our disposal group as of February 6, 2006, were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Total current assets
  $ 1,174  
Property and equipment, net
    369  
Goodwill
    7,250  
Other intangible assets, net
    1,305  
         
Total other assets
    8,555  
         
Total assets
  $ 10,098  
         
Total liabilities
  $ 4,326  
         
 
Fiscal 2005:
 
Accurate Software Limited Acquisition
 
In April 2005, we completed the acquisition of Accurate Software Limited (“Accurate”), a United Kingdom-based provider of reconciliation, exception management, workflow and business intelligence solutions, for approximately $57.0 million in cash. We completed the acquisition of Accurate to further solidify our leadership in financial software and services, expand our global presence and client base, and drive continued product innovation in operational risk management solutions for banks, brokerages and corporations.
 
Accurate is part of our Software Division. We recorded assets and liabilities based on their fair market values at the date of the acquisition. Based on the purchase price allocation, we recorded goodwill of approximately $40.1 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes. As a direct result of our acquisition of Accurate, we recorded a charge in the amount of $1.0 million to write down the value of previously capitalized software due to technology redundancy. This charge is included in depreciation and amortization within our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended June 30, 2005. The values allocated to other acquired intangible assets and their respective future lives are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Intangible
    Useful
 
    Asset     Life  
 
Customer relationships
  $ 11,000       6 yrs  
Current technology
    1,860       2 to 5 yrs  
Covenants not to compete
    2,490       1 yr  
Tradenames
    2,026       1.5 to 3 yrs  
 
NOTE 3.  REORGANIZATION CHARGES
 
We are committed to a plan of integration of certain activities with our fiscal 2007 acquisitions. These activities are accounted for in accordance with EITF 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination” (“EITF 95-3”). These activities include primarily employee severance and related costs. In connection with those acquisitions, we accrued reorganization charges totaling approximately $10.3 million. A charge of $6.1 million was recorded in our 2007 Statement of Income as a result of severance and related costs associated with termination of a number of our associates in connection with our integration plans. The balance of the costs were included in the determination of the purchase price as they related to the acquired companies’ associates.


92


Table of Contents

A summary of our reorganization charge recorded by us during our fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 by reportable segment is as follows (in thousands):
 
         
    Year-Ended
 
    June 30,
 
    2007  
 
Reorganization charge:
       
Electronic Commerce
  $ 3,095  
Investment Services
    955  
Software
    6,203  
Corporate
    17  
         
Total
  $ 10,270  
         
 
On June 16, 2005, we terminated the employment of a number of our associates as part of an internal reorganization. As part of the action, we moved our Electronic Billing and Payment operations at our Waterloo, Ontario, Canada facility to our headquarters in Norcross, Georgia.
 
A summary of activity in the accrual related to our integration and reorganization activities is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
          Office
       
    Severance
    Closure
       
    and Other
    and
       
    Employee
    Business
       
    Costs     Exit Costs     Total  
 
Balance as of June 30, 2005
  $ 5,200     $ 156     $ 5,356  
Cash payments, year ended June 30, 2006
    (5,200 )     (156 )     (5,356 )
                         
Balance as of June 30, 2006
                 
Reorganization charge
    10,270             10,270  
Cash payments, year ended June 30, 2007
    (3,352 )           (3,352 )
                         
Balance as of June 30, 2007
  $ 6,918     $     $ 6,918  
                         
 
NOTE 4.  INVESTMENTS
 
Our investments consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,
    June 30,
 
    2007     2006  
 
Available-for-sale
  $ 217,776     $ 378,678  
Other investments
    4,539       1,329  
Restricted cash
    461       453  
Less: amounts classified as cash equivalents
    (36,233 )     (157,371 )
                 
Total investments
  $ 186,543     $ 223,089  
                 


93


Table of Contents

Available-for-Sale
 
The following is a summary of our available-for-sale investment securities (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Cost or
                   
    Amortized
    Gross Unrealized     Estimated
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
 
June 30, 2007:
                               
Corporate bonds
  $ 6,145     $ 2     $ (38 )   $ 6,109  
Asset-backed securities
    16,646       3       (31 )     16,618  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    10,759       37       (223 )     10,573  
U.S. Government and federal agency obligations
    24,638             (176 )     24,462  
Municipal bonds
    101,425                   101,425  
Money market mutual funds and other
    36,233                   36,233  
Mortgage pass-through securities
    22,858             (504 )     22,354  
                                 
Available-for-sale investments
    218,704       42       (972 )     217,774  
Less: amounts classified as cash equivalents
    (36,233 )                 (36,233 )
                                 
Net available-for-sale investments
  $ 182,471     $ 42     $ (972 )   $ 181,541  
                                 
June 30, 2006:
                               
Corporate bonds
  $ 19,734     $ 2     $ (193 )   $ 19,543  
Asset-backed securities
    31,267       3       (132 )     31,138  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    14,928       81       (370 )     14,639  
Commercial paper
    44,659                   44,659  
Certificates of Deposit
    10,000                   10,000  
U.S. Government and federal agency obligations
    62,459             (764 )     61,695  
Municipal bonds
    67,197             (11 )     67,186  
Money market mutual funds and other
    103,254                   103,254  
Mortgage pass-through securities
    27,430             (866 )     26,564  
                                 
Available-for-sale investments
    380,928       86       (2,336 )     378,678  
Less: amounts classified as cash equivalents
    (157,371 )                 (157,371 )
                                 
Net available-for-sale investments
  $ 223,557     $ 86     $ (2,336 )   $ 221,307  
                                 
 
The fair value of available-for-sale securities is based on quoted market values or estimates from independent pricing services.
 
We have determined that the unrealized losses in our available-for-sale investments, comprised of 74 and 140 securities, are deemed to be temporary impairments as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We believe that the unrealized losses generally are caused by increases in market interest rates rather than adverse changes in cash flows or a fundamental weakness in the credit quality of the issuer or underlying assets. We believe that the investment’s full principal will be returned to us at maturity.


94


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the aggregate amount of cost or amortized cost, gross unrealized losses, and estimated fair values of these investments classified as available-for-sale as of June 30, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
 
                         
    Cost or
    Gross
    Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Losses     Values  
 
June 30, 2007:
                       
Corporate bonds
  $ 4,764     $ (38 )   $ 4,726  
Asset-backed securities
    3,968       (31 )     3,937  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    9,246       (223 )     9,023  
U.S. Government and federal agency obligations
    22,638       (176 )     22,462  
Mortgage pass-through securities
    22,858       (504 )     22,354  
                         
Impaired available-for-sale investments
  $ 63,474     $ (972 )   $ 62,502  
                         
June 30, 2006:
                       
Corporate bonds
  $ 16,830     $ (193 )   $ 16,637  
Asset-backed securities
    13,946       (132 )     13,814  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    13,990       (370 )     13,620  
U.S. Government and federal agency obligations
    48,420       (764 )     47,656  
Muncipal bonds
    1,073       (11 )     1,062  
Mortgage pass-through securities
    27,430       (866 )     26,564  
                         
Impaired available-for-sale investments
  $ 121,689     $ (2,336 )   $ 119,353  
                         


95


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the unrealized losses on our available-for-sale investment securities for which other-than-temporary impairments have not been recognized as of June 30, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
 
                                                 
                Equal or Greater than
             
    Less than 12 Months Impaired     12 Months Impaired     Total
    Total
 
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
    Estimated
    Unrealized
 
    Fair Values     Losses     Fair Values     Losses     Fair Values     Losses  
 
June 30, 2007:
                                               
Corporate bonds
  $ 406     $ (1 )   $ 4,320     $ (37 )   $ 4,726     $ (38 )
Asset-backed securities
                3,937       (31 )     3,937       (31 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    225       (1 )     8,798       (222 )     9,023       (223 )
U.S. Government and federal agency obligations
                22,462       (176 )     22,462       (176 )
Mortgage pass-through securities
                22,354       (504 )     22,354       (504 )
                                                 
Impaired available-for-sale investments
  $ 631     $ (2 )   $ 61,871     $ (970 )   $ 62,502     $ (972 )
                                                 
June 30, 2006:
                                               
Corporate bonds
  $ 7,433     $ (49 )   $ 9,204     $ (144 )   $ 16,637     $ (193 )
Asset-backed securities
    7,381       (53 )     6,433       (79 )     13,814       (132 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    7,520       (95 )     6,100       (275 )     13,620       (370 )
U.S. Government and federal agency obligations
    12,087       (108 )     35,569       (656 )     47,656       (764 )
Municipal bonds
    1,062       (11 )                 1,062       (11 )
Mortgage pass-through securities
    14,343       (338 )     12,221       (528 )     26,564       (866 )
                                                 
Impaired available-for-sale investments
  $ 49,826     $ (654 )   $ 69,527     $ (1,682 )   $ 119,353     $ (2,336 )
                                                 
 
The following table summarizes the contractual maturities of our debt securities classified as available-for-sale investments using estimated fair values as of June 30, 2007 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Contractual Maturities  
          After One Year
    After Five Years
       
    Within One
    through Fives
    through Ten
    After
 
    Year     Years     Years     Ten Years  
 
Corporate bonds
  $ 4,534     $ 1,575     $     $  
Asset-backed securities
          4,004       499       12,115  
Collaterialized mortgage olbigations
    225       546       984       8,818  
U.S. Government and federal agency obligations
    16,057       8,405              
Municipal bonds
          11,800       4,900       84,725  
Mortgage pass-through securities
          642       479       21,233  
                                 
Total debt securities classified as available-for-sale investments
  $ 20,816     $ 26,972     $ 6,862     $ 126,891  
                                 


96


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the contractual maturities of our debt securities classified as available-for-sale investments as of June 30, 2007 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Cost or
       
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Fair Values  
 
Contractual Maturities
               
Due in one year or less
  $ 20,941     $ 20,816  
Due after one year through five years
    27,104       26,972  
Due after five years through ten years
    6,876       6,862  
Due after ten years
    127,550       126,891  
                 
Total
  $ 182,471     $ 181,541  
                 
 
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because debt issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. We classify, in our consolidated balance sheet, our investments based on their expected maturities rather than contractual maturities. During the quarter ended March 31, 2005, we began classifying our auction rate preferred and debt instruments as available-for-sale rather than as cash and cash equivalents in our consolidated balance sheet. As of June 30, 2007 and 2006, we had approximately $111.4 million and $78.0 million in auction rate securities, respectively.
 
In 2007, available-for-sale investments of approximately $345.0 million matured, and we recognized no gross gains or gross losses on these maturities. In 2006, available-for-sale investments of approximately $466.0 million, and we recognized no gross gains or gross losses on these maturities. In 2005, we sold available-for-sale securities of approximately $262.7 million. We recognized gross gains of $4,000 and gross losses of $40,000 on those sales.
 
The amount of the net unrealized holding gains or (losses) on available-for-sale securities included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $(0.6 million), $(1.4 million) and $(0.4 million), respectively. The amount of losses reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $9,000, $0 and $24,000, respectively. We use the specific identification method to determine the basis on which the cost of a security is sold or the amount that we reclassify out of the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity of our consolidated balance sheet, into earnings.
 
In the quarter ended March 31, 2005, we recorded a $0.6 million gain on the sale of stock. While we do not typically invest in equity securities, we received shares of stock from an insurance vendor that demutualized. We sold the shares shortly after we received them, and recorded the proceeds as a gain on investments.
 
Other investments
 
We account for other investments under the cost method. Our other investments include common stock, warrants and venture capital initiatives. The common stocks and warrants consist of preferred stock warrants in a non-publicly traded electronic billing related company. The fair value of our investments was approximately $2.6 million and $0.1 million as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Our venture capital investments are in early to mid-stage financial solutions and technology companies. We have made a commitment to invest $1.0 million and $4.0 million in two separate venture capital initiatives. Actual contributions are made at the point in time a specific company in which venture capital will be invested is identified. The fair value of our venture capital initiative with a $1.0 million commitment was approximately $0.7 million and $0.6 million as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The cost and fair value of our venture capital initiative with a $4.0 million commitment was approximately $1.3 million and $0.6 million as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively.


97


Table of Contents

Pledged investments
 
We have pledged certain available-for-sale investments as collateral for payments due under our operating leases and have three standby letters of credit related to our operating leases. In conjunction with our operating leases, the total amount of our collateralized available-for-sale investments and standby letters of credit at June 30, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $0.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively. The standby letters of credit associated with our operating leases expire at various dates through February 2008 but automatically renew yearly through the underlying lease expiration dates. Our operating leases expire at various dates through October 2017.
 
NOTE 5.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
The components of our accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Trade accounts receivable
  $ 192,062     $ 128,462  
Unbilled trade accounts receivable
    20,997       4,685  
Other receivables
    11,364       14,967  
                 
Total
    224,423       148,114  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
    3,103       1,509  
                 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 221,320     $ 146,605  
                 
 
Trade accounts receivable represents amounts billed to our customers. We recognize revenues and bill customers under service agreements as we perform services. Unbilled trade accounts receivable result primarily from extended payment terms not in excess of one year on software license agreements. For software contracts, we recognize revenues under the provisions of SOP 97-2 as described in Note 1, and unbilled amounts under those software contracts are billed on specific dates according to contractual terms. Other receivables are comprised primarily of interest receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents our estimate of uncollectible accounts receivable.
 
NOTE 6.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
The components of our property and equipment are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Land and land improvements
  $ 4,944     $ 4,944  
Building and building improvements
    60,886       55,684  
Computer equipment and software licenses
    321,182       279,490  
Furniture and equipment
    23,974       21,772  
Construction in progress
    45,959       2,046  
                 
Total
    456,945       363,936  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    300,832       263,719  
                 
Property and equipment, net
  $ 156,113     $ 100,217  
                 
 
Depreciation expense totaled $44.2 million, $40.4 million, and $37.5 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.


98


Table of Contents

NOTE 7.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
As of June 30, 2007 and 2006, our only non-amortizing intangible asset is goodwill. The impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates is not significant to our recorded goodwill. The changes in the carrying value of goodwill by segment were as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Electronic
          Investment
       
    Commerce     Software     Services     Total  
 
Balance as of June 30, 2005
  $ 581,239     $ 63,548     $ 11,387     $ 656,174  
Goodwill acquired through acquisition of PhoneCharge
    67,800                   67,800  
Goodwill acquired through acquisition of Aphelion
    10,666                   10,666  
Goodwill acquired through acquisition of Integrated Decision Systems
                8,019       8,019  
Disposition of business
                (7,250 )     (7,250 )
Purchase price adjustments
          (818 )           (818 )
                                 
Balance as of June 30, 2006
    659,705       62,730       12,156       734,591  
Goodwill acquired through acquisition of Upstream
                26,820       26,820  
Goodwill acquired through acquisition of Corillian
    155,103                   155,103  
Goodwill acquired through acquisition of Carreker
    32,154       73,638             105,792  
Purchase price adjustments
    714                   714  
Foreign currency adjustment
          4,492             4,492  
                                 
Balance as of June 30, 2007
  $ 847,676     $ 140,860     $ 38,976     $ 1,027,512  
                                 


99


Table of Contents

The components of our various amortized intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Capitalized software:
               
Product technology from acquisitions and strategic agreement
  $ 167,458     $ 167,108  
Internal development costs
    34,773       32,970  
                 
Total
    202,231       200,078  
Less: accumulated amortization
    198,563       196,323  
                 
Capitalized software, net
  $ 3,668     $ 3,755  
                 
Strategic agreements:
               
Strategic agreements(1)
  $ 744,423     $ 744,423  
Less: accumulated amortization
    663,360       638,418  
                 
Strategic agreements, net
  $ 81,063     $ 106,005  
                 
Other intangible assets:
               
Tradenames
  $ 54,937     $ 53,176  
Customer base
    151,868       89,639  
Current technology
    43,662       10,290  
Money transfer licenses
    1,700       1,700  
Convenants not to compete
    5,828       5,670  
                 
Total
    257,995       160,475  
Less: accumulated amortization
    117,191       98,059  
                 
Other intangible assets, net
  $ 140,804     $ 62,416  
                 
 
(1) Strategic agreements primarily include certain entity-level convenants not to compete.
 
Amortization of all of our intangible assets totaled $44.5 million, $60.0 million and $139.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Amortization of capitalized software costs, which is a subset of our total intangible asset amortizations, totaled $2.2 million, $3.3 million and $5.7 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is estimated to be as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Fiscal Year Ending June 30,
       
2008
  $ 56,993  
2009
    52,817  
2010
    51,956  
2011
    26,448  
2012
    12,411  


100


Table of Contents

NOTE 8.  ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
The components of our accrued liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Compensation and benefits
  $ 46,520     $ 36,433  
Other
    47,506       37,933  
Reorganization reserves
    6,918        
                 
Total
  $ 100,944     $ 74,366  
                 
 
NOTE 9.  FINANCING AGREEMENTS
 
In August 2003, our wholly owned subsidiaries, CheckFree Services and Bastogne, Inc., a bankruptcy-remote, special purpose entity (“Bastogne”), entered into a Master Agreement with SunTrust Banks, Atlanta, Georgia (“SunTrust”) with respect to activities in our Electronic Commerce Division. Under this Master Agreement, SunTrust provides us with Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) and other electronics funds transfer services, on behalf of Bastogne in connection with the receipt, investment, custody and transmission of subscriber funds. In addition, SunTrust and its affiliates provide us with various deposit accounts and investment accounts and services to Bastogne. CheckFree Services provides processing and administrative services to Bastogne to facilitate transactions under the Master Agreement.
 
SunTrust has agreed to provide a facility to Bastogne to cover overdrafts occurring from time to time due to timing differences between transmission of subscriber funds and movement of funds from Bastogne’s investment accounts to the zero balance demand deposit account maintained by Bastogne with SunTrust. In addition, SunTrust provides ACH services, and maintains and permits Bastogne to use SunTrust’s MasterCard ICA transit number and VISA bank identification numbers to facilitate transactions in the MasterCard and VISA systems. The obligations of Bastogne under the Master Agreement to SunTrust are guaranteed by CheckFree Services.
 
Revolving Credit Facility
 
On April 13, 2006, we entered into a revolving credit facility with SunTrust that provides for up to $300.0 million in revolving credit loans, swingline loans and the issuance of letters of credit. The credit facility terminates on April 13, 2011, unless terminated earlier. Any borrowings will bear interest at certain rates based upon our then current ratio of total debt to consolidated EBITDA. The credit facility also requires the payment of a commitment fee, expressed as a percentage per annum on any unused commitment. As of June 30, 2007, the amount outstanding under the facility was $204.0 million at an average rate of 5.87%. The interest charged on the facility fluctuates with changes in short-term interest rates.
 
The credit facility contains certain financial covenants requiring us to meet certain financial ratios and contains certain operating covenants which, among other things, impose certain limitations with respect to additional indebtedness, investments, dividends and prepayments of subordinated indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, mergers and consolidations, liens and other matters customarily addressed in such agreements. The credit facility also contains customary events of default, including payment defaults, material inaccuracies in representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain other agreements, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, certain ERISA events, judgment defaults in excess of specified amounts, failure of any guaranty supporting the credit facility to be in full force and effect, and a change in control.
 
Data Center Facility
 
On April 13, 2006, we entered into a series of financing and leasing arrangements (the “Agreements”) with a consortium of banks for the purpose of funding the construction of up to two data centers. We record the construction of the data centers as construction in progress during the construction period and will begin to record depreciation once we have assumed occupancy. Pursuant to the terms of the Agreements, SunTrust


101


Table of Contents

purchased a fee simple interest in two parcels of real property (the “Properties”) specified by CheckFree Services, and CheckFree Services, as construction agent for SunTrust, is required to construct data center facilities (the “Facilities”) on the Properties. The funding for the acquisition of the Properties and the construction of the Facilities will be provided by SunTrust and certain financial institutions. The aggregate limit on the funding to be provided by SunTrust and the financial institutions is $100.0 million. As of June 30, 2007, the amount outstanding under the facility was $40.1 million at an average rate of 6.03%. The interest charged on the facility fluctuates with changes in short-term interest rates.
 
During construction and after completion of the Facilities, SunTrust will lease the Properties and the Facilities to CheckFree Services pursuant to the terms of the Agreements. CheckFree Services will make minimum lease payments, representing the interest charge on the outstanding balance, beginning upon completion of construction that will vary based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread. The lease agreements will expire on April 15, 2013, unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms of the lease agreements.
 
Upon expiration of the Agreements, CheckFree Services must elect to: (i) purchase the Facilities and Properties from SunTrust for a defined amount; (ii) request a five year renewal of the lease agreements (maximum of two such five year renewals provided for), subject to the approval and consent of SunTrust and the Lenders; or (iii) sell the Facilities and Properties as agent for SunTrust, provided that certain conditions are satisfied (the “Remarketing Option”).
 
If CheckFree Services chooses the Remarketing Option, various outcomes may occur under the Agreements, but if the net cash proceeds of any sale are less than an amount equal to the aggregate sum of the outstanding amounts funded by SunTrust and all other lenders, all accrued and unpaid interest on the loans, all unpaid fees owing to SunTrust and any other lender under the operative documents, and all other amounts owing to SunTrust and all other lenders under the lease agreements (the “Outstanding Amounts”), CheckFree Services will be required to pay SunTrust the difference between the sale proceeds and the Outstanding Amounts, but in no event more than approximately eighty-three percent (83%) for the property in Texas and approximately eighty-five percent (85%) for property in Georgia of the Outstanding Amounts. If the net proceeds received from a third party for the Properties and Facilities, or a given Property and Facility, are in excess of the Outstanding Amounts or the Outstanding Amounts related to the specific Property and Facility, the excess shall be paid to CheckFree Services. SunTrust or the Agent may reject a third party purchase offer for the Properties and Facilities or a given Property and Facility under certain conditions.
 
The Agreements contain certain financial covenants requiring us to meet certain financial ratios and contains certain operating covenants which, among other things, impose certain limitations with respect to additional indebtedness, investments, dividends and prepayments of subordinated indebtedness, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, mergers and consolidations, liens and other matters customarily addressed in such agreements. We are in compliance with our covenants as of June 30, 2007.


102


Table of Contents

NOTE 10.  CAPITAL LEASE AND OTHER LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
 
We lease certain equipment under capital leases and purchase certain software licenses under long-term agreements. We are required to pay certain taxes, insurance and other expenses related to the leased property.
 
The components of our capital leases included in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Equipment and software licenses
  $ 19,948     $ 15,830  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
    11,899       12,080  
                 
Property under capital leases, net
  $ 8,049     $ 3,750  
                 
Future minimum lease payments required by our capital leases are as follows:
               
2008
          $ 2,159  
2009
            2,051  
                 
Total future minimum lease payments
            4,210  
Less: amount representing interest
            325  
                 
Net future minimum payments
          $ 3,885  
                 
 
Additionally, we have purchased software licenses under agreements with extended payment terms. Total amounts due under these agreements are not significant at June 30, 2007.
 
On April 2, 2004, we received a $25.0 million deposit from a customer in connection with a contract modification relating to the timing of transaction settlements. The agreement has an initial term of four years and automatically renews thereafter unless terminated with 180 days notice. We expect the agreement to be renewed beyond April 2008. During the term of the agreement, we are required to pay the customer a variable rate of interest on a monthly basis equal to the then current overnight repurchase agreement rate. The deposit is reflected as a long-term liability in our consolidated balance sheets. There are no restrictions on the deposit, and the funds are available to us for general use. The deposit will be refunded to our customer upon termination of the agreement.
 
NOTE 11.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Operating Leases
 
We lease office space and equipment under operating leases. Certain leases contain renewal options and generally provide that we are required to pay for insurance, taxes and maintenance. In addition, certain leases include rent escalations throughout the terms of the lease. Total expense under all operating lease agreements for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $25.0 million, $21.0 million and $20.0 million, respectively.
 
Future minimum rental payments as of June 30, 2007 under these leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Fiscal Year Ending June 30,
       
2008
  $ 27,806  
2009
    25,024  
2010
    20,904  
2011
    11,517  
2012
    9,100  
Thereafter
    25,887  
         
Future minimum lease payments
  $ 120,238  
         


103


Table of Contents

As previously explained in Note 4, Pledged Investments, we have pledged certain available-for-sale investments as collateral for payments due under our operating leases and have three standby letters of credit related to our operating leases.
 
Guarantees
 
FASB Interpretation 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”), requires that a guarantor recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee.
 
We warrant that our software products will perform in all material respects in accordance with our standard published specifications in effect at the time of delivery of the licensed products to the customer for 90 days. Additionally, we warrant that our services will be performed consistent with generally accepted industry standards or specific service levels through completion of the agreed upon services. If necessary, we would provide for the estimated cost of product and service warranties based on specific warranty claims and claim history, however, we have not incurred significant recurring expense under our product or service warranties. As a result, we believe the estimated liabilities related to these agreements are not material.
 
We have entered into the following guarantees related to our walk-in payment operations. The transmittal of consumer funds for three customers is guaranteed. As of June 30, 2007, we have secured deposits and have issued surety bonds and letters of credit totaling $25.3 million on behalf of consumers in the event that consumer funds are not remitted to billers. Historically, payments made related to settling claims under these arrangements have not been significant. As a result, we believe the estimated fair value of any unsettled claims is nominal. Accordingly, we have no liabilities recorded for these arrangements as of June 30, 2007.
 
OneVu, our joint venture, has a line of credit facility from a bank in the amount of approximately $2.7 million, which we have guaranteed. See further discussion on our joint venture with OneVu in Note 1.
 
In connection with our MSFDC, L.L.C. (“TransPoint”) acquisition in 2001, we entered into commercial agreements with Microsoft and FDC to provide payment processing services. These agreements included minimum guaranteed revenue commitments totaling $180.0 million over five years. The monthly minimum commitments from Microsoft and FDC increased over the five year term of the agreements and expired during the fiscal year 2006.
 
Litigation
 
On or about April 10, 2007, the first of two related shareholder securities putative class actions was filed against CheckFree and Messrs. Peter J. Kight and David E. Mangum in federal court in Atlanta styled as follows: Skubella v. CheckFree Corporation, et al., Civil Action No. 1:07-CV-0796-TWT, United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division; Gattelaro v. CheckFree Corporation, et al., Civil Action No. 1:07-CV-0945-TWT, United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division. The actions were filed on behalf of a putative class of all purchasers of CheckFree common stock between April 4, 2006 and August 1, 2006 and allege violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder against CheckFree and the individual defendants, as well as of Section 20(a) against the individual defendants, related to CheckFree’s disclosures concerning its Electronic Commerce and Payment Services business. Plaintiffs seek undisclosed damages. On June 29, 2007, the Court entered an order that, among other things, consolidated these two actions and appointed Southwest Carpenters Pension Trust as the Lead Plaintiff. We anticipate that the Lead Plaintiff will file a consolidated complaint in the near future.
 
A related derivative action was filed on or about June 14, 2007 in federal court in Atlanta styled as follows: Borroni v. Peter Kight, et al., Civil Action No. 1:07-CV-1382-TWT, United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division. The complaint names the following as defendants: Peter Kight, Mark Johnson, William Boardman, James D. Dixon, C. Kim Goodwin, Eugene F. Quinn, Jeffrey M. Wilkins, and David Mangum. The complaint also names CheckFree Corporation as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleges breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting, and contribution and indemnification against the


104


Table of Contents

individual defendants as well as unjust enrichment against one of the individual defendants. Following CheckFree’s announcement of its proposed acquisition by Fiserv, Inc., the plaintiffs filed a Corrected Verified First Amended Shareholder Derivative and Class Action Complaint on August 6, 2007, which added C. Beth Cotner as a defendant and also added a claim on behalf of a putative class of all holders of CheckFree common stock for breach of fiduciary duty against all the individual defendants related to their approval of the proposed acquisition.
 
We believe these actions are without merit and intend to defend vigorously. We intend to move to dismiss these lawsuits at the appropriate time. At this time, it is not possible to predict the outcome of these matters.
 
NOTE 12.  CAPITAL STOCK
 
Our authorized capital shares consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, 48,500,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value, and 1,500,000 shares of Series A Junior Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock, $.01 par value. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series and may be established with such relative voting, dividend, redemption, liquidation, conversion and other powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as our board of directors may determine without further stockholder approval. No preferred shares have been issued through June 30, 2007.
 
On December 16, 1997, our board of directors declared a dividend distribution of Preferred Share Purchase Rights (“Rights”) to protect our stockholders in the event of an unsolicited attempt to acquire us. On December 19, 1997, the Rights were issued to our stockholders of record, with an expiration date of December 16, 2007. Until a person or group acquires 15% or more of our common stock, the Rights will automatically trade with our shares of common stock. Only when a person or group has acquired 15% or more of our common stock, will the Rights become exercisable and separate certificates issued. Prior to the acquisition by a person or group of beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our common stock, the Rights are redeemable for $.001 per Right at the option of our board of directors.
 
On August 3, 2005, we announced that our board of directors had approved a stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $60.0 million of our common stock through July 31, 2006. During our fiscal year 2006, we repurchased a total of 707,732 shares at an average purchase price of $47.48 per share, or approximately $33.6 million in the aggregate. As of June 30, 2006, the dollar value of the shares that remained available for repurchase was approximately $26.4 million. The repurchased shares were immediately retired and cancelled. This program expired on July 31, 2006, with such remaining approved repurchase amount still outstanding.
 
On August 1, 2006, we announced that our board of directors had approved a separate stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $100.0 million of our common stock through July 31, 2007. During the month of August 2006, we repurchased a total of 2,176,158 shares of common stock at an average purchase price of $37.22; in September 2006, we repurchased a total of 461,589 shares at an average purchase price of $41.15 per share, or approximately $100.0 million in the aggregate. The repurchased shares were immediately retired and cancelled.
 
On November 6, 2006, we announced that our board of directors had approved a separate stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $100.0 million of our common stock through August 1, 2007. During the month of November 2006, we repurchased a total of 1,273,807 shares of common stock at an average purchase price of $39.25 per share, or approximately $50.0 million in the aggregate. The repurchased shares were immediately retired and cancelled.
 
NOTE 13.  TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING EQUITY INSTRUMENTS
 
Employee Plans
 
During 1995, we adopted the 1995 Stock Option Plan (the “1995 Plan”). The options granted under the 1995 Plan may be either incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. The terms of the options granted under the 1995 Plan are at the sole discretion of a committee of members of our board of directors, not to exceed ten years. Generally, options vest at either 33% or 20% per year from the date of grant. The 1995 Plan


105


Table of Contents

originally provided us with the ability of granting options for not more than 5,000,000 shares of common stock to certain of our key employees, officers and directors. In November 1998 and again in November 2000, the 1995 Plan was amended by a vote of our shareholders to extend the maximum option grants to not more than 8,000,000 shares and not more than 12,000,000 shares, respectively. Options granted under the 1995 Plan are exercisable according to the terms of each option, however, in the event of a change in control or merger as defined, the options shall become immediately exercisable.
 
In November 2002, our stockholders approved the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”). Under the provisions of the 2002 Plan, we have the ability to grant incentive or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, performance units or performance shares for not more than 6,000,000 shares of common stock (such shares to be supplied from the 12,000,000 shares approved for the 1995 Plan) to certain of our key employees, officers and non-employee directors. The terms of the options, SARs, restricted stock, performance units or performance shares granted under the 2002 Plan are determined by a committee of our Board of Directors, however, in the event of a change in control as defined in the 2002 Plan, they shall become immediately exercisable.
 
The 2002 Plan replaced the 1995 Plan, except that the 1995 Plan continues to exist to the extent that options granted prior to the effective date of the 2002 Plan continue to remain outstanding. At June 30, 2007, there were 2,592,599 additional shares available for grant under the 2002 Plan.
 
In the event that shares purchased through the exercise of incentive stock options are sold within one year of exercise, we are entitled to a tax deduction. The tax benefit of the deduction is not reflected in our consolidated statements of operations but is reflected as an increase in additional paid-in capital.
 
As of June 30, 2007, we have three types of share-based payment arrangements with our associates; stock options, restricted stock and associate stock purchase plan.


106


Table of Contents

Stock Options
 
The following tables summarize the activity of stock options under our 1995 and 2002 Plans from July 1, 2004 to June 30, 2007:
 
                                 
    Year Ended June 30, 2007  
          Weighted Average
             
    Number of
    Remaining
    Weighted Average
    Aggregate
 
    Options     Contractual Term     Exercise Price     Intrinsic Value  
 
Outstanding — Beginning of year
    3,604,750             $ 28.84          
Granted
    162,584             $ 37.31          
Exercised
    (655,029 )           $ 15.75     $ 13,623,000  
Cancelled
    (175,188 )           $ 36.54          
                                 
Outstanding — End of period
    2,937,117       4.5 years     $ 31.78     $ 24,727,000  
                                 
Options exercisable at end of period
    2,582,236       4.5 years     $ 31.52     $ 22,403,000  
Options vested and expected to vest at end of period
    2,885,095       4.5 years     $ 32.92     $ 24,607,000  
Weighted average per-share fair value of options granted during the period
  $ 20.49                          
 
                                 
    Year Ended June 30, 2006  
          Weighted Average
             
    Number of
    Remaining
    Weighted Average
    Aggregate
 
    Options     Contractual Term     Exercise Price     Intrinsic Value  
 
Outstanding — Beginning of year
    4,685,572             $ 27.44          
Granted
    144,988               41.39          
Exercised
    (1,056,336 )             22.37     $ 25,700,000  
Cancelled
    (169,474 )             44.85          
                                 
Outstanding — End of period
    3,604,750       4.8 years     $ 28.84     $ 74,700,000  
                                 
Options exercisable at end of period
    3,045,659       4.8 years     $ 28.96     $ 49,000,000  
Weighted average per-share fair value of options granted during the period
  $ 23.37                          
 
                                 
    Year Ended June 30, 2005  
          Weighted Average
             
    Number of
    Remaining
    Weighted Average
    Aggregate
 
    Options     Contractual Term     Exercise Price     Intrinsic Value  
 
Outstanding — Beginning of year
    5,414,603             $ 26.18          
Granted
    200,223               25.80          
Exercised
    (649,864 )             16.08     $ 13,000,000  
Cancelled
    (279,390 )             28.05          
                                 
Outstanding — End of period
    4,685,572       5.3 years     $ 27.44     $ 30,800,000  
                                 
Options exercisable at end of period
    3,763,822       5.3 years     $ 28.64     $ 17,800,000  
Weighted average per-share fair value of options granted during the period
  $ 14.39                          
 
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively: dividend yield of 0% in all periods; expected volatility of 49%, 50% and 55%; risk-free interest rates 4.90%, 4.67% and 3.15%; and expected lives of three to seven years. We have used the simplified method as provided by Staff Accounting Bulletin 107, “Share Based Payment,” to estimate the expected life of stock options granted during the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005. This method


107


Table of Contents

allows us to estimate the expected life using the average of the vesting period and the contractual life of the stock options granted.
 
As of June 30, 2007, we had approximately $4.1 million of unearned compensation related to nonvested stock options, which we will record in our statement of operations over a weighted average recognition period of approximately 2 years.
 
In June 2003, we made an offer (the “Tender Offer”) to certain of our employees to exchange options with exercise prices greater than or equal to $44.00 per share outstanding under our 1983 Incentive Stock Option Plan, 1983 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan, 1993 Stock Option Plan, Third Amended and Restated 1995 Plan, BlueGill Technologies, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan, BlueGill Technologies, Inc. 1998 Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, and 2002 Plan, for restricted stock units of our common stock, and in certain cases, cash payments.
 
Restricted stock units issued under the Tender Offer vest ratably over a three-year period. The offer period closed on July 17, 2003, and employees holding 1,165,035 options participated in the Tender Offer. We made cash payments totaling $586,000 in July 2003 representing the cash consideration portion of the Tender Offer, and we issued approximately 153,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2002 Plan during July 2006. We recorded an expense of $0, $1.6 million and $2.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, for cash payments made and the vesting of restricted stock units. On July 19, 2004, we issued 51,143 shares relating to the portion of the Tender Offer that vested on July 17, 2004. In total, 80,588 shares actually vested, of which 29,445 shares were retained by us to fund the employees’ payroll taxes associated with the vesting. On July 19, 2005, we issued 42,756 shares relating to the portion of the Tender Offer that vested on July 17, 2005. In total, 67,174 shares actually vested, of which 24,418 shares were retained by us to fund the employees’ payroll taxes associated with the vesting. On July 17, 2006, we issued 38,998 shares relating to the portion of the Tender Offer that vested on July 17, 2006. In total, 62,239 shares actually vested, of which 23,241 shares were retained by us to fund the employees’ payroll taxes associated with the vesting.
 
Restricted Stock
 
Beginning in fiscal year 2005, we adopted a Long-Term Incentive Compensation (“LTIC”) program to replace our traditional equity based compensation program. Under the LTIC program, we grant a smaller number of options and shares of restricted stock under the 2002 Plan. We do not treat shares of restricted stock as issued and outstanding on our balance sheet until the restrictions lapse. Our disclosure of vested shares includes shares which are never issued because they are withheld to fund employees’ payroll taxes. We withheld 5,875 shares under the LTIC program during the year ended June 30, 2007 to fund employees’ payroll taxes. Our annual LTIC grants occur in the first quarter of each fiscal year. The shares of restricted stock granted under the LTIC program have a five-year vesting period with an accelerated vesting provision of three years based on achievement of specific goals and objectives. We recorded an expense of approximately $6.4 million, $2.8 million, and $2.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively, related to the vesting of restricted stock under the LTIC.
 
The following tables summarize the activity of restricted stock under our 2002 Plan, from July 1, 2004 to June 30, 2007:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30, 2007  
    Number of
    Weighted
    Aggregate
 
    Restricted
    Average Grant
    Intrinsic
 
    Stock     Date Fair Value     Value  
 
Outstanding — Beginning of year
    603,881     $ 31.49          
Granted
    404,924       37.61          
Vested
    (88,817 )     29.87     $ 3,795,000  
Cancelled
    (122,605 )     34.74          
                         
Outstanding — End of period
    797,383     $ 34.84          
                         
 


108


Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended June 30, 2006  
    Number of
    Weighted
    Aggregate
 
    Restricted
    Average Grant
    Intrinsic
 
    Stock     Date Fair Value     Value  
 
Outstanding — Beginning of year
    456,676     $ 26.16          
Granted
    261,361       39.04          
Vested
    (82,471 )     26.60     $ 2,900,000  
Cancelled
    (31,685 )     26.97          
                         
Outstanding — End of period
    603,881     $ 31.49          
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30, 2005  
    Number of
    Weighted
    Aggregate
 
    Restricted
    Average Grant
    Intrinsic
 
    Stock     Date Fair Value     Value  
 
Outstanding — Beginning of year
    242,678     $ 26.54          
Granted
    371,446       25.95          
Vested
    (89,977 )     26.53     $ 2,800,000  
Cancelled
    (67,471 )     25.94          
                         
Outstanding — End of period
    456,676     $ 26.16          
                         
 
As of June 30, 2007, we had approximately $10.7 million of nonvested restricted stock which we will record in our statement of operations over a recognition period of approximately five years.
 
Associate Stock Purchase Plan
 
Under our 2006 Associate Stock Purchase Plan (the “2006 Plan”), we are authorized to issue up to 2.0 million shares of our common stock to our full-time employees, nearly all of whom are eligible to participate. On July 27, 2006, our board of directors approved the adoption of the 2006 Plan, and on November 1, 2006, at the 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, stockholders approved and adopted the 2006 Plan. The 2006 Plan replaced our Third Amended and Restated Associate Stock Purchase Plan, which expired on December 31, 2006. The total number of shares available for awards increased under the 2006 Plan from 1.0 million to 2.0 million shares. Under the terms of the 2006 Plan, our employees can choose, every six months, to have up to 15% of their salary withheld to purchase our common stock.
 
The purchase price of the stock is 85% of the end-of-period market price. On June 13, 2005, we amended our Associate Stock Purchase Plan to remove a look-back feature which established the purchase price as 85% of the lower of the beginning-of-period and end-of-period market price. Participation in the plan by eligible employees has ranged from 25% to 50% in any given six-month period. Under the Associate Stock Purchase Plan, we issued 70,576 shares in January 2007, 53,066 shares in July 2006, 54,390 in January 2006, 67,204 shares in July 2005, 92,805 in January 2005, 72,293 in July 2004 and 74,952 in January 2004 from our employees’ salary withholdings from the respective previous six-month period. As of June 30, 2007, there are 1,929,424 shares available for future issuance to our employees under our Associate Stock Purchase Plan. In July 2007, we issued an additional 60,566 shares. For the year ended June 30, 2007, we recorded an expense of approximately $0.8 million under the provisions of SFAS 123(R) for our Associate Stock Purchase Plan.
 
401 (k) Plan
 
In January 1997, our board of directors approved an amendment to our 401(k) plan, which authorized up to 1.0 million shares of our common stock to be used by us to match our employee contributions to our 401(k) plan. Our board of directors authorized an additional 1.0 million shares of our common stock for the matching contribution in November 2002. We issued 68,102 shares in January 2007, 108,785 shares in August 2006, 82,242 shares in August 2005 and 108,484 shares in August 2004 to fund our 401(k) match that had accrued during the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

109


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2007, our 401 (k) plan fiscal year changed from June 30 to December 31. This resulted in a short 6-month fiscal year for the 401 (k) plan beginning July 1, 2006 and ending December 31, 2006. Prior to January 1, 2007, we made an annual employer match to the 401 (k) plan in the form of CheckFree common stock, which was calculated and distributed into participants’ accounts at the end of each fiscal year. Beginning January 1, 2007, we will no longer match contributions with our common stock, but rather, will make our employer match in cash, on a semi-monthly basis. The employer match, effective January 1, 2007, is guaranteed at 50% of the employee’s semi-monthly contribution, up to 6% of eligible earnings in that period.
 
Stock Related Transactions With Third Parties
 
In October 2000, we completed an agreement to acquire various electronic billing and payment assets from Bank of America in exchange for 10.0 million shares of our common stock, $35.0 million in cash and warrants to acquire an additional 10.0 million shares of our common stock. In connection with a December 2003 modification of the terms of our processing services agreement with Bank of America, the amount of shares available under the warrants was reduced to 5.0 million. Bank of America has the ability to earn warrants for up to 5.0 million shares, 3.0 million of which vest upon achievement of specific levels of active subscriber adoption of electronic billing and payment services and 2.0 million of which vest upon achievement of specific levels of electronic bills delivered, as defined. The warrants have a strike price of $32.50 and expire on September 30, 2010.
 
In February 2007, Bank of America achieved the first level of active subscriber adoption of electronic billing and paying services and as a result 1.0 million warrants vested. Prior to February 2007, we did not believe it was probable that any of the warrants would vest. Accordingly, during February 2007, we recorded an $11.0 million charge for the fair value of the 1,000,000 warrants earned to date. The charge for these warrants was recorded as a reduction of processing and service revenue received from Bank of America. Fair value was determined based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model valuation. We currently believe it is not probable that the warrants for the remaining 4.0 million unvested shares will vest, and as a result, no charge for the fair value of these warrants has been recorded.
 
In October 1999, we entered into an agreement with one of our customers. Under the terms of the agreement, the customer purchased 250,000 shares of our common stock and has been issued warrants on 1.0 million shares. All warrants reflect a strike price of $39.25 and became exercisable on September 15, 2002. Fair value was determined based on a Black-Scholes option pricing model valuation. Warrants to acquire 1.0 million shares of our common stock remain outstanding at June 30, 2007.
 
In January 1998, we entered into a ten-year processing agreement with a strategic partner. Under the terms of the agreement, the partner acquired ten-year warrants for 10.0 million shares of our common stock exercisable at $20 15/16. 3.0 million warrants vested upon the execution of a related processing outsourcing agreement in March 1998. Of the vested warrants, only 1.5 million remain outstanding at June 30, 2007.
 
NOTE 14.  EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
The following table reconciles the differences in earnings per share and shares outstanding between basic and dilutive for the periods indicated (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended June 30, 2007     Year Ended June 30, 2006     Year Ended June 30, 2005  
    Net Income
    Shares
    Earnings
    Net Income
    Shares
    Earnings
    Net Income
    Shares
    Earnings
 
    (Numerator)     (Denominator)     per Share     (Numerator)     (Denominator)     per Share     (Numerator)     (Denominator)     per Share  
 
Basic EPS
  $ 124,438       88,313     $ 1.41     $ 127,263       90,984     $ 1.40     $ 46,801       90,767     $ 0.52  
                                                                         
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                                                       
Options and warrants
          2,583                     2,724                     2,148          
                                                                         
Diluted EPS
  $ 124,438       90,896     $ 1.37     $ 127,263       93,708     $ 1.36     $ 46,801       92,915     $ 0.50  
                                                                         


110


Table of Contents

Our diluted weighted average common shares outstanding for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, also exclude the effect of approximately 1.9 million, 0.2 million and 2.6 million of out-of-the-money options and warrants, respectively.
 
NOTE 15.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
Retirement Plan
 
We have a defined contribution 401(k) retirement plan covering substantially all of our U.S.-based employees. Under the plan, eligible employees may contribute a portion of their salary until retirement and we match a portion of our employee’s contribution (See Note 13). Total expense under this plan amounted to $5.5 million, $4.1 million and $3.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Pension Plan
 
We have a defined contribution pension plan for our eligible United Kingdom employees. Total contributions amounted to $1.0 million, $0.8 million and $0.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Deferred Compensation Plan
 
In January 1999, we established a deferred compensation plan (the “DCP”), covering our highly compensated employees as defined by the DCP. Under the plan, eligible employees may contribute a portion of their salary on a pre-tax basis. The DCP is a non-qualified plan; therefore, the associated liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2007 and 2006. In addition, we have established a rabbi trust to finance our obligations under the DCP with corporate-owned life insurance policies on participants. The cash surrender value of such policies is also included in our consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2007 and 2006. Total net income (expense) under the DCP for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 amounted to $84,000, ($74,000) and ($229,000), respectively.
 
Group Medical Plans
 
Since 2000, all of our U.S.-based employees receive medical coverage under a group medical self-insurance plan. We have employed an administrator to manage this plan. Under terms of this plan, both we and eligible employees are required to make contributions. The administrator reviews all claims filed and authorizes the payment of benefits. We have stop-loss insurance coverage on all individual claims exceeding $300,000. We provide supplemental medical insurance coverage to our non U.S.-based employees. Total expenses for medical insurance coverage including premiums amounted to $18.4 million, $17.2 million and $16.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Under the self-insurance plan, we expense amounts as claims are incurred and liabilities are recorded for incurred but not reported claims. At June 30, 2007 and 2006, we accrued $3.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively, as a liability for costs incurred but not paid under this plan.
 
NOTE 16.  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
From time to time we have entered into derivative financial instruments to manage our exposure to the variability associated with the interest rate sensitive portion of our processing and servicing revenue, specifically, to effectively fix the interest rate on a portion of our interest rate sensitive revenue. At inception, we formally designate and document our swaps as cash flow hedges of the variability in interest rate sensitive revenue and state the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction. In 2004 and 2005, we entered into various interest rate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of $75 million. All of these swaps have expired at June 30, 2007. Each of these swaps were considered effective and had no material effect on our financial results during each of the years in which they were in place.


111


Table of Contents

NOTE 17.  INCOME TAXES
 
Our income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Domestic
  $ 207,526     $ 197,382     $ 74,208  
Foreign
    (8,072 )     (1,910 )     (3,885 )
                         
Total income before income taxes
  $ 199,454     $ 195,472     $ 70,323  
                         
 
Our income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 75,743     $ 75,913     $ 35,998  
State and local
    8,762       5,418       2,450  
Foreign
    603       683       (187 )
                         
Total current
    85,108       82,014       38,261  
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    (9,118 )     (9,684 )     (13,620 )
State and local
    (444 )     2,595       505  
Foreign
    (530 )     (470 )     (586 )
                         
Total deferred
    (10,092 )     (7,559 )     (13,701 )
                         
Total income tax expense
  $ 75,016     $ 74,455     $ 24,560  
                         
Effective income tax rate
    37.6 %     38.1 %     34.9 %
                         
 
Our income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35 percent to income before income taxes as a result of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Federal statutory tax expense
  $ 69,809     $ 68,415     $ 24,613  
State and local tax expense, net of federal income tax benefits
    5,341       6,306       1,766  
Deemed dividend from foreign affiliate
          151       136  
Tax exempt interest
    (1,545 )     (1,597 )     (1,070 )
Tax credits
    (1,039 )     (571 )     (2,102 )
Valuation allowances
    2,939       376       503  
Other, net
    (489 )     1,375       714  
                         
Total income tax expense
  $ 75,016     $ 74,455     $ 24,560  
                         


112


Table of Contents

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at June 30, 2007 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 53,912     $ 2,613  
Federal, state, and foreign tax credit carryforwards
    7,201       2,839  
Allowance for bad debts and returns
    376       279  
Accrued compensation and related items
    5,720       2,520  
Stock warrants
    18,716       10,282  
Property and equipment
    4,100       3,657  
Other investments
    4,303       8,737  
Deferred revenue
    (9,081 )     985  
Reserve accruals
    10,227       5,136  
Capitalized software
    5,781       872  
Other intangible assets
    568       22,649  
                 
Deferred tax assets
    101,823       60,569  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangible assets
    (14,055 )     (6,261 )
Prepaid expenses
    (2,926 )     (1,373 )
                 
Deferred tax liabilities
    (16,981 )     (7,634 )
Valuation allowances
    (10,691 )     (3,348 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 74,151     $ 49,587  
                 
 
As of June 30, 2007, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $131.8 million and federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $3.5 million. The net operating loss carryforwards are subject to the limitations of Internal Revenue Code Section 382, and expire between the years 2022-2027; the credit carryforwards expire in the years 2012- 2026. We have approximately $0.6 million of valuation allowance related to our SFAS 123(R) deferred tax assets that we do not expect to be realized. In addition, we had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $223.5 million and state tax credits of approximately $1.8 million; these carryforwards expire over various periods based on jurisdiction. Because we do not generate sufficient taxable income in certain jurisdictions, it is our opinion that it is more likely than not that the benefit of the deferred tax assets related to certain state net operating losses and credits will not be realized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of approximately $5.5 million has been recorded for the year ended June 30, 2007. Of this balance, approximately $2.0 million of the future tax benefit, if realized, from the reversal of the valuation allowance would be allocable as a reduction of goodwill. In addition, we have tax credits of approximately $2.5 million and net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $16.4 million in various foreign jurisdictions as of June 30, 2007. The credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2013; the net operating loss carryforwards have an indefinite life. Based on historical and future income projections, it is our opinion that it is more likely than not that the benefit of tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards in certain foreign jurisdictions will not be realized; therefore, a valuation allowance totaling approximately $4.6 million as of June 30, 2007 has been recorded against these deferred tax assets. Of this balance, approximately $2.4 million of the future tax benefit, if realized, from the reversal of the valuation allowance would be allocable as a reduction of goodwill.
 
In the normal course of business, our tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities and we have accrued a liability when we believe it is probable that it will be assessed. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has completed an examination of our June 30, 2004 tax returns with no material assessment made and has


113


Table of Contents

commenced an examination of our June 30, 2005 tax returns. The tax attributes of certain positions we have taken on our statutory tax filings are complex and may be challenged by the taxing authorities. Therefore, we have provided a reserve of approximately $7.8 million and $9.6 million for future resolution of our uncertain tax matters, as of June 30, 2007 and 2006, respectively. While we believe the tax reserve is adequate, the ultimate resolution of these tax matters may exceed or be below the reserve.
 
We entered into a strategic transaction in fiscal year 1999 whereby we recorded a one time tax deduction of approximately $30.0 million and additional tax deductions of approximately $38.0 million over the next five years. We believe that this transaction was executed appropriately and in accordance with the prevailing tax law. Such deductions will not be finalized until an examination of our June 30, 2005 tax returns has been completed. The IRS examination currently in process may result in assessments of additional taxes that are resolved either with the IRS or potentially through the courts.
 
We do not provide for U.S. federal and state income taxes on the cumulative undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries because such earnings are reinvested and will continue to be reinvested indefinitely. At June 30, 2007 we had not provided for federal income taxes on earnings of approximately $0.8 million from our foreign subsidiaries. Should these earnings be distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, we would be subject to both U.S. income taxes and withholding taxes in various international jurisdictions. These taxes could potentially be partially offset by U.S. foreign tax credits. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. tax liability is not practical because of the complexities associated with this hypothetical calculation.
 
NOTE 18.  SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Interest paid
  $ 1,894     $ 93     $ 970  
                         
Income taxes paid
  $ 74,770     $ 87,127     $ 41,109  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Capital lease and other long-term asset additions
  $ 9,815     $ 1,821     $ 710  
                         
Additions under data center facility
  $ 13,934     $ 1,285     $  
                         
Stock funding of 401(k) match
  $ 2,736     $ 4,055     $ 3,100  
                         
Stock funding of Associate Stock Purchase Plan
  $ 4,665     $ 4,068     $ 3,997  
                         
 
NOTE 19.  BUSINESS SEGMENTS
 
We operate in three business segments — Electronic Commerce, Software and Investment Services. These reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. A further description of each of our business segments along with the Corporate services area follows:
 
  •  Electronic Commerce —  Our Electronic Commerce products and services enable consumers to:
 
  •  review bank accounts;
 
  •  receive and pay bills over the Internet; and
 
  •  pay billers directly through biller-direct sites, by telephone or through our walk-in retail agent network.
 
Consumers using our services access CheckFree’s system primarily through CSPs, billers and retail agents. CSPs are organizations, such as banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and Internet portals. Consumers can also access our system through CheckFree hosted biller direct sites,


114


Table of Contents

www.mycheckfree.com, a network of retail agents for walk-in bill payments, or by phone on hosted interactive voice response applications.
 
  •  Software — Software provides software and services, including software, maintenance, support and consulting services, through four product lines. These product lines are Global Treasury, Reconciliation and Exception Management, Transaction Process Management (encompassing financial messaging and corporate actions), and Electronic Billing. Through our acquisition of Carreker in April 2007, we expanded our offerings into four additional product lines: Payments, Risk, Cash and Logistics and Global Payments Consulting (“GPC”).
 
  •  Investment Services — Investment Services Division provides a range of portfolio management services to financial institutions, including broker dealers, money managers, investment advisors, banks and insurance companies, deliver portfolio management, enhanced trading solutions, performance measurement and reporting services to their clients.
 
  •  Corporate — Corporate services include human resources, legal, finance and accounting and various other of our unallocated overhead charges.
 
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” We evaluate the performance of our segments based on total revenues and operating income (loss) of the respective segments. Segment operating income (loss) excludes acquisition-related intangible asset amortization related to various business and asset acquisitions, the impact of warrants issued a customer, the impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue, integration costs associated with acquisitions, reorganization charges, the write-off of capitalized software and the SFAS 123(R) equity-based compensation expense related to stock options granted before the implementation of our current incentive compensation philosophy beginning July 1, 2004, which significantly reduces overall participation and focuses on restricted stock awards with limited stock option grants.


115


Table of Contents

The following sets forth certain financial information attributable to our business segments for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
 
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Revenues:
                       
Electronic Commerce, gross
  $ 736,745     $ 662,728     $ 580,696  
Impact of warrants to customer
    (10,950 )            
Impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue
    (2,664 )            
                         
Electronic Commerce, net
    723,131       662,728       580,696  
Software, gross
    135,207       109,386       81,072  
Impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue
    (9,723 )            
                         
Software, net
    125,484       109,386       81,072  
Investment Services
    124,029       107,288       88,079  
                         
Total revenue
  $ 972,644     $ 879,402     $ 749,847  
                         
Income from continuing operations before other income and expenses:
                       
Segment operating income:
                       
Electronic Commerce
  $ 258,621     $ 247,918     $ 207,796  
Software
    24,871       20,858       17,748  
Investment Services
    24,646       16,356       17,121  
Corporate
    (41,437 )     (37,845 )     (37,595 )
Purchase accounting amortization
    (44,691 )     (57,037 )     (133,446 )
Impact of warrants to a customer
    (10,950 )            
Impact of purchase accounting on deferred revenue
    (12,387 )            
Impact of SFAS 123( R)
    (1,619 )     (4,133 )      
Integration costs associated with acquisitions
    (6,116 )            
Reorganization charge
                (5,585 )
Write off of capitalized software
                (1,039 )
                         
Income from continuing operations before other income and expenses
  $ 190,938     $ 186,117     $ 65,000  
                         
Identifiable assets:
                       
Electronic Commerce
  $ 1,473,181     $ 1,170,209     $ 1,028,511  
Investment Services
    98,758       59,902       43,161  
Software
    308,202       110,278       118,252  
Corporate
    251,137       417,640       379,992  
                         
Total
  $ 2,131,278     $ 1,758,029     $ 1,569,916  
                         
Capital Expenditures:
                       
Electronic Commerce
  $ 80,985     $ 38,785     $ 26,783  
Investment Services
    9,692       8,206       6,246  
Software
    3,507       2,023       651  
Corporate
    483       903       923  
                         
Total
  $ 94,667     $ 49,917     $ 34,603  
                         
Depreciation and amortization:
                       
Electronic Commerce
  $ 69,869     $ 78,907     $ 157,756  
Investment Services
    10,626       10,146       7,919  
Software
    7,425       8,270       7,076  
Corporate
    3,017       2,697       3,847  
                         
Total
  $ 90,937     $ 100,020     $ 176,598  
                         


116


Table of Contents

Revenue by product or service type for the years ended June 30 is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Electronic Commerce
                       
Payment transactions
  $ 630,018     $ 587,809     $ 523,031  
e-bill delivery
    37,371       29,438       22,776  
Other
    55,742       45,481       34,889  
                         
Total Electronic Commerce
    723,131       662,728       580,696  
Investment Services
                       
Portfolio management services
    124,029       107,288       88,079  
Software
                       
License
    43,617       35,122       28,457  
Maintenance
    47,587       38,093       30,701  
Professional fees
    34,280       36,171       21,914  
                         
Total Software
    125,484       109,386       81,072  
                         
Total consolidated revenue
  $ 972,644     $ 879,402     $ 749,847  
                         
 
For the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005, one customer accounted for $189.5 million, $173.7 million and $134.5 million of our consolidated revenues, respectively. Revenues for that customer were generated through our Electronic Commerce, Software and Investment Services segments. Foreign sales based on the location of our customers, for the years ended June 30, 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $51.3 million, $44.4 million and $17.3 million, respectively. Long-lived assets by geographic area are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2007     2006  
 
United States
  $ 1,343,905     $ 939,442  
Other
    65,255       67,425  
                 
Total
  $ 1,409,160     $ 1,006,867  
                 


117


Table of Contents

NOTE 20.  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
The following quarterly financial information for the years ended June 30, 2007 and 2006 includes all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of our quarterly results of operations (in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    September 30     December 31     March 31     June 30  
 
FISCAL 2007
                               
Total revenues, continuing operations
  $ 228,619     $ 237,160     $ 230,208     $ 276,657  
Income from continuing operations
  $ 48,203     $ 53,921     $ 44,559     $ 44,255  
Net income
  $ 31,217     $ 35,277     $ 30,020     $ 27,924  
Basic earnings per share:
                               
Net income per common share
  $ 0.35     $ 0.40     $ 0.34     $ 0.32  
                                 
Weighted average number of shares
    89,962       87,976       87,437       87,855  
                                 
Diluted earnings per share:
                               
Net income per common share
  $ 0.34     $ 0.39     $ 0.33     $ 0.31  
                                 
Weighted average number of shares
    92,599       90,624       89,858       90,481  
                                 
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    September 30     December 31     March 31     June 30  
 
FISCAL 2006
                               
Total revenues, continuing operations
  $ 213,693     $ 213,844     $ 226,927     $ 224,938  
Income from continuing operations
  $ 40,307     $ 51,606     $ 48,863     $ 45,341  
Net income
  $ 26,357     $ 33,765     $ 37,656     $ 29,485  
Basic earnings per share:
                               
Net income per common share
  $ 0.29     $ 0.37     $ 0.41     $ 0.32  
                                 
Weighted average number of shares
    90,578       90,820       91,257       91,287  
                                 
Diluted earnings per share:
                               
Net income per common share
  $ 0.28     $ 0.36     $ 0.40     $ 0.31  
                                 
Weighted average number of shares
    92,818       93,589       94,199       94,232  
                                 
 
The sum of our quarterly earnings per common share does not always equal the year-to-date earnings per common share for the respective fiscal periods, due to changes in the weighted average number of shares outstanding at each quarter-end.


118


Table of Contents

NOTE 21.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
Pending Acquisition
 
On August 2, 2007, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (“Merger Agreement”) pursuant to which Fiserv, Inc. (“Fiserv”) will acquire all of our outstanding shares of common stock and common stock equivalents for $48.00 per share in cash. Fiserv is a publicly traded NASDAQ company headquartered in Brookfield, Wisconsin and is a provider of technology solutions. We expect the transaction to close by December 31, 2007, subject to approval by our stockholders and certain regulatory agencies.
 
In addition, on August 2, 2007, we and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, (the “Rights Agent”) executed a fourth amendment to the Rights Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1997 (the “Rights Agreement”), by and between us and the Rights Agent (as successor to The Fifth Third Bank), as amended (the “Fourth Amendment”). The Fourth Amendment provides that, among other things, neither the execution of the Merger Agreement nor the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement will trigger the separation or exercise of the Rights or any adverse event under the Rights Agreement.
 
Sale-Leaseback Transaction
 
During the first quarter of our fiscal year 2008 we closed on a sale-leaseback transaction related to a property we own in Dublin, Ohio. Under the terms of the agreement, we received net proceeds of approximately $22 million from the sale and agreed to a 12-year lease of the facility.


119


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 2007, 2006 AND 2005
 
                                 
    BALANCE AS
                   
    OF
    CHARGES TO
          BALANCE AS
 
    BEGINNING
    COSTS AND
          OF END OF
 
    OF PERIOD     EXPENSES     DEDUCTIONS     PERIOD  
    (In thousands)  
 
Alllowance for Doubtful Accounts
                               
2007
  $ 1,509     $ 2,033     $ 439     $ 3,103  
2006
  $ 2,571     $ (585 )   $ 477     $ 1,509  
2005
  $ 834     $ 2,197     $ 460     $ 2,571  
Allowance for Returns
                               
2007
  $ 345     $ 696     $ 810     $ 231  
2006
  $ 1,020     $ 815     $ 1,490     $ 345  
2005
  $ 1,171     $ 1,247     $ 1,398     $ 1,020  


120


Table of Contents

 
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information we are required to disclose in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based upon this evaluation, our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2007, our disclosure controls and procedures were (1) designed to ensure that material information relating to our company is accumulated and made known to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, in a timely manner, particularly during the period in which this report was being prepared and (2) effective, in that they provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
 
Management believes, however, that a controls system, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the controls system are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected.
 
Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. With the participation of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, our management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework and criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting includes all of our businesses except for Carreker Corporation, which was acquired on April 2, 2007, Corillian Corporation, which was acquired on May 15, 2007, and Upstream Technologies LLC, of which substantially all the assets were acquired on May 31, 2007, and whose combined financial statements constitute 22.8 percent of total assets and 2.4 percent of revenues, of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended June 30, 2007. Further discussion of these acquisitions can be found in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements. Based on this evaluation, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2007.
 
Our independent auditor, Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued a report on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 74 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act) during our fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.   Other Information.
 
None.


121


Table of Contents

 
Part III
 
Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
 
Information called for by Part III, Item 10, is incorporated by reference to the applicable information in our proxy statement relating to our 2007 annual meeting of stockholders.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation.
 
Information called for by Part III, Item 11, is incorporated by reference to the applicable information in our proxy statement relating to our 2007 annual meeting of stockholders.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
Information called for by Part III, Item 12, is incorporated by reference to the applicable information in our proxy statement relating to our 2007 annual meeting of stockholders.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
 
Information called for by Part III, Item 13, is incorporated by reference to the applicable information in our proxy statement relating to our 2007 annual meeting of stockholders.
 
Item. 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
 
Information called for by Part III, Item 14, is incorporated by reference to the applicable information in our proxy statement relating to our 2007 annual meeting of stockholders.


122


Table of Contents

 
Part IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
 
(1) The following financial statements are included herein in Item 8:
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2007 and 2006.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007.
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2007.
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) The following financial statement schedule is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8:
 
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
 
Schedules not listed above are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the required information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
(3) Exhibits:
 
     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
2(a)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 2, 2007, among CheckFree Corporation, Fiserv, Inc. and Braves Acquisition Corp. (Reference is made to Exhibit 2.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Fiserv, Inc. (File No. 0-14948) for the period ended June 30, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 3, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
2(b)
  Amended and Restated Strategic Alliance Master Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2000, among CheckFree Holdings Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation and Bank of America, N.A. (Reference is made to Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Stockholders held on September 28, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)
2(c)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 29, 2006, among CheckFree Corporation, CFA Software Corporation, and Carreker Corporation. (Reference is made to Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 29, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 3, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
2(d)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 13, 2007, among CheckFree Corporation, CF Oregon, Inc., and Corillian Corporation. (Reference is made to Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 13, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3(a)
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4(e) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-50322), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)


123


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
3(b)
  Certificate of Ownership and Merger Merging CheckFree Corporation into CheckFree Holdings Corporation. (Reference is made to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3(c)
  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, as of February 8, 2007. (Reference is made to Exhibit 3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3(d)
  Form of Specimen Stock Certificate. (Reference is made to Exhibit 3(d) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(a)
  Articles FOURTH, FIFTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, TENTH AND ELEVENTH of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed as Exhibit 3(a) hereto) and Articles II, III, IV, VI and VIII of the Company’s By-Laws (contained in the Company’s By-Laws filed as Exhibit 3(c) hereto.)
4(b)
  Rights Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1997, by and between the Company and The Fifth Third Bank, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.1 to CheckFree Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-12721), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(c)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1999, between CheckFree Holdings Corporation and The Fifth Third Bank, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 0-26802), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(d)
  Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2000, between CheckFree Corporation and The Fifth Third Bank, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 0-26802), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 3, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(e)
  Substitution of Successor Rights Agent and Amendment No. 3 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2002, between CheckFree Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 0-26802), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(f)
  Amendment No. 4 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2007, between CheckFree Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(a)
  CheckFree Services Corporation 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement (restatement as of June 15, 2007).*
10(b)
  CheckFree Services Corporation Defined Contribution Plan and Trust, sponsored by SunTrust Bank — Basic Plan Document #02, June 2002 (Prototype plan for CheckFree Services Corporation 401(k) Plan) (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(c)
  CheckFree Corporation 2006 Associate Stock Purchase Plan (Reference is made to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-138845), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference)
10(d)
  CheckFree Corporation Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, as amended (Registration No. 333-101280), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(e)
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)+


124


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
10(f)
  Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(g)
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(h)
  Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(g) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(i)
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(j)
  CheckFree Corporation Third Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4(d) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, as amended (Registration No. 333-50322), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(k)
  CheckFree Corporation Amended and Restated Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, dated July 26, 2007.*+
10(l)
  Form of Indemnification Agreement. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 33-95738), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(m)
  Schedule identifying material details of Indemnification Agreements substantially identical to Exhibit 10(l). (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(n)
  Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1999, between Peter J. Kight and the Company. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(j) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(o)
  Noncompetition Agreement, dated February 11, 2003, between Mark A. Johnson and the Company. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(k) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(p)
  Confidentiality and Nonsolicitation Agreement, dated February 11, 2003, between Mark A. Johnson and the Company. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(l) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(q)
  Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Peter J. Kight. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(z) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1997, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(r)
  CheckFree Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007, filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(s)
  Description of Compensation Arrangements Approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors for the Company’s Named Executive Officers in Fiscal Year 2008 and for the Company’s Non-Management Directors in Fiscal Year 2008 (Reference is made to Item 5.02 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+


125


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
10(t)
  Form of Retention Agreement dated as of July 27, 2007 between CheckFree Corporation and each of its executive officers. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(u)
  Form of Amendment to Retention Agreement dated as of August 2, 2007 between CheckFree Corporation and each of Peter J. Kight, David E. Mangum, Stephen E. Olsen, Alex Hart, Jardon Bouska and Michael P. Gianoni. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(v)
  Letter Agreement, dated February 16, 2007, between Matthew S. Lewis and CheckFree Services Corporation (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 15, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference).+
10(w)
  Individual Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of August 14, 2007, by and among CheckFree Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation and Randal A. McCoy. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 20, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(x)
  Master Agreement, dated August 5, 2003, among Bastogne, Inc., CheckFree Services Corporation and SunTrust Bank. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(v) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)**
10(y)
  Revolving Credit Agreement, dated August 20, 2004, among CheckFree Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation and CheckFree Investment Corporation, as Borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent and KeyBank National Association, US Bank and BNP Paribas, as Documentation Agents, SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner and Banc of America Securities, LLC as Joint Lead Arranger. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(z)
  First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, made and entered into as of December 7, 2004, by and among CheckFree Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation, and CheckFree Investment Corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), and Sun Trust Bank, in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, as Issuing Bank, and as Swingline Lender. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(c) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(aa)
  Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, among CheckFree Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation and CheckFree Investment Corporation, as Borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and KeyBank National Association, US Bank, National Association, and Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., as Documentation Agents, SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner and Banc of America Securities, LLC as Joint Lead Arranger. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(bb)
  Master Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, among CheckFree Corporation, as Guarantor, and CheckFree Services Corporation, as Lessee and Construction Agent, SunTrust Bank, as Lessor, certain financial institutions parties thereto, as Lenders, SunTrust Equity Funding, LLC, as Agent and Sole Arranger, US Bank, National Association, Mizuho Corporate Bank (USA) and KeyBank National Association, each as Co-Documentation Agents, and Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)


126


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
10(cc)
  Master Lease Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, between CheckFree Services Corporation, as Lessee, and SunTrust Bank, as Lessor. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(dd)
  Construction Agency Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, between SunTrust Bank and CheckFree Services Corporation, as Construction Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(ee)
  First Amendment to Master Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, among Bastogne, Inc., CheckFree Services Corporation, CheckFree Corporation, and SunTrust Bank. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
21
  Subsidiaries of the Company.*
23
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.*
24
  Power of Attorney.*
31(a)
  Certification pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Chief Executive Officer.*
31(b)
  Certification pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Chief Financial Officer.*
32(a)
  Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the Chief Executive Officer.***
32(b)
  Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the Chief Financial Officer.***
 
 
Filed with this report.
 
** Portions of this Exhibit have been given confidential treatment by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
*** Furnished with this report.
 
+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be identified pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
(b) Exhibits.
 
The exhibits to this report follow the Signature Page.
 
(c) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
The financial statement schedule is included in Item 8 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


127


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
CHECKFREE CORPORATION
 
     
Date: August 24, 2007
 
By: 
/s/  David E. Mangum

   
    David E. Mangum, Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 24th day of August, 2007.
 
         
     
/s/  Peter J. Kight

Peter J. Kight
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/  David E. Mangum

David E. Mangum
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
     
/s/  Samuel R. Schwartz

Samuel R. Schwartz
  Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
     
*William P. Boardman
William P. Boardman
  Director
     
*C. Beth Cotner
C. Beth Cotner
  Director
     
*James D. Dixon
James D. Dixon
  Director
     
*Mark A. Johnson
Mark A. Johnson
  Director
     
*Eugene F. Quinn
Eugene F. Quinn
  Director
     
*Jeffrey M. Wilkins
Jeffrey M. Wilkins
  Director
     
*By: 
/s/  Curtis A. Loveland

     Curtis A. Loveland,     Attorney-in-Fact
   


128


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
2(a)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 2, 2007, among CheckFree Corporation, Fiserv, Inc. and Braves Acquisition Corp. (Reference is made to Exhibit 2.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Fiserv, Inc. (File No. 0-14948) for the period ended June 30, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 3, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
2(b)
  Amended and Restated Strategic Alliance Master Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2000, among CheckFree Holdings Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation and Bank of America, N.A. (Reference is made to Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Stockholders held on September 28, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)
2(c)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 29, 2006, among CheckFree Corporation, CFA Software Corporation, and Carreker Corporation. (Reference is made to Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 29, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 3, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
2(d)
  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 13, 2007, among CheckFree Corporation, CF Oregon, Inc., and Corillian Corporation. (Reference is made to Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 13, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3(a)
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4(e) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-50322), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3(b)
  Certificate of Ownership and Merger Merging CheckFree Corporation into CheckFree Holdings Corporation. (Reference is made to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3(c)
  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company, as of February 8, 2007. (Reference is made to Exhibit 3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2006, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
3(d)
  Form of Specimen Stock Certificate. (Reference is made to Exhibit 3(d) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2000, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(a)
  Articles FOURTH, FIFTH, SEVENTH, EIGHTH, TENTH AND ELEVENTH of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed as Exhibit 3(a) hereto) and Articles II, III, IV, VI and VIII of the Company’s By-Laws (contained in the Company’s By-Laws filed as Exhibit 3(c) hereto.)
4(b)
  Rights Agreement, dated as of December 16, 1997, by and between the Company and The Fifth Third Bank, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.1 to CheckFree Holdings Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-12721), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(c)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of February 5, 1999, between CheckFree Holdings Corporation and The Fifth Third Bank, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 0-26802), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(d)
  Amendment No. 2 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2000, between CheckFree Corporation and The Fifth Third Bank, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 0-26802), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 3, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)


129


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
4(e)
  Substitution of Successor Rights Agent and Amendment No. 3 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2002, between CheckFree Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment No. 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 0-26802), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2002, and incorporated herein by reference.)
4(f)
  Amendment No. 4 to the Rights Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2007, between CheckFree Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Rights Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(a)
  CheckFree Services Corporation 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement (restatement as of June 15, 2007).*
10(b)
  CheckFree Services Corporation Defined Contribution Plan and Trust, sponsored by SunTrust Bank — Basic Plan Document #02, June 2002 (Prototype plan for CheckFree Services Corporation 401(k) Plan) (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(b) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(c)
  CheckFree Corporation 2006 Associate Stock Purchase Plan (Reference is made to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-138845), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference).
10(d)
  CheckFree Corporation Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, as amended (Registration No. 333-101280), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 2007 and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(e)
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(f)
  Form of Performance Accelerated Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(g)
  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(f) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(h)
  Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(g) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(i)
  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(j)
  CheckFree Corporation Third Amended and Restated 1995 Stock Option Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 4(d) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, as amended (Registration No. 333-50322), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 20, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(k)
  CheckFree Corporation Amended and Restated Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, dated July 26, 2007.*+
10(l)
  Form of Indemnification Agreement. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 33-95738), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.)+


130


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
10(m)
  Schedule identifying material details of Indemnification Agreements substantially identical to Exhibit 10(l). (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(n)
  Confidentiality and Noncompetition Agreement, dated May 7, 1999, between Peter J. Kight and the Company. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(j) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(o)
  Noncompetition Agreement, dated February 11, 2003, between Mark A. Johnson and the Company. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(k) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(p)
  Confidentiality and Nonsolicitation Agreement, dated February 11, 2003, between Mark A. Johnson and the Company. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(l) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(q)
  Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Peter J. Kight. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(z) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1997, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(r)
  CheckFree Corporation 2008 Incentive Compensation Plan. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007, filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(s)
  Description of Compensation Arrangements Approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors for the Company’s Named Executive Officers in Fiscal Year 2008 and for the Company’s Non-Management Directors in Fiscal Year 2008 (Reference is made to Item 5.02 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(t)
  Form of Retention Agreement dated as of July 27, 2007 between CheckFree Corporation and each of its executive officers. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 25, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(u)
  Form of Amendment to Retention Agreement dated as of August 2, 2007 between CheckFree Corporation and each of Peter J. Kight, David E. Mangum, Stephen E. Olsen, Alex Hart, Jardon Bouska and Michael P. Gianoni. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(v)
  Letter Agreement, dated February 16, 2007, between Matthew S. Lewis and CheckFree Services Corporation (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 15, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference).+
10(w)
  Individual Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of August 14, 2007, by and among CheckFree Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation and Randal A. McCoy. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 14, 2007, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 20, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.)+
10(x)
  Master Agreement, dated August 5, 2003, among Bastogne, Inc., CheckFree Services Corporation and SunTrust Bank. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(v) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2003, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.)**
10(y)
  Revolving Credit Agreement, dated August 20, 2004, among CheckFree Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation and CheckFree Investment Corporation, as Borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent and KeyBank National Association, US Bank and BNP Paribas, as Documentation Agents, SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner and Banc of America Securities, LLC as Joint Lead Arranger. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.)


131


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
10(z)
  First Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement, made and entered into as of December 7, 2004, by and among CheckFree Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation, and CheckFree Investment Corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), and Sun Trust Bank, in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders, as Issuing Bank, and as Swingline Lender. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10(c) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(aa)
  Revolving Credit Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, among CheckFree Corporation, CheckFree Services Corporation and CheckFree Investment Corporation, as Borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto, SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent, and KeyBank National Association, US Bank, National Association, and Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd., as Documentation Agents, SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc. as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner and Banc of America Securities, LLC as Joint Lead Arranger. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(bb)
  Master Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, among CheckFree Corporation, as Guarantor, and CheckFree Services Corporation, as Lessee and Construction Agent, SunTrust Bank, as Lessor, certain financial institutions parties thereto, as Lenders, SunTrust Equity Funding, LLC, as Agent and Sole Arranger, US Bank, National Association, Mizuho Corporate Bank (USA) and KeyBank National Association, each as Co-Documentation Agents, and Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(cc)
  Master Lease Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, between CheckFree Services Corporation, as Lessee, and SunTrust Bank, as Lessor. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(dd)
  Construction Agency Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, between SunTrust Bank and CheckFree Services Corporation, as Construction Agent. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
10(ee)
  First Amendment to Master Agreement, dated April 13, 2006, among Bastogne, Inc., CheckFree Services Corporation, CheckFree Corporation, and SunTrust Bank. (Reference is made to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 19, 2006, and incorporated herein by reference.)
21
  Subsidiaries of the Company.*
23
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.*
24
  Power of Attorney.*
31(a)
  Certification pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Chief Executive Officer.*
31(b)
  Certification pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Chief Financial Officer.*
32(a)
  Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the Chief Executive Officer.***
32(b)
  Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, of the Chief Financial Officer.***
 
 
Filed with this report.
 
** Portions of this Exhibit have been given confidential treatment by the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
*** Furnished with this report.
 
+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be identified pursuant to Item 15(a)(3) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


132

EX-10.(A) 401K PLAN ADOPTION AGREEMENT
 

Exhibit 10(a)
CHECKFREE SERVICES CORPORATION
VOLUME SUBMITTER 401(K) PLAN
By executing this volume submitter 401(k) plan Adoption Agreement (the “Agreement”), the Employer agrees to establish or continue a 401(k) plan for its Employees. The 401(k) plan adopted by the Employer consists of the Basic Plan Document (the “BPD”) and the elections made under this Agreement (collectively referred to as the “Plan”). Other Employers may jointly co-sponsor the Plan by signing a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page, which is attached to this Agreement. (See Section 1.3 of the BPD for rules regarding the adoption of this Plan by other Employers.) This Plan is effective as of the Effective Date identified on the Signature Page of this Agreement.
1. Employer Information
  a.   Name and address of Employer executing the Signature Page of this Agreement: CheckFree Services Corporation, 4411 East Jones Bridge Road, Norcross, Georgia 30092
 
  b.   Employer Identification Number (EIN) for the Employer: 31-1013521
 
  c.   Business entity of Employer (optional):
                             
þ
    (1 )   C-Corporation   o     (2 )   S-Corporation
 
                           
o
    (3 )   Limited Liability Corporation   o     (4 )   Sole Proprietorship
 
                           
o
    (5 )   Partnership   o     (6 )   Limited Liability Partnership
 
                           
o
    (7 )   Government   o     (8 )   Other                     
  d.   Last day of Employer’s taxable year (optional): June 30
 
  e.   Does the Employer have any Related Employers (as defined in Section 22.143 of the BPD)?
                             
þ
    (1 )   Yes   o     (2 )   No
  f.   If e. is yes, list the Related Employers (optional):
 
      Bastogne, Inc., CheckFree Investment Corporation, American Payment Holdco, Inc., CheckFreePay Corporation of California, CheckFree i-Solutions Corp, CheckFree i-Solutions, Inc., CheckFree Software & Services UK Limited, CheckFree E-Commerce Solutions Limited, Heliograph Inc., Heliograph Limited, CheckFree Corporation, CheckFreePay Corporation, CheckFreePay Corporation of New York, CheckFree PhonePay Services, Inc., Accurate Software Inc., CheckFree Solutions Limited, CheckFree Solutions S.A., CheckFree Solutions (Australia) PTY Limited, Carreker Corporation and Corillian Corporation.
 
      [Note: This Plan will cover Employees of a Related Employer only if such Related Employer executes a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. Failure to cover the Employees of a Related Employer may result in a violation of the minimum coverage rules under Code §410(b). See Section 1.3 of the BPD.]
 
  o g.   Multiple Employer Plan. Check this g. if this Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan. A Multiple Employer Plan exists if an Employer (other than a Related Employer) will execute a Co-Sponsor Page under this Agreement. (See Sections 1.3 and 21.6 of the BPD for special rules applicable to Multiple Employer Plans.)
2. Plan Information
  a.   Name of Plan: CheckFree Services Corporation 401(k) Plan
 
  b.   Plan number (as identified on the Form 5500 series filing for the Plan): 003
 
  c.   Trust identification number (optional): 76-0765786
 
  d.   Plan Year: [Check (1) or (2). Selection (3) may be selected in addition to (1) or (2) to identify a Short Plan Year.]
             
þ
    (1 )   The calendar year.
 
           
o
    (2 )   The 12-consecutive month period ending                     .
 
           
þ
    (3 )   The Plan has a Short Plan Year beginning July 1, 2006 and ending December 31, 2006.
3. Types of Contributions
      The following types of contributions are authorized under this Plan. The selections made below should correspond with the selections made under Parts 4A, 4B, 4C, 4D and 4E of this Agreement.
         
þ
  a.   Section 401(k) Deferrals (Part 4A).
Ó 2002

1


 

         
þ
  b.   Employer Matching Contributions (Part 4B).
 
       
þ
  c.   Employer Nonelective Contributions (Part 4C).
 
       
o
  d.   Employee After-Tax Contributions (Part 4D).
 
       
o
  e.   Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (Part 4E).
 
       
o
  f.   Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions (Part 4E).
 
       
o
  g.   None. This Plan is a frozen Plan effective ___(see Section 2.1(c) of the BPD).
Part 1 — Eligibility Conditions
(See Article 1 of the BPD)
4.   Excluded Employees. [Check a. or any combination of b. — g. for those contributions the Employer elects to make under Part 4 of this Agreement. See Section 1.2 of the BPD for rules regarding the determination of Excluded Employees for Employee After-Tax Contributions, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions.]
                 
    (1)   (2)   (3)    
    §401(k)   Employer   Employer    
    Deferrals   Match   Nonelective    
a.
  o   o   o   No excluded categories of Employees.
 
               
b.
  o   o   o   Union Employees (see Section 22.177 of the BPD).
 
               
c.
  þ   þ   þ   Nonresident Alien Employees (see Section 22.109 of the BPD).
 
               
d.
  þ   þ   þ   Leased Employees (see Section 1.2(b) of the BPD).
 
               
e.
  þ   þ   þ   Independent Contractors.
 
               
f.
  þ   þ   þ   Interns, Temporary Employees.
 
               
g.
  o   o   o   Highly Compensated Employees.
5.   Minimum age and service conditions for becoming an Eligible Participant. [Check a. or check b. and/or any one of c. — e. for those contributions the Employer elects to make under Part 4 of this Agreement. See Section 1.4 of the BPD for the application of the minimum age and service conditions for purposes of Employee After-Tax Contributions, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions. See Part 7 of this Agreement for special service crediting rules.]
                 
    (1)   (2)   (3)    
    §401(k)   Employer   Employer    
    Deferrals   Match   Nonelective    
a.
  o   o   o   None (conditions are met on Employment Commencement Date).
 
               
b.
  þ   þ   þ   Age 18 (cannot exceed age 21).
 
               
c.
  o   o   o   One Year of Service.
 
               
d.
  o   þ   þ   Six (6) consecutive months (not more than 12) during which the Employee completes at least ___ Hours of Service (cannot exceed 1,000). If an Employee does not satisfy this requirement in the first designated period of months following his/her Employment Commencement Date, such Employee will be deemed to satisfy this condition upon completing a Year of Service (as defined in Section 1.4(b) of the BPD).
 
               
e.
  N/A   o   o   Two Years of Service. [Full and immediate vesting must be selected under Part 6 of this Agreement.]
Ó 2002

2


 

o 6.   Dual eligibility. Any Employee (other than an Excluded Employee) who is employed on the date designated under a. or b. below, as applicable, is deemed to be an Eligible Participant as of the later of the date identified under this #6 or the Effective Date of this Plan, without regard to any Entry Date selected under Part 2. See Section 1.4(d)(2) of the BPD. [Note: If this #6 is checked, also check a. or b. If this #6 is not checked, the provisions of Section 1.4(d)(1) of the BPD apply.]
         
o
  a.   The Effective Date of this Plan.
 
       
o
  b.   (Identify date)                                                             
    [Note: Any date specified under b. may not cause the Plan to violate the provisions of Code §410(a). See Section 1.4 of the BPD.]
Part 2 — Commencement of Participation
(See Section 1.5 of the BPD)
7.   Entry Date upon which participation begins after completing minimum age and service conditions under Part 1, #5 above. [Check one of a. — e. for those contributions the Employer elects to make under Part 4 of this Agreement. See Section 1.5 of the BPD for determining the Entry Date applicable to Employee After-Tax Contributions, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions.]
                 
    (1)   (2)   (3)    
    §401(k)   Employer   Employer    
    Deferrals   Match   Nonelective    
a.
  o   o   o   The next following Entry Date (as defined in #8 below).
 
               
b.
  o   o   o   The Entry Date (as defined in #8 below) coinciding with or next following the completion of the age and service conditions.
 
               
c.
  N/A   o   o   The nearest Entry Date (as defined in #8 below).
 
               
d.
  N/A   o   o   The preceding Entry Date (as defined in #8 below).
 
               
e.
  þ   þ   þ   The date the age and service conditions are satisfied. [Also check #8.e. below for the same type of contribution(s) checked here.] The Entry Date for the Employer Matching Contribution Account is eliminated effective July 1, 2006.
8.   Definition of Entry Date. [Check one of a. — e. for those contributions the Employer elects to make under Part 4 of this Agreement. Selection f. may be checked instead of or in addition to a. — e. See Section 1.5 of the BPD for determining the Entry Date applicable to Employee After-Tax Contributions, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions.]
                 
    (1)   (2)   (3)    
    §401(k)   Employer   Employer    
    Deferrals   Match   Nonelective    
a.
  o   o   o   The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of 7th month of the Plan Year.
 
               
b.
  o   o   o   The first day of each quarter of the Plan Year.
 
               
c.
  o   o   o   The first day of each month of the Plan Year.
 
               
d.
  o   o   o   The first day of the Plan Year. [If #7.a. or #7.b. above is checked for the same type of contribution as checked here, see the restrictions in Section 1.5(b) of the BPD.]
 
               
e.
  þ   þ   þ   The date the conditions in Part 1, #5. above are satisfied. [This e. should be checked for a particular type of contribution only if #7.e. above is also checked for that type of contribution.]
 
               
f.
  o   o   o   (Describe Entry Date)
 
 
               
 
              [Note: Any Entry Date designated in f. must comply with the requirements of Code §410(a)(4) and must satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements under §1.401(a)(4) of the regulations. See Section 1.5(a) of the BPD.]
Ó 2002

3


 

Part 3 — Compensation Definitions
(See Sections 22.92 and 22.172 of the BPD)
9.   Definition of Total Compensation:
         
þ
  a.   W-2 Wages.
 
       
o
  b.   Withholding Wages.
 
       
o
  c.   Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation.
    [Note: Each of the above definitions is increased for Elective Deferrals (as defined in Section 22.55 of the BPD), for pre-tax contributions to a cafeteria plan or a Code §457 plan, and for qualified transportation fringes under Code §132(f)(4). See Section 22.172 of the BPD.]
 
10.   Definition of Included Compensation for allocation of contributions or forfeitures: [Check a. or b. for those contributions the Employer elects under Part 4 of this Agreement. If b. is selected for a particular contribution, also check any combination of c. through i. for that type of contribution. See Section 22.92 of the BPD for determining Included Compensation for Employee After-Tax Contributions, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions.]
                 
    (1)   (2)   (3)    
    §401(k)   Employer   Employer    
    Deferrals   Match   Nonelective    
a.
  o   o   o   Total Compensation, as defined in #9 above.
 
               
b.
  þ   þ   þ   Total Compensation, as defined in #9 above, with the following exclusions:
 
               
c.
  N/A   o   o  
Elective Deferrals, pre-tax contributions to a cafeteria plan or a Code §457 plan, and qualified transportation fringes under Code §132(f)(4) are excluded. See Section 22.92 of the BPD.
 
               
d.
  þ   þ   þ  
Fringe benefits, expense reimbursements, deferred compensation, welfare benefits, President’s Club, Stock awards, and Stock options are excluded.
 
               
e.
  o   o   o  
Compensation above $___ is excluded.
 
               
f.
  o   þ   þ  
Sign-on Bonuses are excluded.
 
               
g.
  o   þ   þ  
Retention/Stay Bonuses are excluded.
 
               
h.
  o   þ   þ  
Relocation Pay is excluded.
 
               
i.
  o   o   o  
Amounts paid for services performed for a Related Employer that does not execute the Co-Sponsor Adoption Page under this Agreement are excluded.
    [Note: Any exclusions selected under f. through i. above do not apply to Nonhighly Compensated Employees in determining allocations under the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions under Part 4E of this Agreement.]
 
o 11.   Special rules.
         
o
  a.   Highly Compensated Employees only. For all purposes under the Plan, the modifications to Included Compensation elected in #10.f. through #10.i. above will apply only to Highly Compensated Employees.
 
       
o
  b.   Measurement period (see the operating rules under Section 2.2(c)(3) of the BPD). Instead of the Plan Year, Included Compensation is determined on the basis of the period elected under (1) or (2) below.
             
o
    (1 )   The calendar year ending in the Plan Year.
 
           
o
    (2 )   The 12-month period ending on ___ which ends during the Plan Year.
 
           
[Note: If this selection b. is checked, Included Compensation will be determined on the basis of the period designated in (1) or (2) for all contribution types. If this selection b. is not checked, Included Compensation is based on the Plan Year. See Part 4 for the ability to use partial year Included Compensation.]
 
           
[Practitioner Tip: If #11.b is checked, it is recommended that the Limitation Year for purposes of applying the Annual Additions Limitation under Code §415 correspond to the period used to determine Included Compensation. This modification to the Limitation Year may be made in Part 13, #69.a. of this Agreement.]
Ó 2002

4


 

Part 4A — Section 401(k) Deferrals
(See Section 2.3(a) of the BPD)
þ   Check this selection and complete the applicable sections of this Part 4A to allow for Section 401(k) Deferrals under the Plan.
 
þ 12.   Section 401(k) Deferral limit. 80% of Included Compensation. [If this #12 is not checked, the Code §402(g) deferral limit described in Section 17.1 of the BPD and the Annual Additions Limitation under Article 7 of the BPD still apply.]
         
þ
  a.   Applicable period. The limitation selected under #12 applies with respect to Included Compensation earned during:
             
o
    (1 )   the Plan Year.
 
           
þ
    (2 )   the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee is an Eligible Participant.
 
           
o
    (3 )   each separate payroll period during which the Employee is an Eligible Participant.
 
           
[Note: If Part 3, #11.b. is checked, any period selected under this a. will be determined as if the Plan Year were the period designated under Part 3, #11.b. See Section 2.2(c)(3) of the BPD.]
         
o
  b.   Limit applicable only to Highly Compensated Employees. [If this b. is not checked, any limitation selected under #12 applies to all Eligible Participants.]
             
o
    (1 )   The limitation selected under #12 applies only to Highly Compensated Employees.
 
           
o
    (2 )   The limitation selected under #12 applies only to Nonhighly Compensated Employees. Highly Compensated Employees may defer up to ___% of Included Compensation (as determined under a. above). [The percentage inserted in this (2) for Highly Compensated Employees must be lower than the percentage inserted in #12 for Nonhighly Compensated Employees.]
þ 13.   Minimum deferral rate: [If this #13 is not checked, no minimum deferral rate applies to Section 401(k) Deferrals under the Plan.]
         
þ
  a.   1% of Included Compensation for a payroll period.
 
       
o
  b.   $___ for a payroll period.
þ 14.   Automatic deferral election. (See Section 2.3(a)(2) of the BPD.) Effective January 1, 2006, an Eligible Participant will automatically defer 2% of Included Compensation for each payroll period, unless the Eligible Participant makes a contrary Salary Reduction Agreement election. This automatic deferral election will apply to:
         
þ
  a.   all Eligible Participants.
 
       
o
  b.   only those Employees who become Eligible Participants on or after the following date:
o 15.   Effective Date. If this Plan is being adopted as a new 401(k) plan or to add a 401(k) feature to an existing plan, Eligible Participants may begin making Section 401(k) Deferrals as of:___
Ó 2002

5


 

Part 4B — Employer Matching Contributions
(See Sections 2.3(b) and (c) of the BPD)
þ   Check this selection and complete this Part 4B to allow for Employer Matching Contributions. Each formula allows for Employer Matching Contributions to be allocated to Section 401(k) Deferrals and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions (referred to as “applicable contributions”). If a matching formula applies to both types of contributions, such contributions are aggregated to determine the Employer Matching Contribution allocated under the formula. If any formula applies to Employee After-Tax Contributions, Part 4D must be completed. [Note: Do not check this selection if the only Employer Matching Contributions authorized under the Plan are Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Instead, complete the applicable elections under Part 4E of this Agreement. If a “regular” Employer Matching Contribution will be made in addition to a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, complete this Part 4B for the “regular” Employer Matching Contribution and Part 4E for the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. To avoid ACP Testing with respect to any “regular” Employer Matching Contributions, such contributions may not be based on applicable contributions in excess of 6% of Included Compensation and any discretionary “regular” Employer Matching Contributions may not exceed 4% of Included Compensation.]
 
16.   Employer Matching Contribution formula(s): [See the operating rules under #17 below.]
             
    (1)   (2)    
    §401(k)   Employee    
    Deferrals   After-Tax    
a.
  þ   o   Fixed matching contribution. Effective July 1, 2006, The Company’s Matching Contribution is equal to the greater of 50% of the first 6% of eligible earnings or 100% of deferrals up to $500.00.
 
           
 
          Effective January 1, 2007, the Company’s Matching Contribution is equal to 50% of the first 6% of eligible earnings.
 
           
b.
  o   o   Discretionary matching contribution. The Employer may make an additional enhanced matching contribution each year based on performance goals established by the Employer or the compensation committee of its parent company.
 
           
c.
  o   o   Tiered matching contribution. A uniform percentage of each tier of each Eligible Participant’s applicable contributions, determined as follows:
     
Tiers of contributions   Matching percentage
(indicate $ or %)    
(a) First                     
  (b)                     
 
   
(c) Next                     
  (d)                     
 
   
(e) Next                     
  (f)                     
 
   
(g) Next                     
  (h)                     
 
   
[Note: Fill in only percentages or dollar amounts, but not both. If percentages are used, each tier represents the amount of the Participant’s applicable contributions that equals the specified percentage of the Participant’s Included Compensation.]
Ó 2002

6


 

             
d.
  o   o   Discretionary tiered matching contribution. The Employer will determine a matching percentage for each tier of each Eligible Participant’s applicable contributions. Tiers are determined in increments of:
     
Tiers of contributions    
(indicate $ or %)    
(a) First                     
   
 
   
(b) Next                     
   
 
   
(c) Next                     
   
 
   
(d) Next                     
   
 
   
[Note: Fill in only percentages or dollar amounts, but not both. If percentages are used, each tier represents the amount of the Participant’s applicable contributions that equals the specified percentage of the Participant’s Included Compensation.]
             
e.
  o   o   Year of Service matching contribution. A uniform percentage of each Eligible Participant’s applicable contributions based on Years of Service with the Employer, determined as follows:
     
Years of Service   Matching Percentage
(a)                     
  (b)                     %
 
   
(c)                     
  (d)                     %
 
   
(e)                     
  (f)                     %
             
o
    1.     In applying the Year of Service matching contribution formula, a Year of Service is: [If not checked, a Year of Service is 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.]
         
o
  a.   as defined for purposes of eligibility under Part 7.
 
       
o
  b.   as defined for purposes of vesting under Part 7.
             
o
    2.     Special limits on Employer Matching Contributions under the Year of Service formula:
         
o
  a.   The Employer Matching Contribution allocated to any Eligible Participant may not exceed ___% of Included Compensation.
 
       
o
  b.   The Employer Matching Contribution will apply only to a Participant’s applicable contributions that do not exceed:
             
o
    (1 )   ___% of Included Compensation.
 
           
o
    (2 )   $___.
Ó 2002

7


 

17.   Operating rules for applying the matching contribution formulas:
  a.   Applicable contributions taken into account: (See Section 2.3(b)(3) of the BPD.) The matching contribution formula(s) elected in #16. above (and any limitations on the amount of a Participant’s applicable contributions considered under such formula(s)) are applied separately for each:
                             
þ
    (1 )   Plan Year. (For the short Plan Year from July 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006.)   o     (2 )   Plan Year quarter.
 
                           
o
    (3 )   calendar month.   þ     (4 )   payroll period, effective January 1, 2007
      [Note: If Part 3, #11.b. is checked, the period selected under this a. (to the extent such period refers to the Plan Year) will be determined as if the Plan Year were the period designated under Part 3, #11.b.]
 
  b.   Special rule for partial period of participation. If an Employee is an Eligible Participant for only part of the period designated in a. above, Included Compensation is taken into account for:
             
þ
    (1 )   the entire period, including the portion of the period during which the Employee is not an Eligible Participant.
 
           
o
    (2 )   the portion of the period in which the Employee is an Eligible Participant.
 
           
o
    (3 )   the portion of the period during which the Employee’s election to make the applicable contributions is in effect.
  o c.   Special rule for discretionary Employer Matching Contribution. The period selected in a. above does not apply to the discretionary matching contribution selected under #16.b. above. [Note: This c. should be selected only if #16.b. is selected in combination with another matching contribution formula under #16 and a period other than the Plan Year is selected for such other matching contribution formula. If this c. is checked, the discretionary matching contribution selected under #16.b. will be based on the Plan Year, regardless of any other selection under a. above.]
þ 18.   Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs): [Note: Regardless of any elections under this #18, the Employer may make a QMAC to the Plan to correct a failed ADP or ACP Test, as authorized under Sections 17.2(d)(2) and 17.3(d)(2) of the BPD. Any QMAC allocated to correct the ADP or ACP Test which is not specifically authorized under this #18 will be allocated to all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees as a uniform percentage of Section 401(k) Deferrals made during the Plan Year. QMACs may only be used in the ADP or ACP Test if the Current Year Testing Method is selected under #31 below. See Section 2.3(c) of the BPD.]
         
þ
  a.   All Employer Matching Contributions are designated as QMACs.
 
       
o
  b.   Only Employer Matching Contributions described in selection(s) ___ under #16 above are designated as QMACs.
 
       
o
  c.   In addition to any Employer Matching Contribution provided under #16 above, the Employer may make a discretionary QMAC that is allocated equally as a percentage of Section 401(k) Deferrals made during the Plan Year. The Employer may allocate QMACs only on Section 401(k) Deferrals that do not exceed a specific dollar amount or a percentage of Included Compensation that is uniformly determined by the Employer. QMACs will be allocated to:
             
o
    (1 )   Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees.
 
           
o
    (2 )   all Eligible Participants.
19.   Allocation conditions. An Eligible Participant must satisfy the following allocation conditions for an Employer Matching Contribution: [Check a. or b. or any combination of c. — f. Selection e. may not be checked if b. or d. is checked. Selection g. and/or h. may be checked in addition to b. — f.]
         
o
  a.   None.
 
       
o
  b.   Safe harbor allocation condition. An Employee must be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year OR must have more than ___ (not more than 500) Hours of Service for the Plan Year.
 
       
þ
  c.   Last day of employment condition. An Employee must be employed with the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. The last day of employment condition is effective for the short plan year from July 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Effective January 1, 2007, the last day of employment condition is deleted.
 
       
o
  d.   Hours of Service condition. An Employee must be credited with at least ___ Hours of Service (may not exceed 1,000) during the Plan Year.
 
       
þ
  e.   Elapsed Time Method. (See Section 2.5(c) of the BPD.)
Ó 2002

8


 

             
o
    (1 )   Safe harbor allocation condition. An Employee must be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year OR must have more than ___ (not more than 91) consecutive days of employment with the Employer during the Plan Year.
 
           
þ
    (2 )   Service condition. For the short plan Year from July 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006, in order to receive an allocation of the Employer Matching Contribution, an Employee must be hired prior to July 1, 2006, and must be employed from July 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006. Effective January 1, 2007, there is no service condition for an allocation of the Employer Matching Contribution.
         
o
  f.   Distribution restriction. An Employee must not have taken a distribution of the applicable contributions eligible for an Employer Matching Contribution prior to the end of the period for which the Employer Matching Contribution is being made (as defined in #17.a. above). See Section 2.5(d) of the BPD.
 
       
o
  g.   Application to a specified period. In applying the allocation condition(s) designated under b. through e. above, the allocation condition(s) will be based on the period designated under #17.a. above. In applying an Hours of Service condition under d. above, the following method will be used: [This g. should be checked only if a period other than the Plan Year is selected under #17.a. above. Selection (1) or (2) must be selected only if d. above is also checked.]
             
o
    (1 )   Fractional method (see Section 2.5(e)(2)(i) of the BPD).
 
           
o
    (2 )   Period-by-period method (see Section 2.5(e)(2)(ii) of the BPD).
 
           
[Practitioner Note: If this g. is not checked, any allocation condition(s) selected under b. through e. above will apply with respect to the Plan Year, regardless of the period selected under #17.a. above. See Section 2.5(e) of the BPD for procedural rules for applying allocation conditions for a period other than the Plan Year.]
         
o
  h.   The above allocation condition(s) will not apply if:
             
o
    (1 )   the Participant dies during the Plan Year.
 
           
o
    (2 )   the Participant is Disabled.
 
           
o
    (3 )   the Participant, by the end of the Plan Year, has reached:
         
o
  (a)   Normal Retirement Age.
 
       
o
  (b)   Early Retirement Age.
         
o
  i.   Special rule for designated matching contributions. The allocation conditions designated under this #19 do not apply to the Employer Matching Contributions described in selection(s) ___ of #16 above. [Note: If this i. is checked, insert in the blank line the appropriate section(s) of #16. The allocation conditions designated under this #19 will not apply to such designated contributions.]
Part 4C — Employer Nonelective Contributions
þ   Check this selection and complete this Part 4C to allow for Employer Nonelective Contributions. [Note: Do not check this selection if the only Employer Nonelective Contributions authorized under the Plan are Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. Instead, complete the applicable elections under Part 4E of this Agreement.]
 
þ 20.   Employer Nonelective Contribution (other than QNECs): The Employer will determine each Plan Year, in its sole discretion, the amount it will contribute to the Plan as an Employer Nonelective Contribution. Any Employer Nonelective Contribution made for the Plan Year will be allocated in accordance with the allocation formula selected in #21 below. [Note: Check this #20 to permit the Employer to make a discretionary Employer Nonelective Contribution (other than a QNEC). If this #20 is checked, also check #21 and select the appropriate allocation formula.]
 
þ 21.   Allocation formula for Employer Nonelective Contributions (other than QNECs):
         
þ
  a.   Pro Rata Allocation Method. Any Employer Nonelective Contribution will be allocated to each Eligible Participant as a uniform percentage of Included Compensation.
 
       
o
  b.   Permitted Disparity Method. The allocation for each Eligible Participant is determined under the following formula:
             
o
    (1 )   Two-Step Formula.
 
           
o
    (2 )   Four-Step Formula.
         
o
  c.   Allocation for designated groups (see Section 2.2(b)(3) of the BPD). The Employer Nonelective Contribution made for each allocation group designated below will be allocated to the Eligible Participants
Ó 2002

9


 

     
within such allocation groups as a uniform percentage of Included Compensation (unless elected otherwise under d. below). The Employer may make a different discretionary Employer Nonelective Contribution for each allocation group. In determining the allocation for a particular allocation group, only Eligible Participants in such allocation group are taken into account.
 
   
o (1)  Group A:
   
 
   
 
   
o (2)  Group B:
   
 
   
 
   
o (3)  Group C:
   
 
   
 
   
o (4)  Group D:
   
 
   
 
   
o (5)  Group E:
   
 
   
 
   
[Note: The allocation groups designated above must be clearly defined in a manner that will not violate the definite predetermined allocation formula requirement of Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b)(1)(ii). The Employer must notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of the contribution to be allocated to each designated group. See Section 2.2(b)(3) of the BPD for administrative procedures for determining the allocation of the Employer Contribution among the designated allocation groups. If additional allocation groups are needed, attach a separate Exhibit B to this Agreement listing the appropriate allocation groups.]
         
o
  d.   Uniform dollar allocation. In determining the allocation for designated groups under c. above, the Employer Nonelective Contribution allocated to Eligible Participants within the following allocation group(s) will be the same dollar amount of contribution rather than a uniform percentage of Included Compensation: [Note: This d. may be checked only if c. above is also checked. Designate on the blank line the allocation group(s) listed under c. above for which a uniform dollar allocation will apply.]                                                  
 
       
o
  e.   Age-weighted allocation formula. The Employer Contribution for the Plan Year will be allocated to each Eligible Participant in accordance with the age-weighted allocation formula described in Section 2.2(b)(5) of the BPD. Under the age-weighted allocation formula, the Employer Contribution is allocated on the basis of each Eligible Participant’s Normalization Factor. A Participant’s Normalization Factor is the Participant’s Included Compensation multiplied by the Actuarial Factor determined under Exhibit A of this Agreement. In determining a Participant’s Actuarial Factor, the following assumptions apply:
     
(1)
  Applicable interest rate. [Check (a), (b) or (c).]
         
o (a)  8.5%
  o (b)  8.0%   o  (c) 7.5%
     
(2)
  Applicable mortality table. [Check (a) or (b).]
         
o
  (a)   UP-1984 mortality table.
 
       
o
  (b)   (Specify mortality table) ___
 
       
[Note: The Actuarial Factors included in Appendix A are based on the UP-1984 mortality table. If a mortality table other than UP-1984 is selected, the appropriate Actuarial Factors based on the selected mortality table must be attached as Appendix A.]
þ 22.   Qualified Nonelective Contribution (QNEC). The Employer may make a discretionary QNEC that is allocated under the following method. [Note: Regardless of any elections under this #22, the Employer may make a QNEC to the Plan to correct a failed ADP or ACP Test, as authorized under Sections 17.2(d)(2) and 17.3(d)(2) of the BPD. Any QNEC allocated to correct the ADP or ACP Test which is not specifically authorized under this #22 will be allocated as a uniform percentage of Included Compensation to all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. QNECs may only be used in the ADP or ACP Test if the Current Year Testing Method is selected under #31, below. See Section 2.3(e) of the BPD.]
         
þ
  a.   Pro Rata Allocation method. (See Section 2.3(e)(1) of the BPD.) The QNEC will be allocated as a uniform percentage of Included Compensation to:
             
þ
    (1 )   all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees.
 
           
o
    (2 )   all Eligible Participants.
         
o
  b.   Bottom-up QNEC method. The QNEC will be allocated to Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees in reverse order of Included Compensation. (See Section 2.3(e)(2) of the BPD.)
 
       
þ
  c.   Application of allocation conditions. If this c. is checked, QNECs will be allocated only to Eligible Participants who have satisfied the allocation conditions under #24 below. [If this c. is not checked, QNECs will be allocated without regard to the allocation conditions under #24 below.]
Ó 2002

10


 

23.   Operating rules for determining amount of Employer Nonelective Contributions.
  a.   Special rules regarding Included Compensation.
  (1)   Applicable period for determining Included Compensation. In determining the amount of Employer Nonelective Contributions to be allocated to an Eligible Participant under this Part 4C, Included Compensation is determined separately for each: [If #21.b. above is checked, the Plan Year must be selected under (a) below.]
     
þ (a) Plan Year.
  o (b) Plan Year quarter.
 
o (c) calendar month.
  o (d) payroll period.
 
[Note: If Part 3, #11.b. is checked, the period selected under this (1) (to the extent such period refers to the Plan Year) will be determined as if the Plan Year were the period designated under Part 3, #11.b. See Section 2.2(c)(3) of the BPD.]
        o    (2)   Special rule for partial period of participation. If an Employee is an Eligible Participant for only part of the period designated under (1) above, Included Compensation is taken into account for the entire period, including the portion of the period during which the Employee is not an Eligible Participant. [If this selection (2) is not checked, Included Compensation is taken into account only for the portion of the period during which the Employee is an Eligible Participant.]
        o b.   Special rules for applying the Permitted Disparity Method. [Complete this b. only if #21.b. above is also checked.]
                     
    o (1)   Application of Four-Step Formula for Top-Heavy Plans. If this (1) is checked, the Four-Step Formula applies instead of the Two-Step Formula for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan. [This (1) may only be checked if #21.b.(1) above is also checked.]
 
                   
    o (2)   Excess Compensation under the Permitted Disparity Method is the amount of Included Compensation that exceeds: [If this selection (2) is not checked, Excess Compensation under the Permitted Disparity Method is the amount of Included Compensation that exceeds the Taxable Wage Base.]
 
                   
        o (a)   ____% (may not exceed 100%) of the Taxable Wage Base.
 
                   
            o 1.   The amount determined under (a) is not rounded.
 
                   
            o 2.   The amount determined under (a) is rounded (but not above the Taxable Wage Base) to the next higher:
 
                   
 
              o a.  $ 1.
 
                   
 
              o b.  $ 100.
 
                   
 
              o c.  $ 1,000.
 
                   
        o (b) _____________ (may not exceed the Taxable Wage Base).
 
                   
        [Note: The maximum integration percentage of 5.7% must be reduced to (i) 5.4% if Excess Compensation is based on an amount that is greater than 80% but less than 100% of the Taxable Wage Base or (ii) 4.3% if Excess Compensation is based on an amount that is greater than 20% but less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base. See Section 2.2(b)(2) of the BPD.]
24.   Allocation conditions. An Eligible Participant must satisfy the following allocation conditions for an Employer Nonelective Contribution: [Check a. or b. or any combination of c. — e. Selection e. may not be checked if b. or d. is checked. Selection f. and/or g. may be checked in addition to b. — e.]
        o a.   None.
        o b.   Safe harbor allocation condition. An Employee must be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year OR must have more than ____ (not more than 500) Hours of Service for the Plan Year.
        þ c.   Last day of employment condition. An Employee must be employed with the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.
        o d.   Hours of Service condition. An Employee must be credited with at least _____ Hours of Service (may not exceed 1,000) during the Plan Year.
        o e.   Elapsed Time Method. (See Section 2.6(d) of the BPD.)
Ó 2002

11


 

          o (1)   Safe harbor allocation condition. An Employee must be employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year OR must have more than ____ (not more than 91) consecutive days of employment with the Employer during the Plan Year.
          o (2)   Service condition.
o  f.   Application to a specified period. In applying the allocation condition(s) designated under b. through e. above, the allocation condition(s) will be based on the period designated under #23.a.(1) above. In applying an Hours of Service condition under d. above, the following method will be used: [This f. should be checked only if a period other than the Plan Year is selected under #23.a.(1) above. Selection (1) or (2) must be selected only if d. above is also checked.]
          o (1)   Fractional method (see Section 2.6(e)(2)(i) of the BPD).
          o (2)   Period-by-period method (see Section 2.6(e)(2)(ii) of the BPD).
[Practitioner Note: If this f. is not checked, any allocation condition(s) selected under b. through e. above will apply with respect to the Plan Year, regardless of the period selected under #23.a.(1) above. See Section 2.6(e) of the BPD for procedural rules for applying allocation conditions for a period other than the Plan Year.]
o  g.   The above allocation condition(s) will not apply if:
          o (1)   the Participant dies during the Plan Year.
          o (2)   the Participant is Disabled.
          o (3)   the Participant, by the end of the Plan Year, has reached:
                         o (a)   Normal Retirement Age.
                         o (b)   Early Retirement Age.
Part 4D — Employee After-Tax Contributions
(See Section 3.1 of the BPD)
o   Check this selection to allow for Employee After-Tax Contributions. If Employee After-Tax Contributions will not be permitted under the Plan, do not check this selection and skip the remainder of this Part 4D. [Note: The eligibility conditions for making Employee After-Tax Contributions are listed in Part 1 of this Agreement under “§401(k) Deferrals.”]
o 25.   Maximum. ____% of Included Compensation for:
             o a.   the entire Plan Year.
             o b.   the portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee is an Eligible Participant.
             o c.   each separate payroll period during which the Employee is an Eligible Participant.
[Note: If this #25 is not checked, the only limit on Employee After-Tax Contributions is the Annual Additions Limitation under Article 7 of the BPD. If Part 3, #11.b. is checked, any period selected under this #25 will be determined as if the Plan Year were the period designated under Part 3, #11.b. See Section 2.2(c)(3) of the BPD.]
o 26.   Minimum. For any payroll period, no less than:
             o a.   ____% of Included Compensation.
             o b.   $____.
Part 4E — Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Election
(See Section 17.6 of the BPD)
o   Check this selection and complete this Part 4E if the Plan is designed to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.
o 27.   Safe Harbor Matching Contribution: The Employer will make an Employer Matching Contribution with respect to an Eligible Participant’s Section 401(k) Deferrals and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions (“applicable contributions”) under the following formula: [Complete selection a. or b. In addition, complete selection c. Selection d. may be checked in addition to a. or b. and c.]
             o a.   Basic formula: 100% of applicable contributions up to the first 3% of Included Compensation, plus 50% of applicable contributions up to the next 2% of Included Compensation.
Ó 2002

12


 

  o  b.   Enhanced formula:
  o  (1)   ___% (not less than 100%) of applicable contributions up to ____% of Included Compensation (not less than 4% and not more than 6%).
 
  o  (2)   The sum of: [The contributions under this (2) must not be less than the contributions that would be calculated under a. at each level of applicable contributions.]
  o  (a)   ___% of applicable contributions up to the first (b)___% of Included Compensation, plus
 
  o  (c)   ___% of applicable contributions up to the next (d)___% of Included Compensation.
[Note: The percentage in (c) may not be greater than the percentage in (a). In addition, the sum of the percentages in (b) and (d) may not exceed 6%.]
       c.   Applicable contributions taken into account: (See Section 17.6(a)(1)(i) of the BPD.) The Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula elected in a. or b. above (and any limitations on the amount of a Participant’s applicable contributions considered under such formula(s)) are applied separately for each:
         
 
  o (1) Plan Year.   o (2) Plan Year quarter.
 
 
  o (3) calendar month.   o (4) payroll period.
 
    [Note: If Part 3, #11.b. is checked, any period selected under this #25 will be determined as if the Plan Year were the period designated under Part 3, #11.b. See Section 2.2(c)(3) of the BPD.]
  o  d.   Definition of applicable contributions. Check this d. if the Plan permits Employee After-Tax Contributions but the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula selected under a. or b. above does not apply to such Employee After-Tax Contributions.
o  28.   Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution: ____% (no less than 3%) of Included Compensation.
  o  a.   Check this selection if the Employer will make this Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution pursuant to a supplemental notice as described in Section 17.6(a)(1)(ii) of the BPD. If this a. is checked, the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution will be required only for a Plan Year for which the appropriate supplemental notice is provided. For any Plan Year in which the supplemental notice is not provided, the Plan is not a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.
 
  o  b.   Check this selection to provide the Employer with the discretion to increase the above percentage to a higher percentage.
 
  o  c.   Check this selection if the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution will be made under another plan maintained by the Employer and identify the plan:
 
     
 
 
  o  d.   Check this d. if the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution offsets the allocation that would otherwise be made to the Participant under Part 4C, #21 above. If the Permitted Disparity Method is elected under Part 4C, #21.b., this offset applies only to the second step of the Two-Step Formula or the fourth step of the Four-Step Formula, as applicable.
o  29.   Special rule for partial period of participation. If an Employee is an Eligible Participant for only part of a Plan Year, Included Compensation is taken into account for the entire Plan Year, including the portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee is not an Eligible Participant. [If this #29 is not checked, Included Compensation is taken into account only for the portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee is an Eligible Participant.]
 
30.   Eligible Participant. For purposes of the Safe Harbor Contributions elected above, “Eligible Participant” means: [Check a., b. or c. Selection d. may be checked in addition to a., b. or c.]
  o  a.   All Eligible Participants (as determined for Section 401(k) Deferrals).
 
  o  b.   All Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Eligible Participants (as determined for Section 401(k) Deferrals).
 
  o  c.   All Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Eligible Participants (as determined for Section 401(k) Deferrals) and all Highly Compensated Employees who are Eligible Participants (as determined for Section 401(k) Deferrals) but who are not Key Employees.
 
  o  d.   Check this d. if the selection under a., b. or c., as applicable, applies only to Employees who would be Eligible Participants for any portion of the Plan Year if the eligibility conditions selected for Section 401(k) Deferrals in Part 1, #5 of this Agreement were one Year of Service and age 21. (See Section 17.6(a)(1) of the BPD.)
Ó 2002

13


 

Part 4F — Special 401(k) Plan Elections
(See Article 17 of the BPD)
31.   ADP/ACP testing method. In performing the ADP and ACP tests, the Employer will use the following method: (See Sections 17.2 and 17.3 of the BPD for an explanation of the ADP/ACP testing methods.)
  o  a.   Prior Year Testing Method.
 
  þ  b.   Current Year Testing Method.
[Practitioner Note: If this Plan is intended to be a Safe-Harbor 401(k) Plan under Part 4E above, the Current Year Testing Method must be elected under b. See Section 17.6 of the BPD.]
o  32.   First Plan Year for Section 401(k) Deferrals. (See Section 17.2(b) of the BPD.) Check this selection if this Agreement covers the first Plan Year that the Plan permits Section 401(k) Deferrals. The ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for such first Plan Year is determined under the following method:
  o  a.   the Prior Year Testing Method, assuming a 3% deferral percentage for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group.
 
  o  b.   the Current Year Testing Method using the actual deferral percentages of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group.
o  33.   First Plan Year for Employer Matching Contributions or Employee After-Tax Contributions. (See Section 17.3(b) of the BPD.) Check this selection if this Agreement covers the first Plan Year that the Plan includes either an Employer Matching Contribution formula or permits Employee After-Tax Contributions. The ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for such first Plan Year is determined under the following method:
  o  a.   the Prior Year Testing Method, assuming a 3% contribution percentage for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group.
 
  o  b.   the Current Year Testing Method using the actual contribution percentages of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group.
Part 5 — Retirement Ages
(See Sections 22.51 and 22.111 of the BPD)
34.   Normal Retirement Age:
  þ  a.   Age 62 (not to exceed 65).
 
  o  b.   The later of (1) age ___ (not to exceed 65) or (2) the ___ (not to exceed 5th) anniversary of the date the Employee commenced participation in the Plan.
 
  o  c.   ___ (may not be later than the maximum age permitted under b.)
35.   Early Retirement Age: [Check a. or check b. and/or c.]
  o  a.   Not applicable.
 
  þ  b.   Age 55.
 
  o  c.   Completion of ___ Years of Service, determined as follows:
  o  (1)   Same as for eligibility.
 
  o  (2)   Same as for vesting.
Ó 2002

14


 

Part 6 — Vesting Rules
(See Article 4 of the BPD)
v   Complete this Part 6 only if the Employer has elected to make Employer Matching Contributions under Part 4B or Employer Nonelective Contributions under Part 4C. Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employee After-Tax Contributions, QMACs, QNECs, Safe Harbor Contributions, and Rollover Contributions are always 100% vested. (See Section 4.2 of the BPD for the definitions of the various vesting schedules.)
36.   Normal vesting schedule: [Check one of a. — f. for those contributions the Employer elects to make under Part 4 of this Agreement.]
                 
        (1)   (2)    
        Employer   Employer    
        Match   Nonelective    
 
  a.   þ   þ   Full and immediate vesting.
 
               
 
  b.   o   o   7-year graded vesting schedule.
 
               
 
  c.   o   o   6-year graded vesting schedule.
 
               
 
  d.   o   o   5-year cliff vesting schedule.
 
               
 
  e.   o   o   3-year cliff vesting schedule.
 
               
 
  f.   o   o   Modified vesting schedule:
      (1) ___% after 1 Year of Service
 
      (2) ___% after 2 Years of Service
 
      (3) ___% after 3 Years of Service
 
      (4) ___% after 4 Years of Service
 
      (5) ___% after 5 Years of Service
 
      (6) ___% after 6 Years of Service, and
 
      (7) 100% after 7 Years of Service.
[Note: The percentages selected under the modified vesting schedule must not be less than the percentages that would be required under the 7-year graded vesting schedule, unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 5 Years of Service.]
37.   Vesting schedule when Plan is top-heavy: [Check one of a. — d. for those contributions the Employer elects to make under Part 4 of this Agreement.]
                 
        (1)   (2)    
        Employer   Employer    
        Match   Nonelective    
 
  a.   þ   þ   Full and immediate vesting.
 
               
 
  b.   o   o   6-year graded vesting schedule.
 
               
 
  c.   o   o   3-year cliff vesting schedule.
 
               
 
  d.   o   o   Modified vesting schedule:
  (1)   ____% after 1 Year of Service
 
  (2)   ____% after 2 Years of Service
 
  (3)   ____% after 3 Years of Service
 
  (4)   ____% after 4 Years of Service
 
  (5)   ____% after 5 Years of Service, and
 
  (6)   ____100% after 6 Years of Service.
[Note: The percentages selected under the modified vesting schedule must not be less than the percentages that would be required under the 6-year graded vesting schedule, unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 3 Years of Service.]
Ó 2002

15


 

o  38.   Service excluded under the above vesting schedule(s):
  o  a.   Service before the original Effective Date of this Plan. (See Section 4.5(b)(1) of the BPD for rules that require service under a Predecessor Plan to be counted.)
 
  o  b.   Years of Service completed before the Employee’s ____ birthday (cannot exceed the 18th birthday).
o  39.   Special 100% vesting. An Employee’s vesting percentage increases to 100% if, while employed with the Employer, the Employee:
  o  a.   dies.
 
  o  b.   becomes Disabled (as defined in Section 22.47 of the BPD).
 
  o  c.   reaches Early Retirement Age (as defined in Part 5, #35 above).
o  40.   Special vesting provisions. Check this #40 and attach an addendum to the Agreement describing any special vesting provisions that are not otherwise described under the BPD or this Agreement.
Part 7 — Special Service Crediting Rules
(See Article 6 of the BPD)
If no minimum service requirement applies under Part 1, #5 of this Agreement and all contributions are 100% vested under Part 6, skip this Part 7.
v   Year of Service — Eligibility. 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period. Hours of Service are calculated using the Actual Hours Crediting Method. [To modify, complete #41 below.]
 
v   Eligibility Computation Period. If one Year of Service is required for eligibility, the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method is used. If two Years of Service are required for eligibility, the Anniversary Year Method is used. [To modify, complete #42 below.]
 
v   Year of Service — Vesting. 1,000 Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period. Hours of Service are calculated using the Actual Hours Crediting Method. [To modify, complete #43 below.]
 
v   Vesting Computation Period. The Plan Year. [To modify, complete #44 below.]
 
v   Break in Service Rules. The Rule of Parity Break in Service rule applies for both eligibility and vesting but the one-year holdout Break in Service rule is NOT used for eligibility or vesting. [To modify, complete #45 below.]
o  41.   Alternative definition of Year of Service for eligibility.
  o  a.   A Year of Service is ____ Hours of Service (may not exceed 1,000) during an Eligibility Computation Period.
 
  o  b.   Use the Equivalency Method (as defined in Section 6.5(a) of the BPD) to count Hours of Service. If this b. is checked, each Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each calendar month for which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service, unless a different Equivalency Method is selected under #46 below. The Equivalency Method applies to:
  o  (1)   All Employees.
 
  o  (2)   Employees who are not paid on an hourly basis. For hourly Employees, the Actual Hours Method will be used.
  o  c.   Use the Elapsed Time Method instead of counting Hours of Service. (See Section 6.5(b) of the BPD.)
o  42.   Alternative method for determining Eligibility Computation Periods. (See Section 1.4(c) of the BPD.)
  o  a.   One Year of Service eligibility. Eligibility Computation Periods are determined using the Anniversary Year Method instead of the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method.
 
  o  b.   Two Years of Service eligibility. Eligibility Computation Periods are determined using the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method instead of the Anniversary Year Method.
Ó 2002

16


 

o  43.   Alternative definition of Year of Service for vesting.
  o  a.   A Year of Service is ____ Hours of Service (may not exceed 1,000) during a Vesting Computation Period.
 
  o  b.   Use the Equivalency Method (as defined in Section 6.5(a) of the BPD) to count Hours of Service. If this b. is checked, each Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service for each calendar month for which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service, unless a different Equivalency Method is selected under #46 below. The Equivalency Method applies to:
  o  (1)   All Employees.
 
  o  (2)   Employees who are not paid on an hourly basis. For hourly Employees, the Actual Hours Method will be used.
  o  c.   Use the Elapsed Time Method instead of counting Hours of Service. (See Section 6.5(b) of the BPD.)
o  44.   Alternative method for determining Vesting Computation Periods. Instead of Plan Years, use:
  o  a.   Anniversary Years. (See Section 4.4 of the BPD.)
 
  o  b.   (Describe Vesting Computation Period):
     
 
 
      [Practitioner Note: Any Vesting Computation Period described in b. must be a 12-consecutive month period and must apply uniformly to all Participants.]
o  45.   Break in Service rules.
  o  a.   The Rule of Parity Break in Service rule does not apply for purposes of determining eligibility or vesting under the Plan. [If this selection a. is not checked, the Rule of Parity Break in Service Rule applies for purposes of eligibility and vesting. (See Sections 1.6 and 4.6 of the BPD.)]
 
  o  b.   One-year holdout Break in Service rule.
  o  (1)   Applies to determine eligibility for: [Check one or both.]
  o  (a)   Employer Contributions (other than Section 401(k) Deferrals).
 
  o  (b)   Section 401(k) Deferrals. (See Section 1.6(c) of the BPD.)
  o  (2)   Applies to determine vesting. (See Section 4.6(a) of the BPD.)
o  46.   Special rules for applying Equivalency Method. [This #46 may only be checked if #41.b. and/or #43.b. is checked above.]
  o  a.   Alternative method. Instead of applying the Equivalency Method on the basis of months worked, the following method will apply. (See Section 6.5(a) of the BPD.)
  o  (1)   Daily method. Each Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service for each day worked.
 
  o  (2)   Weekly method. Each Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week worked.
 
  o  (3)   Semi-monthly method. Each Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly payroll period worked.
  o  b.   Application of special rules. The alternative method elected in a. applies for purposes of: [Check (1) and/or (2).]
  o  (1)   Eligibility. [Check this (1) only if #41.b. is checked above.]
 
  o  (2)   Vesting. [Check this (2) only if #43.b. is checked above.]
Ó 2002

17


 

Part 8 — Allocation of Forfeitures
(See Article 5 of the BPD)
o   Check this selection if ALL contributions under the Plan are 100% vested and skip this Part 8. (See Section 5.5 of the BPD for the default forfeiture rules if no forfeiture allocation method is selected under this Part 8.)
 
47.   Timing of forfeiture allocations:
                 
        (1)   (2)    
        Employer   Employer    
        Match   Nonelective    
 
  a.   þ   þ   In the same Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur.
 
               
 
  b.   o   o   In the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur.
48.   Method of allocating forfeitures: (See the operating rules in Section 5.5 of the BPD.)
                 
        (1)   (2)    
        Employer   Employer    
        Match   Nonelective    
 
  a.   o   o   Reallocate as additional Employer Nonelective Contributions using the allocation method specified in Part 4C, #21 of this Agreement. If no allocation method is specified, use the Pro Rata Allocation Method under Part 4C, #21.a. of this Agreement.
 
               
 
  b.   o   o   Reallocate as additional Employer Matching Contributions using the discretionary allocation method in Part 4B, #16.b. of this Agreement.
 
               
 
  c.   þ   þ   Reduce the: [Check one or both.]
  þ  (a)   Employer Matching Contributions
 
  þ  (b)   Employer Nonelective Contributions
 
  the Employer would otherwise make for the Plan Year in which the forfeitures are allocated. [Note: If both (a) and (b) are checked, the Employer may adjust its contribution deposits in any manner, provided the total Employer Matching Contributions and Employer Nonelective Contributions (as applicable) properly take into account the forfeitures used to reduce such contributions for that Plan Year.]
o  49.   Payment of Plan expenses. Forfeitures are first used to pay Plan expenses for the Plan Year in which the forfeitures are to be allocated. (See Section 5.5(c) of the BPD.) Any remaining forfeitures are allocated as provided in #48 above.
 
o  50.   Modification of cash-out rules. The Cash-Out Distribution rules are modified in accordance with Sections 5.3(a)(1)(i)(C) and 5.3(a)(1)(ii)(C) of the BPD to allow for an immediate forfeiture, regardless of any additional allocations during the Plan Year.
Part 9 — Distributions After Termination of Employment
(See Section 8.3 of the BPD)
v   The elections in this Part 9 are subject to the operating rules in Articles 8 and 9 of the BPD.
51.   Vested account balances in excess of $5,000. Distribution is first available as soon as administratively feasible following:
  þ  a.   the Participant’s employment termination date.
 
  o  b.   the end of the Plan Year that contains the Participant’s employment termination date.
 
  o  c.   the first Valuation Date following the Participant’s termination of employment.
 
  o  d.   the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age (or Early Retirement Age, if applicable) or, if later, the Participant’s employment termination date.
 
  o  e.   (Describe distribution event)
     
 
 
      [Practitioner Note: Any distribution event described in e. will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan.]
Ó 2002

18


 

52.   Vested account balances of $5,000 or less. Distribution will be made in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following:
  o  a.   the Participant’s employment termination date.
 
  o  b.   the end of the Plan Year that contains the Participant’s employment termination date.
 
  o  c.   the first Valuation Date following the Participant’s termination of employment.
 
  þ  d.   (Describe distribution event): Effective March 1, 2005, in the event of a mandatory distribution greater than $1,000 that is made in accordance with the provisions of the Plan providing for an automatic distribution to a Participant without the Participant’s consent, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the Participant in a direct rollover (in accordance with the direct rollover provisions of the Plan) or to receive the distribution directly, then the Plan Administrator shall pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator.
 
      [Practitioner Note: Any distribution event described in d. will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan.]
þ  53.   Disabled Participant. A Disabled Participant (as defined in Section 22.53 of the BPD) may request a distribution (if earlier than otherwise permitted under #51 or #52 (as applicable)) as soon as administratively feasible following:
  þ  a.   the date the Participant becomes Disabled.
 
  o  b.   the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes Disabled.
 
  o  c.   (Describe distribution event):
     
 
 
      [Practitioner Note: Any distribution event described in c. will apply uniformly to all Participants under the Plan.]
o  54.   Hardship withdrawals following termination of employment. A terminated Participant may request a Hardship withdrawal (as defined in Section 8.6 of the BPD) before the date selected in #51 or #52 above, as applicable.
 
o  55.   Special operating rules.
  o  a.   Modification of Participant consent requirement. A Participant must consent to a distribution from the Plan, even if the Participant’s vested Account Balance does not exceed $5,000. See Section 8.3(b) of the BPD. [Note: If this a. is not checked, the involuntary distribution rules under Section 8.3(b) of the BPD apply.]
 
  o  b.   Distribution upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later). A distribution from the Plan will be made without a Participant’s consent if such Participant has terminated employment and has attained Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later). See Section 8.7 of the BPD.
Ó 2002

19


 

Part 10 — In-Service Distributions
(See Section 8.5 of the BPD)
v   The elections in this Part 10 are subject to the operating rules in Articles 8 and 9 of the BPD.
56.   Permitted in-service distribution events: [Elections under the §401(k) Deferrals column also apply to any QNECs, QMACs, and Safe Harbor Contributions.]
                     
        (1)   (2)   (3)    
        §401(k)   Employer   Employer    
        Deferrals   Match   Nonelective    
 
  a.   o   o   o   In-service distributions are not available.
 
                   
 
  b.   þ   þ   þ   After age 59 1/2 . [If earlier than age 59 1/2, age is deemed to be age 59 1/2 for Section 401(k) Deferrals if the selection is checked under that column.]
 
                   
 
  c.   þ   o   o   A safe harbor Hardship described in Section 8.6(a) of the BPD. [Note: Not applicable to QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions.]
 
                   
 
  d.   N/A   o   o   A Hardship described in Section 8.6 (b) of the BPD.
 
                   
 
  e.   N/A   o   o   After the Participant has participated in the Plan for at least ____ years (cannot be less than 5 years).
 
                   
 
  f.   N/A   o   o   At any time with respect to the portion of the vested Account Balance derived from contributions accumulated in the Plan for at least 2 years.
 
                   
 
  g.   o   o   o   Upon a Participant becoming Disabled (as defined in Section 22.47).
 
                   
 
  h.   o   o   o   Attainment of Normal Retirement Age. [If earlier than age 59 1/2, age is deemed to be 59 1/2 for Section 401(k) Deferrals if the selection is checked under that column.]
 
                   
 
  i.   N/A   o   o   Attainment of Early Retirement Age.
57.   Limitations that apply to in-service distributions:
  o  a.   Available only if the Account which is subject to withdrawal is 100% vested. (See Section 4.8 of the BPD for special vesting rules if not checked.)
 
  o  b.   No more than ____ in-service distribution(s) in a Plan Year.
 
  o  c.   The minimum amount of any in-service distribution will be $____ (may not exceed $1,000).
 
  o  d.   In applying the Hardship provision under Section 8.6(b) of the BPD (if selected under #56.d. above), the following additional Hardship events apply: ____ [Note: Any additional Hardship events must be clearly defined in a manner that precludes Employer discretion.]
Ó 2002

20


 

Part 11 — Distribution Options
(See Section 8.1 of the BPD)
                     
58.   Optional forms of payment available upon termination of employment:
 
                   
    þ   a.   Lump sum distribution of entire vested Account Balance.
 
                   
    o   b.   Single sum distribution of a portion of vested Account Balance.
 
                   
    þ   c.   Installments for a specified term.
 
                   
    o   d.   Installments for required minimum distributions only.
 
                   
    þ   e.   Annuity payments (see Section 8.1 of the BPD). The following forms of annuity shall be available:
 
          (1 )     single life annuity
 
          (2 )     single life annuity with certain periods of 5, 10, or 15 years
 
          (3 )     single life annuity with installment refund
 
          (4 )     survivorship life annuities with installment refund and survivor percentages of 50, 66 2/3, 75, or 100
 
          (5 )     fixed period annuities for any period of whole months which is not less than 60 and does not exceed the life expectancy of the participant and the named beneficiary
    [Practitioner Note: A Participant may receive a distribution in any combination of the forms of payment selected in a. through e.]
                                 
59.   Application of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA) and Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA) provisions: (See Article 9 of the BPD.)
 
                               
    o   a.   Do not apply. [Note: The QJSA and QPSA provisions automatically apply to any assets of the Plan that were received as a transfer from another plan that was subject to the QJSA and QPSA rules. If this a. is checked, the QJSA and QPSA rules generally will apply only with respect to transferred assets or if distribution is made in the form of life annuity. See Section 9.1(b) of the BPD.]
 
                               
    þ   b.   Apply, with the following modifications: [Check this b. to have all assets under the Plan be subject to the QJSA and QPSA requirements. See Section 9.1(a) of the BPD.]
 
                               
            þ     (1 )   No modifications.
 
                               
            o     (2 )   Modified QJSA benefit. Instead of a 50% survivor benefit, the normal form of the QJSA provides the following survivor benefit to the spouse:
 
                               
 
                      o   (a)   100%. 
 
                               
 
                      o   (b)   75%. 
 
                               
 
                      o   (c)   66 2/3%. 
 
                               
            o     (3 )   Modified QPSA benefit. Instead of a 50% QPSA benefit, the QPSA benefit is 100% of the Participant’s vested Account Balance.
 
                               
    o   c.   One-year marriage rule. The one-year marriage rule under Sections 8.4(c)(4) and 9.3 of the BPD applies. Under this rule, a Participant’s spouse will not be treated as a surviving spouse unless the Participant and spouse were married for at least one year at the time of the Participant’s death.
Part 12 — Administrative Elections
                         
v   Use this Part 12 to identify administrative elections authorized by the BPD. These elections may be changed without reexecuting this Agreement by substituting a replacement of this page with new elections. To the extent this Part 12 is not completed, the default provisions in the BPD apply.
 
                       
60.   Are Participant loans permitted? (See Article 14 of the BPD.)
 
                       
 
  o   a.   No            
 
                       
 
  þ   b.   Yes            
 
                       
 
          o     (1 )   Use the default loan procedures under Article 14 of the BPD.
 
                       
 
          þ     (2 )   Use a separate written loan policy to modify the default loan procedures under Article 14 of the BPD.
Ó 2002

21


 

                     
61.   Are Participants permitted to direct investments? (See Section 13.5(c) of the BPD.)
 
                   
 
  o   a.   No    
 
                   
 
  þ   b.   Yes    
 
                   
 
      þ     (1 )   Specify Accounts: All Accounts are Participant directed except for specific investment conditions applied to the Employer Matching Contributions as set forth in Part 13, #76.
 
                   
 
      þ     (2 )   Check this selection if the Plan is intended to comply with ERISA §404(c). (See Section 13.5(c)(2) of the BPD.)
             
62.   Is any portion of the Plan daily valued? (See Section 13.2(b) of the BPD.)
 
           
 
  o   a.   No
 
           
 
  þ   b.   Yes. Specify Accounts and/or investment options: All Accounts
                             
63.   Is any portion of the Plan valued periodically (other than daily)? (See Section 13.2(a) of the BPD.)
 
                           
 
  þ   a.   No            
 
                           
 
  o   b.   Yes            
 
                           
        o     (1 )   Specify Accounts and/or investment options:                     
 
                           
        o     (2 )   Specify valuation date(s):                                         
 
                           
        o     (3 )   The following special allocation rules apply: [If this (3) is not checked, the Balance Forward Method under Section 13.4(a) of the BPD applies.]
 
                           
 
                  o   (a)   Weighted average method. (See Section 13.4(a)(2)(i) of the BPD.)
 
                           
 
                  o   (b)   Adjusted percentage method, taking into account ___% of contributions made during the valuation period. (See Section 13.4(a)(2)(ii) of the BPD.)
 
                           
 
                  o   (c)   (Describe allocation rules)           
 
                           
                    [Practitioner Note: Any allocation rules described in (c) must be in accordance with a definite predetermined formula that is not based on compensation, that satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of §1.401(a)(4) of the regulations, and that is applied uniformly to all Participants.]
                         
64.   Does the Plan accept Rollover Contributions? (See Section 3.2 of the BPD.)
 
                       
 
  o   a.   No   þ   b.   Yes
 
                       
65.   Are life insurance investments permitted? (See Article 15 of the BPD.)
 
                       
 
  þ   a.   No   o   b.   Yes
 
                       
66.   Do the default QDRO procedures under Section 11.5 of the BPD apply?
 
                       
 
  o   a.   No   þ   b.   Yes
 
                       
67.   Do the default claims procedures under Section 11.6 of the BPD apply?
 
                       
 
  o   a.   No   þ   b.   Yes
Part 13 — Miscellaneous Elections
             
v   The following elections override certain default provisions under the BPD and provide special rules for administering the Plan. Complete the following elections to the extent they apply to the Plan.
 
           
þ 68.   Determination of Highly Compensated Employees.
 
           
 
  þ   a.   The Top-Paid Group Test applies. [If this selection a. is not checked, the Top-Paid Group Test will not apply. See Section 22.89(b)(4) of the BPD.]
 
           
 
  þ   b.   The Calendar Year Election applies. [This selection b. may only be chosen if the Plan Year is not the calendar year. See Section 22.89(b)(5) of the BPD.]
Ó 2002

22


 

                             
o 69.   Special elections for applying the Annual Additions Limitation under Code §415.
 
                           
    o   a.   The Limitation Year is the 12-month period ending ___. [If this selection a. is not checked, the Limitation Year is the same as the Plan Year.]
 
                           
    o   b.   Total Compensation includes imputed compensation for a terminated Participant who is permanently and totally Disabled. (See Section 7.4(g)(3) of the BPD.)
 
                           
o 70.   Election to use Old-Law Required Beginning Date. The Old-Law Required Beginning Date (as defined in Section 10.3(a)(2) of the BPD) applies instead of the Required Beginning Date rules under Section 10.3(a)(1) of the BPD.
 
                           
þ 71.   Service credited with Predecessor Employers: (See Section 6.7 of the BPD.)
 
                           
    þ   a.   (Identify Predecessor Employers) Employees shall become participants on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the completion of the minimum age and service requirements selected in this Adoption Agreement; provided however, that by resolution of the Board of Directors of CheckFree Services Corporation or any Affiliated Employer, employees of companies that may be acquired by CheckFree Services Corporation or an Affiliated Employer may, in the discretion of CheckFree Services Corporation or the Affiliated Employer, have their service with the acquired company treated as service with CheckFree Services Corporation or an Affiliated Employer for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Plan and receive Employer Nonelective Contributions under the Plan.
 
                           
    o   b.   Service is credited with these Predecessor Employers for the following purposes:
 
                           
 
          o     (1 )   The eligibility service requirements elected in Part 1 of this Agreement.    
 
                           
 
          o     (2 )   The vesting schedule(s) elected in Part 6 of this Agreement.    
 
                           
 
          o     (3 )   The allocation requirements elected in Part 4 of this Agreement.    
 
                           
    o   c.   In applying this #71, service before ___ will not be recognized.
 
                           
            [Note: If the Employer is maintaining the Plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Predecessor Employer must be counted for all purposes under the Plan. This #71 may be completed with respect to such Predecessor Employer indicating all service under selections (1), (2) and (3) will be credited. The failure to complete this #71 where the Employer is maintaining the Plan of a Predecessor Employer will not override the requirement that such predecessor service be credited for all purposes under the Plan. (See Section 6.7 of the BPD.) If the Employer is not maintaining the Plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Predecessor Employer will be credited under this Plan only if specifically elected under this #71. If the above crediting rules are to apply differently to service with different Predecessor Employers, attach separately completed elections for this item, using the same format as above but listing only those Predecessor Employers to which the separate attachment relates.]
 
                           
o 72.   Special rules where Employer maintains more than one plan.
 
                           
    o   a.   Top-heavy minimum contribution — Employer maintains this Plan and one or more Defined Contribution Plans. If this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Employer will provide any required top-heavy minimum contribution under: (See Section 16.2(a)(5)(i) of the BPD.)
 
                           
 
          o     (1 )   This Plan.    
 
                           
 
          o     (2 )   The following Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer:                                        
 
                           
    o   b.   Top-heavy minimum benefit — Employer maintains this Plan and one or more Defined Benefit Plans. If this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Employer will provide any required top-heavy minimum contribution or benefit under: (See Section 16.2(a)(5)(ii) of the BPD.)
 
                           
 
          o     (1 )   This Plan, but the minimum required contribution is increased from 3% to 5% of Total Compensation for the Plan Year.    
 
                           
 
          o     (2 )   The following Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer:                                             
 
                           
    o   c.   Limitation on Annual Additions. This c. should be checked only if the Employer maintains another Defined Contribution Plan in which any Participant is a participant, and the Employer will not apply the rules set forth under Section 7.2 of the BPD. [Note: If this c. is checked, attach an addendum to this Agreement describing how the Employer will limit Annual Additions.]
 
                           
    o   d.   Allocation offset. An Eligible Participant’s allocation under this Plan is reduced by allocations under ___ [insert name of plan(s)]. (See Section 2.1(d) of the BPD.) [Note: If this d. is checked, attach an addendum to this Agreement describing how such offset will be applied.]
Ó 2002

23


 

                         
þ 73.   Special definition of Disabled. In applying the allocation conditions under Parts 4B and 4C, the special vesting provisions under Part 6, and the distribution provisions under Parts 9 and 10 of this Agreement, the definition of Disabled is the definition described in the addendum attached to this Agreement rather than the definition described under Section 22.47 of the BPD. [Any definition described in an addendum to this Agreement must satisfy the requirements of §1.401(a)(4) of the regulations and must be applied uniformly to all Participants.]
 
                       
þ 74.   Fail-Safe Coverage Provision. [This selection #74 must be checked to apply the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision under Section 2.6 of the BPD.]
 
                       
    þ   a.   The Fail-Safe Coverage Provision described in Section 2.6 of the BPD applies without modification.
 
                       
    o   b.   The Fail-Safe Coverage Provisions described in Section 2.6 of the BPD applies with the following modifications:
 
                       
 
          o     (1 )   The special rule for Top-Heavy Plans under Section 2.6(a) of the BPD does not apply.
 
                       
 
          o     (2 )   The Fail-Safe Coverage Provision is based on Included Compensation as described under Section 2.6(d) of the BPD.
 
                       
o 75.   Election not to participate (see Section 1.10 of the BPD). An Employee may make a one-time irrevocable election not to participate under the Plan upon inception of the Plan or at any time prior to the time the Employee first becomes eligible to participate under any plan maintained by the Employer. [Note: Use of this provision could result in a violation of the minimum coverage rules under Code §410(b).]
 
                       
þ 76.   Protected Benefits. If there are any Protected Benefits provided under this Plan that are not specifically provided for under this Agreement, check this #76 and attach an addendum to this Agreement describing the Protected Benefits.
Ó 2002

24


 

Signature Page
By signing this page, the Employer agrees to adopt (or amend) the Plan which consists of the BPD and the provisions elected in this Agreement. The Employer agrees that the Volume Submitter Sponsor has no responsibility or liability regarding the suitability of the Plan for the Employer’s needs or the options elected under this Agreement. It is recommended that the Employer consult with legal counsel before executing this Agreement.
             
77.   Name and title of authorized representative(s):   Signature(s):   Date:
 
           
 
  Stephen E. Olsen, COO   /s/ Stephen E. Olsen   June 15, 2007
 
           
 
  David E. Mangum, EVP and CFO   /s/ David E. Mangum   June 15, 2007
78.   Effective Date of this Agreement:
             
 
  o   a.   New Plan. Check this selection if this is a new Plan. Effective Date of the Plan is:                     
 
 
  þ   b.   Restated Plan. Check this selection if this is a restatement of an existing plan. Effective Date of the restatement is: June 16, 2007.
  (1)   Designate the plan(s) being amended by this restatement: CheckFree Services Corporation 401(k) Plan
  (2)   Designate the original Effective Date of this Plan (optional): April 1, 1984
             
 
  o   c.   Amendment by page substitution. Check this selection if this is an amendment by substitution of certain pages of this Adoption Agreement. [If this c. is checked, complete the remainder of this Signature Page in the same manner as the Signature Page being replaced.]
  (1)   Identify the page(s) being replaced:
     
 
  (2)   Effective Date(s) of such changes:
     
 
             
 
  o   d.   Substitution of sponsor. Check this selection if a successor to the original plan sponsor is continuing this Plan as a successor sponsor, and substitute page 1 to identify the successor as the Employer.
  (1)   Effective Date of the amendment is:
     
 
     
o 79.
  Check this #79 if any special Effective Dates apply under Appendix A of this Agreement and complete the relevant sections of Appendix A.
80.   Important information about this Volume Submitter Plan. A failure to properly complete the elections in this Agreement or to operate the Plan in accordance with applicable law may result in disqualification of the Plan. The Employer may rely on the Favorable IRS Letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service to the Volume Submitter Sponsor as evidence that the Plan is qualified under §401 of the Code, to the extent provided in Announcement 2001-77. The Employer may not rely on the Favorable IRS Letter in certain circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the Favorable IRS Letter issued with respect to the Plan and in Announcement 2001-77. In order to obtain reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification requirements, the Employer must apply to the office of Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service for a determination letter. See Section 22.80 of the BPD.
Ó 2002

25


 

Addendum to CheckFree Services Corporation 401(k) Plan
#73 Special Definition of Disabled:
     Disability means the Participant, because of a physical or mental disability, will be unable to perform the duties of his/her customary position of employment (or is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity) for an indefinite period which the Plan Administrator considers will be of long continued duration. A Participant also is disabled if he/she incurs the permanent loss or loss of use of a member or function of the body, or is permanently disfigured, and incurs a Separation from Service.
#76 Protected Benefits:
     Employer Securities:
     The Committee shall be authorized to direct the Trustee to establish an Employer stock fund for the purpose of receiving and holding any shares of Employer stock contributed to the Plan as Employer Matching Contributions and/or Employer Nonelective Contributions. To the extent amounts allocated to a Participant’s separate account are invested in Employer stock, the distribution of such amounts shall be made in cash or shares of Employer stock, as elected by the Participant or Beneficiary. Any Participant who receives a distribution of Employer stock under the Plan and desires to dispose of such Employer stock shall not be required to first offer to sell such Employer stock to the Employer. Each Participant or his Beneficiary shall not be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the manner in which shares of Employer stock allocated to the Participant’s separate accounts shall be voted with respect to any corporate matter that involves voting the Employer stock allocated to the Participant’s separate accounts.
     Effective January 1, 2007, Employer Matching Contributions will be made only in cash.
     Effective January 1, 2007, a Participant is permitted to direct the investment or reinvestment of any portion of his Account held in the Employer Stock Fund to another investment option under the Plan at any time that is administratively reasonable.
Ó 2002

26


 

Trustee Declaration
By signing this Trustee Declaration, the Trustee agrees to the duties, responsibilities and liabilities imposed on the Trustee by the BPD and this Agreement.
             
81.   Name(s) of Trustee(s):   Signature(s) of Trustee(s):   Date:
 
           
 
  SunTrust Bank   /s/ Jeffrey S. Rhineheart   June 15, 2007
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
82.   Effective date of this Trustee Declaration: June 16, 2007
83.   The Trustee’s investment powers are:
         
o
  a.   Discretionary Trustee. The Trustee has discretion to invest Plan assets. This discretion is limited to the extent Participants are permitted to give investment direction, or to the extent the Trustee is subject to direction from the Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager or other Named Fiduciary.
 
       
þ
  b.   Directed Trustee only. The Trustee may only invest Plan assets as directed by Participants or by the Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager or other Named Fiduciary.
 
       
o
  c.   Separate trust agreement. The Trustee’s investment powers are determined under a separate trust document which replaces (or is adopted in conjunction with) the trust provisions under the BPD. [Note: The separate trust document is incorporated as part of this Plan and must be attached hereto. The responsibilities, rights and powers of the Trustee are those specified in the separate trust agreement. If this c. is checked, the Trustee need not sign or date this Trustee Declaration under #81 above.]
Ó 2002

27


 

Co-Sponsor Adoption Page #1
þ   Check this selection and complete the remainder of this page if an Employer (other than the Employer that signs the Signature Page above) will participate under this Plan as a Co-Sponsor. [Note: See Article 21 of the BPD for rules relating to the adoption of the Plan by a Co-Sponsor. If there is more than one Co-Sponsor, each one should execute a separate Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. Any reference to the “Employer” in this Agreement is also a reference to the Co-Sponsor, unless otherwise noted.]
 
84.   Name of Co-Sponsor: CheckFreePay Corporation
 
85.   Employer Identification Number (EIN) of the Co-Sponsor: 06-1291316
By signing this page, the Co-Sponsor agrees to adopt (or to continue its participation in) the Plan identified on page 1 of this Agreement. The Plan consists of the BPD and the provisions elected in this Agreement.
             
86.   Name and title of authorized representative(s):   Signature(s):   Date:
 
           
 
  Mark A. Johnson, Chairman of the Board   /s/ Mark A. Johnson   June 15, 2007
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
87.   Effective date of this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page: June 16, 2007
 
   
 
 
   
 
  o   a.   Check here if this is the initial adoption of a new Plan by the Co-Sponsor.
 
  o   b.   Check here if this is an amendment or restatement of an existing plan maintained by the Co-Sponsor, which is merging into the Plan being adopted.
  (1)   Designate the plan(s) being amended by this restatement:
     
 
 
  (2)   Designate the original Effective Date of the Co-Sponsor’s Plan (optional):
     
 
     
o 88.
  Allocation of contributions. If this #88 is checked, contributions made by the Employer signing this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page (and any forfeitures relating to such contributions) will be allocated only to Participants actually employed by the Employer making the contribution and Employees of such Employer will not share in an allocation of contributions (or forfeitures relating to such contributions) made by any other Employer. [Note: The selection of this #88 may require additional testing of the Plan. See Section 21.3 of the BPD.]
 
   
o 89.
  Special rules.
             
 
  o   a.   Modification of Adoption Agreement elections. Check this a. if the Co-Sponsor will apply different Plan provisions than those elected under the Agreement.
             
 
    (1 )   Page(s)       of the Agreement are being modified for this Co-Sponsor. [Note: Attach the modified pages as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page.]
 
    (2 )   The modified provisions are effective      . [Note: An Appendix A may be attached as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page to describe any special Effective Dates that apply to the Co-Sponsor.]
Ó 2002

28


 

Co-Sponsor Adoption Page #2
þ   Check this selection and complete the remainder of this page if an Employer (other than the Employer that signs the Signature Page above) will participate under this Plan as a Co-Sponsor. [Note: See Article 21 of the BPD for rules relating to the adoption of the Plan by a Co-Sponsor. If there is more than one Co-Sponsor, each one should execute a separate Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. Any reference to the “Employer” in this Agreement is also a reference to the Co-Sponsor, unless otherwise noted.]
 
90.   Name of Co-Sponsor: Bastogne, Inc.
 
91.   Employer Identification Number (EIN) of the Co-Sponsor: 42-1535458
By signing this page, the Co-Sponsor agrees to adopt (or to continue its participation in) the Plan identified on page 1 of this Agreement. The Plan consists of the BPD and the provisions elected in this Agreement.
             
92.
  Name and title of authorized representative(s):   Signature(s):   Date:
 
           
 
  David E. Mangum, President   /s/ David E. Mangum   June 15, 2007
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
93.   Effective date of this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page: June 16, 2007
 
   
 
 
   
 
  o a.   Check here if this is the initial adoption of a new Plan by the Co-Sponsor.
 
  o b.   Check here if this is an amendment or restatement of an existing plan maintained by the Co-Sponsor, which is merging into the Plan being adopted.
  (1)   Designate the plan(s) being amended by this restatement:
     
 
 
  (2)   Designate the original Effective Date of the Co-Sponsor’s Plan (optional):
     
 
o 94.   Allocation of contributions. If this #94 is checked, contributions made by the Employer signing this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page (and any forfeitures relating to such contributions) will be allocated only to Participants actually employed by the Employer making the contribution and Employees of such Employer will not share in an allocation of contributions (or forfeitures relating to such contributions) made by any other Employer. [Note: The selection of this #94 may require additional testing of the Plan. See Section 21.3 of the BPD.]
 
o 95.   Special rules.
  o a.   Modification of Adoption Agreement elections. Check this a. if the Co-Sponsor will apply different Plan provisions than those elected under the Agreement.
  (1)   Page(s)                      of the Agreement are being modified for this Co-Sponsor. [Note: Attach the modified pages as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page.]
 
  (2)   The modified provisions are effective                     . [Note: An Appendix A may be attached as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page to describe any special Effective Dates that apply to the Co-Sponsor.]
Ó 2002

29


 

Co-Sponsor Adoption Page #3
þ   Check this selection and complete the remainder of this page if an Employer (other than the Employer that signs the Signature Page above) will participate under this Plan as a Co-Sponsor. [Note: See Article 21 of the BPD for rules relating to the adoption of the Plan by a Co-Sponsor. If there is more than one Co-Sponsor, each one should execute a separate Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. Any reference to the “Employer” in this Agreement is also a reference to the Co-Sponsor, unless otherwise noted.]
 
96.   Name of Co-Sponsor: CheckFree Investment Corporation
 
97.   Employer Identification Number (EIN) of the Co-Sponsor: 51-0372193
By signing this page, the Co-Sponsor agrees to adopt (or to continue its participation in) the Plan identified on page 1 of this Agreement. The Plan consists of the BPD and the provisions elected in this Agreement.
             
98.
  Name and title of authorized representative(s):   Signature(s):   Date:
 
           
 
  David E. Mangum, EVP & Treasurer   /s/ David E. Mangum   June 15, 2007
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
99.   Effective date of this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page: June 16, 2007
 
   
 
 
   
 
  o a.   Check here if this is the initial adoption of a new Plan by the Co-Sponsor.
 
  o b.   Check here if this is an amendment or restatement of an existing plan maintained by the Co-Sponsor, which is merging into the Plan being adopted.
  (1)   Designate the plan(s) being amended by this restatement:
     
 
 
  (2)   Designate the original Effective Date of the Co-Sponsor’s Plan (optional):
     
 
o 100.   Allocation of contributions. If this #100 is checked, contributions made by the Employer signing this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page (and any forfeitures relating to such contributions) will be allocated only to Participants actually employed by the Employer making the contribution and Employees of such Employer will not share in an allocation of contributions (or forfeitures relating to such contributions) made by any other Employer. [Note: The selection of this #100 may require additional testing of the Plan. See Section 21.3 of the BPD.]
 
o 101.   Special rules.
  o a.   Modification of Adoption Agreement elections. Check this a. if the Co-Sponsor will apply different Plan provisions than those elected under the Agreement.
  (1)   Page(s)                      of the Agreement are being modified for this Co-Sponsor. [Note: Attach the modified pages as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page.]
 
  (2)   The modified provisions are effective                     . [Note: An Appendix A may be attached as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page to describe any special Effective Dates that apply to the Co-Sponsor.]
Ó 2002

30


 

Co-Sponsor Adoption Page #4
þ   Check this selection and complete the remainder of this page if an Employer (other than the Employer that signs the Signature Page above) will participate under this Plan as a Co-Sponsor. [Note: See Article 21 of the BPD for rules relating to the adoption of the Plan by a Co-Sponsor. If there is more than one Co-Sponsor, each one should execute a separate Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. Any reference to the “Employer” in this Agreement is also a reference to the Co-Sponsor, unless otherwise noted.]
 
102.   Name of Co-Sponsor: CheckFree PhonePay Services, Inc.
 
103.   Employer Identification Number (EIN) of the Co-Sponsor: 11-3214844
By signing this page, the Co-Sponsor agrees to adopt (or to continue its participation in) the Plan identified on page 1 of this Agreement. The Plan consists of the BPD and the provisions elected in this Agreement.
             
104.
  Name and title of authorized representative(s):   Signature(s):   Date:
 
           
 
  David E. Mangum, EVP & CFO   /s/ David E. Mangum   June 15, 2007
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
105.   Effective date of this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page: June 16, 2007
 
   
 
 
   
 
  o a.   Check here if this is the initial adoption of a new Plan by the Co-Sponsor.
 
  o b.   Check here if this is an amendment or restatement of an existing plan maintained by the Co-Sponsor, which is merging into the Plan being adopted.
  (1)   Designate the plan(s) being amended by this restatement:
     
 
 
  (2)   Designate the original Effective Date of the Co-Sponsor’s Plan (optional):
     
 
o 106.   Allocation of contributions. If this #106 is checked, contributions made by the Employer signing this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page (and any forfeitures relating to such contributions) will be allocated only to Participants actually employed by the Employer making the contribution and Employees of such Employer will not share in an allocation of contributions (or forfeitures relating to such contributions) made by any other Employer. [Note: The selection of this #106 may require additional testing of the Plan. See Section 21.3 of the BPD.]
 
o 107.   Special rules.
  o  a.   Modification of Adoption Agreement elections. Check this a. if the Co-Sponsor will apply different Plan provisions than those elected under the Agreement.
  (1)   Page(s)                      of the Agreement are being modified for this Co-Sponsor. [Note: Attach the modified pages as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page.]
 
  (2)   The modified provisions are effective                     . [Note: An Appendix A may be attached as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page to describe any special Effective Dates that apply to the Co-Sponsor.]
Ó 2002

31


 

Co-Sponsor Adoption Page #5
108.   Name of Co-Sponsor: Carreker Corporation
 
109.   Employer Identification Number (EIN) of the Co-Sponsor: 75-1622836
By signing this page, the Co-Sponsor agrees to adopt (or to continue its participation in) the Plan identified on page 1 of this Agreement. The Plan consists of the BPD and the provisions elected in this Agreement.
             
110.
  Name and title of authorized representative(s):   Signature(s):   Date:
 
           
 
  Laura E. Binion, SVP & Secretary   /s/ Laura E. Binion   June 15, 2007
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
111.   Effective date of this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page: June 16, 2007
 
     
 
     
  o a.   Check here if this is the initial adoption of a new Plan by the Co-Sponsor.
 
  o b.   Check here if this is an amendment or restatement of an existing plan maintained by the Co-Sponsor, which is merging into the Plan being adopted.
  (1)   Designate the plan(s) being amended by this restatement:
     
 
 
  (2)   Designate the original Effective Date of the Co-Sponsor’s Plan (optional):
     
 
o 112.   Allocation of contributions. If this #112 is checked, contributions made by the Employer signing this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page (and any forfeitures relating to such contributions) will be allocated only to Participants actually employed by the Employer making the contribution and Employees of such Employer will not share in an allocation of contributions (or forfeitures relating to such contributions) made by any other Employer. [Note: The selection of this #112 may require additional testing of the Plan. See Section 21.3 of the BPD.]
 
o 113.   Special rules.
  o  a.   Modification of Adoption Agreement elections. Check this a. if the Co-Sponsor will apply different Plan provisions than those elected under the Agreement.
  (1)   Page(s)                      of the Agreement are being modified for this Co-Sponsor. [Note: Attach the modified pages as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page.]
 
  (2)   The modified provisions are effective                     . [Note: An Appendix A may be attached as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page to describe any special Effective Dates that apply to the Co-Sponsor.]
Ó 2002

32


 

Co-Sponsor Adoption Page #6
114.   Name of Co-Sponsor: Corillian Corporation
 
115.   Employer Identification Number (EIN) of the Co-Sponsor: 91-1795219
By signing this page, the Co-Sponsor agrees to adopt (or to continue its participation in) the Plan identified on page 1 of this Agreement. The Plan consists of the BPD and the provisions elected in this Agreement.
             
116.
  Name and title of authorized representative(s):   Signature(s):   Date:
 
           
 
  Laura E. Binion, SVP & Secretary   /s/ Laura E. Binion   June 15, 2007
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
 
           
117.   Effective date of this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page: June 16, 2007
 
   
 
 
   
 
  o  a.   Check here if this is the initial adoption of a new Plan by the Co-Sponsor.
 
  þ  b.   Check here if this is an amendment or restatement of an existing plan maintained by the Co-Sponsor, which is merging into the Plan being adopted.
  (1)   Designate the plan(s) being amended by this restatement: Corillian Corporation 401(k) Plan
 
  (2)   Designate the original Effective Date of the Co-Sponsor’s Plan (optional):
     
 
o 118.   Allocation of contributions. If this #112 is checked, contributions made by the Employer signing this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page (and any forfeitures relating to such contributions) will be allocated only to Participants actually employed by the Employer making the contribution and Employees of such Employer will not share in an allocation of contributions (or forfeitures relating to such contributions) made by any other Employer. [Note: The selection of this #112 may require additional testing of the Plan. See Section 21.3 of the BPD.]
 
o 119.   Special rules.
  o  a.   Modification of Adoption Agreement elections. Check this a. if the Co-Sponsor will apply different Plan provisions than those elected under the Agreement.
  (1)   Page(s)                      of the Agreement are being modified for this Co-Sponsor. [Note: Attach the modified pages as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page.]
 
  (2)   The modified provisions are effective                     . [Note: An Appendix A may be attached as an addendum to this Co-Sponsor Adoption Page to describe any special Effective Dates that apply to the Co-Sponsor.]
Ó 2002

33

EX-10.(K) AMENDED NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMP. PLAN
 

Exhibit 10(k)
CHECKFREE CORPORATION
AMENDED AND RESTATED
NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN (the “Plan”), the terms and provisions of which are herein contained, is made and entered into effective as of this 26th day of July, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), by CHECKFREE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).
     1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.
     The purpose of this Plan is to establish a deferred compensation program for certain key management and highly-compensated associates of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates permitting such associates with the ability to defer the receipt of compensation from the Company.
     2. DEFINITIONS.
     As used in this Plan, the following capitalized terms shall have the indicated meaning.
          “Affiliate” means any entity other than the Company and its Subsidiaries that is designated by the Board as a participating employer under the Plan, provided that the Company directly or indirectly owns at least 20% of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of such entity or more than 50% of the ownership interests in such entity.
          “Annual Enrollment Form” means, with respect to each Participant and any calendar year, the form specified by the Plan Administrator, as completed and delivered to the Company by each Participant pursuant to such specific deadlines as may exist from time to time pursuant to the Plan.
          “Beneficiary” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 hereof.
          “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “Bonus Compensation” means any cash compensation payable to a Participant pursuant to a written incentive plan of the Company for any fiscal year of the Company.
          “Bonus Deferral Election” means an election to defer a portion of a Participant’s Bonus Compensation for any fiscal year of the Company pursuant to the Plan and as set forth in the Participant’s Annual Enrollment Form for the calendar year in which ends the Company’s fiscal year.

 


 

          “Business Day” means any day on which both (i) the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“NASDAQ”) is open for trading and (ii) each of the Company, the Trustee, each Investment and any record keeper retained by the Plan Administrator is open for business.
          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:
          (a) Any “person” including a “syndication” or “group” as those terms are used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Act, becomes (on or after the Effective Date) the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities;
          (b) the Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation and immediately after giving effect to the merger or consolidation less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Voting Securities of the surviving or resulting entity are then beneficially owned in the aggregate by (x) the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, or (y) if a record date has been set to determine the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation, the stockholders of the Company as of that record date.
          (c) The date a majority of the members of the Board becomes replaced, during the preceding twelve (12) month period, by directors whose appointment or election to the Board was not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of such appointment or election.
          (d) the Company transfers substantially all of its assets to another person, or more than one person acting as a group, in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and guidance promulgated thereunder.
          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
          “Company” means CheckFree Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any successor corporation.
          “Deferral Account” means, with respect to each Participant, the book-keeping record maintained by the Company for each Participant in accordance with the terms of this Plan.
          “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
          “Effective Date” has the meaning as set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Plan.

-2-


 

          “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Investment, the closing price on the date of reference, or if there were no sales on such date, then the closing price on the nearest preceding day on which there were such sales, and in the case of an unlisted security, the mean between the bid and asked prices on the date of reference, or if no such prices are available for such date, then the mean between the bid and asked prices on the nearest preceding day for which such prices are available. With respect to any Investment which reports “net asset values” or similar measures of the value of an ownership interest in the Investment, Fair Market Value shall mean such closing net asset value on the date of reference, or if no net asset value was reported on such date, then the net asset value on the nearest preceding day on which such net asset value was reported. For any Investment not described in the preceding sentences, Fair Market Value shall mean the value of the Investment as determined by the Plan Administrator in its reasonable judgment on a consistent basis, based upon such available and relevant information as the Plan Administrator determines to be appropriate.
          “Installment Distribution Option” means the distribution option for a Participant’s Retirement Account as described in Section 8(b)(i) hereof.
          “Investment” means the options set forth in Exhibit “A” attached hereto, as the same may be amended from time to time by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion.
          “Lump Sum Distribution Option” means the distribution option for a Participant’s Retirement Account as described in Section 8(b)(ii) hereof.
          “Mandatory Commencement Date” means, with respect to each Participant, the date of the Participant’s 65th birthday. For example, the Mandatory Commencement Date for a Participant born on October 1, 1950 is October 1, 2015.
          “Participant” means an associate of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate designated in Section 4 hereof, or otherwise designated by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion for participation in the Plan who enters into a Participation Agreement, or a person who was such at the time of his retirement, death, or other termination of employment and who obtains, or whose beneficiary obtains, benefits under this Plan in accordance with its terms.
          “Participation Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and an individual pursuant to which the individual becomes a Participant in the form specified by the Plan Administrator. Participation Agreements for each Participant need not be the same and may contain such terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Plan Administrator may determine appropriate.
          “Permitted Retirement Date” means the date on which a Participant both has (i) completed at least ten (10) years of full-time employment with the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate , and (ii) is at least 55 years old.
          “Plan” means this CheckFree Corporation Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

-3-


 

          “Plan Administrator” means the Company or such person or persons as may be designated from time to time in writing by the Company.
          “Retirement Account” means, with respect to each Participant, that portion of a Participant’s Deferral Account which is determined in accordance with Section 6(d) hereof.
          “Salary Compensation” means any base salary plus any receipts of commission compensation which is otherwise payable to a Participant in cash by the Company in any calendar year, without reduction for the amount of any contributions made by the Company on behalf of Participant under any salary reduction or similar arrangement to a qualified deferred compensation, pension or cafeteria plan, contributions toward a simplified employee pension plan described in Section 408(k) of the Code, contributions towards the purchase of an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code, and/or contributions of elective contributions pursuant to an arrangement qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code; provided, however, that in no event shall “Salary Compensation” include any severance payments or other compensation which is paid to Participant as a result of the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Salary Compensation include Bonus Compensation.
          “Salary Deferral Election” means an election to defer a portion of a Participant’s Salary Compensation pursuant to the Plan and as set forth in the Participant’s Annual Enrollment Form for the calendar year in which ends the Company’s fiscal year.
          “Specified Date Account” means, with respect to each Participant, that portion of the Participant’s Deferral Account which is determined in accordance with Section 6(d) hereof.
          “Sub Account” means, with respect to any Participant, the Participant’s Retirement Account or any Specified Date Account of the Participant.
          “Termination Date” means, with respect to each Participant, the date on which a Participant terminates employment with the Company and all its subsidiaries and Affiliates for any reason, including death or disability.
          “Trust” means the trust created pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
          “Trust Agreement” means that certain Trust Agreement by and between the Company and the Trustee may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
          “Trustee” means the trustee of the Trust. The Trustee shall at all times be a bank with trust powers. The initial and any successor Trustee shall be as selected by the Company pursuant to the Trust Agreement.
          “Unforeseeable Emergency” means in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and guidance promulgated thereunder, (1) a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting

-4-


 

from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s beneficiary, or the Participant’s dependent; (2) loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty; or (3) any other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.
          “Voting Securities” means any security which ordinarily possesses the power to vote in the election of the Board without the happening of any precondition or contingency.
     3. ADMINISTRATION.
     The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any award issued under the Plan (and any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. All decisions made by the Plan Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be made in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons, including Participants.
     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the following powers and duties:
     (a) To require any person to furnish such reasonable information as may be requested for the purpose of the proper administration of the Plan as a condition to receiving any benefits under the Plan;
     (b) To make and enforce such rules and regulations and prescribe the use of such forms as it shall deem necessary for the efficient administration of the Plan;
     (c) To determine the amount of benefits that shall be payable to any person in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, and to provide a full and fair review to any Participant whose claim for benefits has been denied in whole or in part;
     (d) To employ at the expense of the Company other persons (who may or may not be employed by the Company) to assist the Plan Administrator in carrying out its duties under the terms of the Plan;
     (e) To keep records of all acts and determinations, and to keep all such records, books of account, data and other documents as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
     (f) To prepare and distribute to all Participants, and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and their rights under the Plan;

-5-


 

     (g) To exercise any powers reserved to the Company under the Trust executed in connection with this Plan, including but not limited to the power to provide investment guidelines to the trustee under the Trust; and
     (h) To do all things necessary to operate and administer the Plan in accordance with its provisions.
     4. PARTICIPANTS.
     The Plan Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall select those management or other key associates of the Company or any Affiliate or Subsidiary who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and/or profitability of the business of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to participate in the Plan. No one shall be treated as a Participant unless and until the person has entered into a Participation Agreement.
     5DEFERRED COMPENSATION.
     (a) Salary Deferrals. Any Participant may elect to defer the receipt of a portion of the Salary Compensation otherwise payable to the Participant by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate in any calendar year, which portion, not to exceed twenty-five percent (25%) per annum, shall be designated by the Participant pursuant to a Salary Deferral Election as set forth on the Annual Enrollment Form.
     (b) Bonus Deferrals. Any Participant may elect to defer annually the receipt of a portion of or all of the Bonus Compensation otherwise payable to the Participant by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate in any fiscal year, which portion shall be designated by him/her pursuant to a Bonus Deferral Election as set forth on the Annual Enrollment Form.
     (c) Annual Enrollment Forms. Unless otherwise approved by the Plan Administrator, Annual Enrollment Forms must be completed, signed, and delivered to the Company prior to January 1 of each calendar year for any Salary or Bonus Deferred Elections to be effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the calendar year in which a Participant first becomes eligible to participate in this Plan, the newly eligible Participant may make a Salary or Bonus Deferral Election pursuant to an Annual Enrollment Form if such election is made within 30 days after the date the associate becomes eligible.
     6. DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS.
     (a) Any compensation deferred pursuant to Section 5 of this Plan shall be credited to the Deferral Account maintained in the name of the Participant. Deferral Accounts shall be bookkeeping accounts maintained on the Company’s records. Deferral Account shall be credited (i) with respect to deferrals of Salary Compensation, on the same day of each month on which cash compensation would otherwise have been paid to a Participant, with a dollar amount equal to the total amount by which the Participant’s cash compensation for such month was reduced in accordance with the Participant’s Salary Deferral Election, and (ii) with respect to deferrals of

-6-


 

Bonus Compensation, on the date such bonus compensation would otherwise have been paid to the Participant in accordance with the Company’s normal practices.
     (b) The credit balance of the Deferral Account for each Participant shall be deemed to have been invested and reinvested from time to time in such Investments as shall be designated by the Participant in accordance with the following:
          (i) Upon commencement of participation in the Plan, each Participant shall make a designation of the Investments which the Participant desires to have deemed to be purchased with the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof. All such deemed purchases of Investments with respect to such amounts shall be deemed to have occurred on the day on which the deferrals are credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account, unless such day is not a Business Day, in which event the deemed purchase shall be deemed to have occurred on the first Business Day following such day.
          (ii) Each Participant shall have the right, by giving notice to the Plan Administrator to (A) change the existing Investments in which the Participant’s Deferral Account is deemed to be invested by deeming a portion of the existing Investments in the Participant’s Account to have been sold and the new Investments purchased; and (B) change the Investments which are deemed to be purchased with future credits to the Participant’s Deferral Account pursuant to Sections 6(a)(i) and (ii). No Participant shall be permitted to make more than six (6) changes pursuant to (A) or (B) in any one calendar year. Such changes shall be made in such specific manner as shall be specified from time to time by the Plan Administrator. Any such change shall be effective as of the day given so long as such day is a Business Day and the notice of such change is given by 4:00 P.M. Eastern Standard Time on such day. Otherwise, such change shall be effective on the Business Day immediately following the date of such notice.
          (iii) In the case of any deemed purchase, the Deferral Account shall be debited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of the Investment deemed to have been purchased multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such Investment on the date of reference and shall be credited with the quantity and kind of Investment so deemed to have been purchased. In the case of any deemed sale of an Investment, the Deferral Account shall be debited with the quantity and kind of Investment deemed to have been sold, and shall be credited with a dollar amount equal to the quantity and kind of Investment deemed to have been sold multiplied by the Fair Market Value of such Investment on the date of reference.
          (iv) In no event shall the Company be under any obligation, as a result of any designation of Investments made by Participants, to acquire assets (or to cause the Trust to acquire assets) which correspond with any such Investments.
     (c) The Company shall, within the 45-day period following the close of each quarter during each calendar year (March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31), furnish each Participant with a statement of the balance of the Participant’s Deferral Account and all Sub Accounts, showing all debits and credits thereto in accordance with the terms of this Plan.

-7-


 

     (d) A Participant’s Deferral Account shall be divided into separate Retirement and Specified Date Accounts which shall be Sub Accounts determined in accordance with this Section 6(d) as follows:
               (i) A Participant’s Retirement Account shall initially be credited with the portion of the Salary Compensation and the Bonus Compensation credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof which is specified by the Participant on his Annual Enrollment Form for such calendar year to be credited to the Participant’s Retirement Account. A Participant shall have only 1 Retirement Account.
               (ii) A Participant’s Specified Date Account for any specified year shall initially be credited with the portion of the Salary Compensation and the Bonus Compensation credited to a Participant’s Specified Date Account pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof which is specified by the Participant to be credited to the Participant’s Specified Date Account for such specified year on his Annual Enrollment Form for such calendar year. The Specified Date Accounts shall be designated by any particular year which begins at least twelve (12) months after an individual becomes a Participant; provided however, that a Participant shall not be permitted to designate a year for a Specified Date Account which is after the year in which occurs the Participant’s Mandatory Commencement Date. If a Participant designates a Specified Date Account pursuant to any Annual Enrollment Form which is not permitted by the immediately preceding sentence, such designation of Specified Date Account shall be deemed null and void and all amounts otherwise designated by the Participant to be credited to such Specified Date Account shall instead be credited to the Participant’s Retirement Account.
               (iii) All deemed Investment designations made by a Participant pursuant to this Plan shall be specified by percentages and shall be deemed to apply in the same percentage to each of the credit balances of all Sub Accounts of the Participant’s Deferred Comp Account, so that at all times the portion of the total credit balance of each Sub Account that is deemed to be invested in a particular Investment designated by the Participant shall be identical for all Sub Accounts.
     (e) A Participant’s Deferral Account (and Sub Accounts thereof) shall be debited in an amount equal to the amount of cash distributed to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to Section 8 hereof.
     (f) In determining the amounts of all debits and credits to Deferral Accounts and Sub Accounts, the Plan Administrator shall exercise its reasonable best judgment, and all such determinations (in the absence of bad faith) shall be binding upon all Participants and their Beneficiaries. If an error is discovered in the Deferral Account or any Sub Account of a Participant, the Plan Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall cause appropriate, equitable adjustments to be made as soon as administratively practicable following the discovery of such error or omission.

-8-


 

     7. THE TRUST.
          (a) The Company shall enter into the Trust Agreement creating the Trust for the purposes specified therein and herein. The Trust is intended to be a “grantor trust” with the result that the corpus and income of the trust be treated as assets and income of the Company for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Subpart E, Part I, Subchapter J, Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Code. The Trust and any assets held by the Trust will in all events conform to the substantive terms of the “model trust” described in Revenue Procedure 92-64, 1992-2 C.B. 422, all as determined by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion. All amounts contributed to the Trust shall remain the assets of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of the Trust Agreement.
          (b) The Company shall contribute an amount equal to the credits to the Participant’s Deferral Account with respect to Salary Deferral Elections and Bonus Deferral Elections at such times as such amounts are credited to a Participants account in accordance with Sections 5 and 6 hereof.
          (c) The Company shall remain primarily liable to make payments to Participants and their Beneficiaries pursuant to this Plan and the Company’s contribution of amounts to the Trust shall not satisfy the Company’s obligation to make payments to Participants and/or Beneficiaries pursuant to this Plan. Distributions from the Trust to Participants or Beneficiaries will, however, be applied in satisfaction of such obligation of the Company to make payments pursuant to Section 8 hereof.
          (d) The Company shall be responsible for and pay without any debit to the Deferral Account or reduction in the Trust, all amounts owed the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement (including, without limitation, any amounts which are due pursuant to Section 9 of the Trust Agreement). In the event that the Company does not pay any such amounts to the Trustee and the Trustee charges such amount against, and pays it from, the Trust, the Company shall immediately contribute an amount equal to such charge to the Trust.
     8. DISTRIBUTIONS.
          (a) Specified Date Accounts.
               (i) Specified Date. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8(a), Participant shall be paid an amount equal to the credit balance of the Participant’s Specified Date Account by January 15th of the year specified for such Specified Date Account.
               (ii) Termination of Employment. If a Participant’s Termination Date occurs prior to payment with respect to a Specified Date Account pursuant to Section 8(a)(i) or (iii) hereof, the Participant shall be paid an amount equal to the credit balance of such Specified Date Account within thirty (30) days of the Participant’s Termination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to amounts deferred after December 31, 2004, distributions to Participants, who are “key employees,” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code, will not commence until the

-9-


 

earlier of (1) the date that is six (6) months after the date of termination, (2) the date of the Participant’s death, or (3) any earlier date permitted under Section 409A of the Code.
               (iii) Change of Control. If there is a Change of Control prior to the payment with respect to a Specified Date Account pursuant to Section 8(a)(i) or 8(a)(ii) hereof, a Participant shall be paid an amount equal to the credit balance of such Specified Date Account within thirty (30) days following such Change of Control.
          (b) Retirement Account.
               (i) Termination of Employment After Permitted Retirement Date or Due to Death. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8(b), if a Participant’s Termination Date occurs after the Participant’s Permitted Retirement Date or prior to the Participant’s Permitted Retirement Date due to the Participant’s death, then the Participant shall be paid an amount equal to the credit balance of the Participant’s Retirement Account pursuant to the distribution option set forth below that was specifically selected by the Participant pursuant to the Participant’s Participation Agreement:
                    (A) Installment Distribution Option. If the Participant selects the “Installment Distribution Option,” the Participant shall receive annual payments commencing on any day which is no more than 30 days following the Participant’s Termination Date and continuing annually thereafter on the same date for two (2) to fifteen (15) years (as selected by the Participant in the Participant’s Participation Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to amounts deferred after December 31, 2004, distributions to Participants, who are “key employees,” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code, will not commence until the earlier of (1) the date that is six (6) months after the date of termination, (2) the date of the Participant’s death, or (3) any earlier date permitted under Section 409A of the Code. The amount of each annual payment shall be determined by dividing (I) the balance in the Participant’s Retirement Account, by (II) the number of payments that remain to be made to the Participant based upon the payout period selected. For example, if a Participant has selected a 10-year payout period and the first annual payment is to be made on January 15, 2015, the amount of the payment to be made on that date would be the quotient obtained by dividing (w) the balance of the Deferral Account immediately prior to such payment date, by (x) 10; the amount of the payment for January 15, 2016, would be the quotient obtained by dividing (y) the balance of the Retirement Account immediately prior to such payment date in December, Year 1, by (z) 9; and so forth.
                    (B) Lump Sum Distribution Option. If the Participant selects the “Lump Sum Distribution Option” in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, the Participant shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the Participant’s Termination Date an amount equal to the credit balance of the Participant’s Retirement Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to amounts deferred after December 31, 2004, distributions to Participants, who are “key employees,” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code, will not commence until the earlier of (1) the date that is six (6) months after the date of termination, (2) the date of the Participant’s death, or (3) any earlier date permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

-10-


 

                    (C) Change in Distribution Options. A Participant shall be entitled to change payout options of the Participant’s Retirement Account between those in Sections 8(b)(ii)(A) or (B) above by written notice to the Company. Such notice must be delivered no less than twelve (12) months prior to the Termination Date and must provide that payments commence at least five (5) years after the payments otherwise would have commenced. Any notice of change that does not comply with these terms shall be of no force and effect.
               (ii) Termination of Employment Prior to Permitted Retirement Date Other than Due to Death. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8(b), if a Participant’s Termination Date occurs prior the Participant’s Permitted Retirement Date for any reason other than the Participant’s death, then the Participant shall be paid, within thirty (30) days after the Participant’s Termination Date, an amount equal to the credit balance of the Participant’s Retirement Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to amounts deferred after December 31, 2004, and notwithstanding the foregoing, distributions to Participants, who are “key employees,” as defined in Section 416(1) of the Code, will not commence until the earlier of (1) the date that is six (6) months after the date of termination, (2) the date of the Participant’s death, or (3) any earlier date permitted under Section 409A of the Code.
               (iii) Change of Control. If there is a Change of Control prior to payment with respect to a Participant’s Retirement Account pursuant to Section 8(b)(i) or 8(a)(ii) hereof, the Participant shall be paid an amount equal to the credit balance of the Participant’s Retirement Account within thirty (30) days following such Change of Control.
          (c) Hardship Distributions. If a Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Emergency, upon application by the Participant, payments of the then credit balance in the Participant’s Deferral Account may be made to the Participant in an amount which the Plan Administrator determines to be reasonably necessary to meet the financial hardship associated with such Unforeseeable Emergency. The Plan Administrator shall have exclusive authority to determine the circumstances which will constitute an Unforeseeable Emergency. Notwithstanding the foregoing in no event shall any distributions be made pursuant to this Section 8(c) to the extent that the Plan Administrator determines that the financial hardship related to the Unforeseeable Emergency is or may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (ii) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (iii) cessation of deferrals under the Plan. (The provisions of this Section 8(c) shall also apply following a Participant’s death to any Beneficiary that is entitled to receive distributions.) The provisions of this Section 8(c) are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(3) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent therewith. All distributions pursuant to this Section 8(c) shall be debited from each of the Participant’s Sub Accounts in proportion to the respective credit balance of each Sub Account.
          (d) Early Payment and Withdrawal. With respect to amounts deferred before January 1, 2005, and upon written notice to the Plan Administrator any time prior to a Participant’s Termination Date, a Participant shall be paid, within thirty (30) days of the date of such written notice, an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the credit balance of all Sub Accounts of the

-11-


 

Participant. If a Participant makes such election for early payment (i) the Participant shall forfeit, have debited from the Participant’s Deferral Account, and not have any right to receive payment with respect to, ten percent (10%) of the credit balance of all Sub Accounts of the Participant, (ii) the Participant shall thereafter cease to be a Participant, and (iii) the Participant shall not be permitted to again participate in the Plan until at least the January 1st which is at least twelve (12) months after the date of such withdrawal. Early payments under this Section 8(d) shall not be available with respect to deferrals made after December 31, 2004.
          (e) Withholding and Other Taxes. Any payments pursuant to this Section 8 shall be subject to withholding of federal, state and local income taxes and any other applicable withholding or employment taxes.
     9. BENEFICIARIES.
     Each Participant shall have the right to designate a beneficiary (a “Beneficiary”) who is to succeed to the Participant’s right to receive payments hereunder in the event of the Participant’s death. If either (a) a Participant dies without designating a Beneficiary, (ii) the Beneficiary designated by a Participant is not surviving when a payment is to be made to such person under the Plan, and no contingent Beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, or (iii) the Beneficiary designated by a Participant cannot be located by the Plan Administrator within 1 year from the date benefits are to be paid to such person; then, in any of such events, the Beneficiary of such Participant with respect to any benefits that remain payable under the Plan shall be the estate of the Participant. No designation of Beneficiary shall be valid unless in writing signed by the Participant, dated, and delivered to the Company. Beneficiaries may be changed by a Participant without the consent of any prior Beneficiaries.
     10. RIGHTS UNSECURED; UNFUNDED PLAN; ERISA.
     This Plan and the Company’s obligations arising hereunder to pay benefits to a Participant or his beneficiary constitutes a mere promise by the Company to make payments in the future in accordance with the terms of this Plan and all Participants and their respective beneficiaries have the status of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. Neither a Participant nor his beneficiary shall have any rights in or against any specific assets of the Company, including, without limitation, the assets of the Trust or any assets of the Company which correspond with the Investments in which Participants can deem their Deferral Accounts to be invested.
     It is the intention of the Company that this Plan and the Company’s obligations hereunder be unfunded for income tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.
     The Company shall treat this Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for a select group of management associates exempt from Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA. The Company shall comply with the reporting and disclosure requirements of Part 1 of Title I of ERISA in accordance with U.S. Department of Labor Regulation §2520.104-23.

-12-


 

     11. NAMED FIDUCIARY AND CLAIMS PROCEDURES
          (a) The Company is hereby designated as the named fiduciary under the Plan and shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of this Plan, and shall be responsible for establishing and carrying out the terms of this Plan.
               (i) If for any reason a claim for benefits under this Plan is denied by the Company, the Plan Administrator shall deliver to the claimant a written explanation setting forth the specific reasons for the denial, pertinent references to the Section(s) of this Plan and any other applicable document on which the denial is based, such other data as may be pertinent and information on the procedures to be followed by the claimant in obtaining a review of his claim, all written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. For this purpose:
     (A) The claimant’s claim shall be deemed filed when presented in writing to the Plan Administrator.
     (B) The Plan Administrator’s explanation shall be in writing delivered to the claimant within 90 days of the date the claim is filed.
               (ii) The claimant shall have 60 days following his receipt of the denial of the claim to file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review of the denial. For such review, the claimant or his representative may submit pertinent documents and written issues and comments.
               (iii) The Plan Administrator shall decide the issue on review and furnish the claimant with a copy within 60 days of receipt of the claimant’s request for review of his claim. The decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, as well as specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. If a copy of the decision is not so furnished to the claimant within such 60 days, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.
     12. NONASSIGNABILITY.
     The rights of a Participant or his beneficiaries to payments pursuant to this Plan are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or his beneficiaries.
     13. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.
     The Plan Administrator may amend this Plan at any time, without the consent of the Participants or their beneficiaries, provided, however, that no amendment shall divest any Participant or beneficiary of the credit balance of his Deferral Account except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Plan.

-13-


 

     The Plan Administrator may amend the terms of any Participation Agreement, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Section 3 above, no such amendment shall impair the rights of any Participant without the Participant’s consent.
     Subject to the above provisions, the Plan Administrator shall have broad authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in applicable securities and tax laws and accounting rules, as well as other developments.
     14. TERMINATION OF THIS PLAN.
     The Plan Administrator may terminate this Plan at any time. Upon termination of this Plan, distribution of the credit balance of each Participant’s Deferral Account shall be made in the manner and at the time heretofore prescribed, it being the intent that no such termination shall accelerate the payment of any amounts already credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account.
     15. EXPENSES.
     Costs of administration of this Plan will be paid by the Company.
     16. NO SPECIAL EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS.
     Nothing contained in this Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his employment by the Company or interfere in any way with the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any separate employment agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence from time to time.
     17. NOTICES.
     (a) In Writing; Address. All notices, demands, consents and other communications provided for in this Plan shall be in writing, shall be given by a method prescribed in Section 17(b) hereof, and shall be given to the party to whom it is addressed at the address set forth below or at such other address as such party hereto may hereafter specify by at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice:
             
    If to the Company:   CheckFree Corporation
        4411 East Jones Bridge Road
        Norcross, GA 30092
 
      Attention:   Plan Administrator — Nonqualified
 
          Deferred Compensation Plan
 
           
    If to a Participant:   To the address designated by Participant to the Company in the Participant’s respective Participation Agreement.

-14-


 

          (b) Method. Any notice, report or other communication shall be delivered by hand or nationally recognized overnight courier which maintains evidence of receipt, or mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, deposited in a United States post office or a depository for the receipt of mail regularly maintained by the Post Office. Any notices, demands, consents or other communication shall be deemed given when received at the address for which such party has given notice in accordance with the provisions hereof. Refusal to accept delivery at the address specified for the giving of such notice in accordance herewith shall constitute delivery.
     18. MISCELLANEOUS.
     (a) Headings. The headings of the sections of this Plan are inserted solely for convenience and are not to be given controlling effect, or used as an aid in the construction of any provision hereof.
     (b) Pronouns. All pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the person or persons may require.
     (c) Exhibits. All Exhibits attached to this Plan are incorporated herein and made a part hereof without need for any further reference.
     (d) 409A Compliance. The provisions of this Plan, including all definitions, shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code and any guidance promulgated thereunder.
Adopted by the Company as of the 26th day of July, 2007.
             
    CHECKFREE CORPORATION
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Peter J. Kight    
 
  Name:  
 
Peter J. Kight
   
 
  Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    

-15-


 

EXHIBIT A
INVESTMENTS
     The following Investments sponsored by the Investment Offeror are available for Participants to designate for their Deferral Accounts to be deemed to be invested:
Name of Fund
IRT Stable Value Fund
Bond Fund of America
IRT Total Return Fund
IRT 500 Index
AIM Value Fund
AIM Constellation Fund
IRT International Equity Fund

 

EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
 

EXHIBIT 21
Subsidiaries of CheckFree Corporation
     
Name   Jurisdiction of Organization
CheckFree Services Corporation
  Delaware
Accurate Software Inc.
  Georgia
American Payment Holdco, Inc.
  Delaware
Bastogne, Inc.
  Nevada
Carreker (SAS)
  France
Carreker Canada Inc.
  Canada
Carreker Check Solutions LLC
  Delaware
Carreker Corporation
  Delaware
Carreker Holdings Australia Pty Ltd.
  Australia
Carreker Ltd.
  United Kingdom
CDT Realty Corp.
  Connecticut
CEE Associates, L.P.
  Connecticut
CheckFree E-Commerce Solutions Ltd.
  United Kingdom
CheckFree Investment Corporation
  Nevada
CheckFree i-Solutions Corp.
  Ontario
CheckFree i-Solutions, Inc.
  Delaware
CheckFree PhonePay Services, Inc.
   
     (d/b/a CheckFree Pay-by-Phone)
  New York
CheckFree Software & Services UK Limited
  United Kingdom
CheckFree Solutions (Australia) PTY Ltd.
  Australia
CheckFree Solutions Limited
  United Kingdom
CheckFree Solutions S.A.
  Luxembourg
CheckFreePay Corporation of California
  California
CheckFreePay Corporation of New York
  Delaware
CheckFreePay Corporation
  Connecticut
Colonial Technologies Corp.
  Delaware
Corillian Community Banking Solutions, LLC
  Oregon
Corillian Corporation
  Oregon
Corillian International, Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Corillian South Asia Sdn Bhd
  Malaysia
District Corporation
  Connecticut
Genisys Operation, Inc.
  Texas
Heliograph Inc.
  Delaware
Heliograph Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Pickett Corporation
  Connecticut
Upstream Securities, LLC
  Delaware

 

EX-23 CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 

Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 33-98440, 33-98444, 333-21795, 333-21799, 333-70599, 333-50322, 333-91490, 333-101280, 333-101881, 333-109975 and 333-138845 on Form S-8 of our reports dated August 24, 2007, relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedule of CheckFree Corporation (which report on the consolidated financial statements expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share Based Payment”), and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of CheckFree Corporation for the year ended June 30, 2007.
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
August 24, 2007
EX-24 POWER OF ATTORNEY
 

Exhibit 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     Each director and/or officer of CheckFree Corporation (the “Corporation”) whose signature appears below hereby appoints Peter J. Kight, David E. Mangum, and Curtis A. Loveland as the undersigned’s attorneys or any of them individually as the undersigned’s attorney, to sign, in the undersigned’s name and behalf and in any and all capacities stated below, and to cause to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Form 10-K”) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, and likewise to sign and file with the Commission any and all amendments to the Form 10-K, and the Corporation hereby also appoints such persons as its attorneys-in-fact and each of them as its attorney-in-fact with like authority to sign and file the Form 10-K and any amendments thereto granting to each such attorney-in-fact full power of substitution and revocation, and hereby ratifying all that any such attorney-in-fact or the undersigned’s substitute may do by virtue hereof.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands this 24th day of August, 2007.
         
Signature       Title
     /s/ Peter J. Kight
 
     Peter J. Kight
      Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
       
     /s/ David E. Mangum
 
     David E. Mangum
      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
       
     /s/ Samuel R. Schwartz
 
     Samuel R. Schwartz
      Senior Vice President and
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
       
     /s/ C. Beth Cotner
 
     C. Beth Cotner
      Director 
 
       
     /s/ William P. Boardman
 
     William P. Boardman
      Director 
 
       
     /s/ James D. Dixon
 
     James D. Dixon
      Director 
 
       
     /s/ Mark A. Johnson
      Director
       Mark A. Johnson
       
 
       
     /s/ Eugene F. Quinn
 
     Eugene F. Quinn
      Director 
 
       
     /s/ Jeffrey M. Wilkins
 
     Jeffrey M. Wilkins
      Director 

 

EX-31.(A) SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
 

`

Exhibit 31(a)
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED
I, Peter J. Kight, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CheckFree Corporation;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: August 24, 2007  /s/ Peter J. Kight    
  Peter J. Kight   
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
CheckFree Corporation 
 

 

EX-31.(B) SECTION 302 CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO
 

         
Exhibit 31(b)
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED
I, David E. Mangum, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of CheckFree Corporation;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: August 24, 2007  /s/ David E. Mangum    
  David E. Mangum   
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
CheckFree Corporation 
 
 

 

EX-32.(A) SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO
 

Exhibit 32(a)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report of CheckFree Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Peter J. Kight, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Date: August 24, 2007  /s/ Peter J. Kight    
  Peter J. Kight   
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
CheckFree Corporation 
 
 

 

EX-32.(B) SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO
 

Exhibit 32(b)
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report of CheckFree Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, David E. Mangum, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  (3)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (4)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Date: August 24, 2007  /s/ David E. Mangum    
  David E. Mangum   
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
CheckFree Corporation